CONTRACT NUMBER APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED ...

HEAD OF DEPARTMENT

MR .MOTSAMAI. E. MOHLAHLO

PUBLIC WORKS & INFRASTRUCTURE

CONTRACT NUMBER – DPWFS T 009/2021

APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED

CONTRACTOR/S OR JOINT VENTURE FOR THE REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE

RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND

INFRASTRUCTURE

JULY 2021

COTRACT NO.: DPWFS T 009/2021

REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS & INFRASTRUCTURE

Physical address: Post box number: 155 OR Tambo House P.O. Box 690 Cnr St Andrews Street and Markgraaff Street Bloemfontein Bloemfontein 9301 9301

DIRECTORATE: SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORATE: PROJECT MANAGEMENT UNIT

Contact Person: Name: Mr. Molebatsi Phasumane Telephone: 051–492 3861/78

Email: [email protected]

Contact Person: Name: Ms.Helen Gonzelez Telephone: 051–492 3861/78 Email: [email protected]

TENDERER:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

PRICES INCLUSIVE OF VALUE ADDED TAX:

Total price in numbers: R………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

Total price in words: ……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……..………………………………………………………………………………......................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................

CIDB CRS NUMBER: …………………………………………………………………………

mailto:[email protected]




DESCRIPTION:

Contents

The Tender

Part T1: Tendering Procedure

T1.1 Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender

T1.2 Tender Data

Part T2: Returnable documents

The Contract

Part C1: Agreement and Contract Data

C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance

C1.2 Contract Data

C1.3 Performance Guarantee

C1.4 Occupational Health and Safety Agreement

C1.5 Agreement in terms of Section 37(2) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993

Part C2: Pricing Data

C2.1 Pricing Instructions

C2.2 Bills of Quantities

Part C3: Scope of Work

C3 Scope of Work

Part C4: Site information

C4 Site Information

Part C5: Additional Returnable Documents

C5.1 CIDB registration certificate in the grading designation stipulated in clause 2.1 above,

C5.2 A compliant tax status with the South African Revenue Services.

C5.3 Certified copy of VAT registration certificate (if VAT number is not included in tax clearance certificate),

C5.4 Valid proof of registration on the National Treasury`s Central Supplier`s Database must be accompanying this bid

C5.5 Certified copy of a Workmen’s Compensation Certificate, Act 4 of 2002,

C5.6 Certified copy of Unemployment Insurance Certificate, Act 4 of 2002,

C5.7 Certified copy of Certificate of Incorporation (if tenderer is a Company),

C5.8 Certified copy of Founding Statement (if tenderer is a Closed Corporation),

C5.9 Certified copy of Partnership Agreement (if tenderer is a Partnership),

C5.10 Certified copy of Identity Document (if tenderer is a One-man concern),



DESCRIPTION:

C5.11 Joint Venture Agreement (if tenderer is a Joint Venture),

C5.12 Competent Construction Manager with relevant and traceable general building experience (CV)

C5.13 Curriculum Vitae of all supervisory.

C5.14 OHS Plan (Based on Site Specifications)



DESCRIPTION:

PART T1: TENDERING PROCEDURES



DESCRIPTION:

T1.1: Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender TENDER NO: DPWFS (T) 009/2021 DESCRIPTION: APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR/S OR JOINT VENTURE FOR THE REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE T1.1 Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender The Department of Public Works and Infrastructure, invites suitably qualified professional firm/s, joint venture, partnership or consortium for Refurbishment and Upgrade of water and sewer bulk service at Sandveld Nature reserve near Hoopstad. Tenderers should have a CIDB contractor grading designation of 8CE or higher. 7CE PE Contractors who meet the criteria in the tender document may also submit bids. Joint ventures are eligible to submit tenders provided that they satisfy criteria stated in the Tender Data. Bids will be evaluated according to the 80/20 or 90/10 points system whereby:

Project title: APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR/S OR JOINT VENTURE FOR THE REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

Tender No: DPWFS (T) 009/2021

Advertising date: 16 July 2021 Closing Date: 17 September 2021

Closing time: 11:00 Validity Period: 90 Days (Calendar Days)

Compulsory Clarification Date: Time:

Tuesday, 24 August 2021

10h00

Compulsory Clarification Venue:

Sandveld Nature reserve water Purification and reservoir, R34

Coordinates: 27°44′S 25°38′E

Tenders are to be delivered to the following address on the stipulated closing date and time:

Department of Public Works and Infrastructure: Ground Floor (Main Entrance Foyer) at OR Tambo House (Old Lebohang Building); St Andrew Street; Bloemfontein

COLLECTION OF TENDER DOCUMENTS

Please note that bid documents are obtainable from e-tender portal on www.etenders.gov.za from Friday, 16 July 2021 OR

Bid documents will also be available from Friday, 16 July 2021 2021 from 09h00 to 14h30 at the Department of Public Works and Infrastructure SCM Offices, Room 101B, First Floor, OR Tambo House Cnr Markgraaf and St Andrews Street, Bloemfontein. However, a non-refundable tender / bid deposit of R1 282.00 is payable in cash (please bring the exact amount) on collection of the bid documents. [Payments to be made at Room 102, 01st Floor, OR Tambo House].



DESCRIPTION:

The appointed contractor will be expected to set-aside a minimum of 30% of the contract value for sub-contracting to local contractors and contractors participating in the Contractor Development Programme of the Department.

Bids are to be completed in accordance with the conditions and bid rules contained in the bid documents. Bid documents must be properly indexed and neatly bound.

The physical address for collection of tender documents is: FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE Cnr St Andrews Street and Markgraaff Street OR Tambo House Room 101B, 1st Floor Bloemfontein 9301 BIDS ARE TO BE COMPLETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONDITIONS AND BID RULES CONTAINED IN THE BID DOCUMENTS. BID DOCUMENTS MUST BE PROPERLY INDEXED AND NEATLY BOUNDED.

REASONS FOR DISQUALIFICATION

1. The department reserves the right to disqualify any bidder which does any one or more of the following, and such disqualification may take place without prior notice to the offending bidder:

a. bidders who`s tax matters are not compliant with SARS requirements as reflected on eFiling and/or CSD at the time of award (however such bidders will be advised in writing to approach the SARS in order ensure that tax matters are compliant within a period of seven working days;

b. bidders who submitted incomplete information and documentation according to the requirements of this bid document, e.g. not submitting both a fully completed document with all returnable documents as stated on this tender document;

c. bidders who submitted information that is fraudulent, factually untrue or inaccurate information; d. bidders who received information not available to other bidders through fraudulent means. e. Bidders whose CIDB grading status has been suspended and/or cancelled. f. Bidders who do not comply with mandatory requirement as stated in this document. g. Telegraphic, telephonic, telefax, facsimile and late tenders will not be accepted. h. Requirements for sealing, addressing, delivery, opening and assessment of tenders are stated in the Tender

Data



DESCRIPTION:

T1.2 TENDER DATA

The Conditions of Tender are the Standard Conditions of Tender as contained in Annex F of the CIDB Standard for Uniformity in Construction Procurement, (July 2015) as published in Government Gazette No. 38960, Board Notice 136 of 2015 of 10 July 2015. (See www.cidb.org.za).

The Standard Conditions of Tender make several references to the Tender Data for details that apply specifically to this tender. The Tender Data shall have precedence in the interpretation of any ambiguity or inconsistency between it and the Standard Conditions of Tender.

Each item of data given below is cross-referenced to the clause in the Standard Conditions of Tender to which it applies.

Clause Number

Clause Heading

Data / Wording

F.1.1 The Employer FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS & INFRASTRUCTURE

P.O. Box 690 Bloemfontein 9301

F.1.2 The Tender PART T1: TENDERING PROCEDURES T1.1 Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender T1.2 Tender Data

PART T2: RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS

T2.1 List of Returnable Schedules & Documents T2.2 Returnable Schedules and Documents

The Contract

PART C1: AGREEMENT AND CONTRACT DATA C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance C1.2 Contract Data C1.3 Construction Guarantee C1.4 Occupational Health and Safety Agreement

PART C2: PRICING DATA

C2.1 Pricing Instructions C2.2 Bill of Quantities

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORK PART

C4: SITE INFORMATION PART C5:

TENDER DRAWINGS

(a) "General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works – 3rd Edition 2015" This document is issued by the South African Institution of Civil Engineering. (Short title “General Conditions of Contract 2015”), and is obtainable separately. Tenderers shall obtain their own copies.

http://www.cidb.org.za/



DESCRIPTION:

F.1.4 Employer’s Agent

(b) "Standard Specifications for Civil Engineering Construction” – SANS 1200 as approved by the council of the South African Bureau of Standards shall form part of the Contract Documents. These documents are only applicable when dealing with the excavation for, relocation or replacement of existing services and is obtainable separately. Tenderers shall obtain their own copies of these Standard Specifications and their related SABS 0120 Code of Practice (latest edition) which apply equally.

(c) The Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993 and

Amendment Act No. 181 of 1993, and the Construction Regulations 2014 (Government Gazette No. 37305 of 7 February 2014 Notice No. R84). This document is obtainable separately. Tenderers shall obtain their own copies.

(d) The Occupational Health and Safety Specification in terms of the

requirements of Construction Regulations 4(1)(a). This document is contained elsewhere in this Tender.

(e) In addition, Tenderers are advised in their own interest, to obtain their

own copies of the following acts, regulations and standards referred to in this document, together with any gazetted amendments thereto, as they are essential for the Tenderer to get acquainted with the basics of construction and management requirements:

(i) The Construction Industry Development Board Act No. 38 of 2000

and the Regulations in terms of the CIDB Act 38 of 2000, Government Notice No. 692 of 9 June 2004, as amended.

(ii) SANS 1921-1: 2004 Construction and Management requirements for Works Contracts

Part 1: General Engineering and Construction Works; Part 6: HIV/AIDS Awareness

The Tender Document and the drawings shall be obtained from the Employer or his authorised representative at the physical address stated in the Tender Notice.

The Tender Document will be issued as bound paper documents.



DESCRIPTION:

F2.1 Eligibility Only those tenderers who are registered with the CIDB, or are capable of being so prior to the evaluation of submissions, in a contractor grading designation equal to or higher than a contractor grading designation determined in accordance with the sum tendered, are eligible to have their tenders evaluated.

Joint ventures are eligible to submit tenders provided that:

(a) every member of the joint venture is registered with the CIDB; (b) the lead partner has a contractor grading designation in the 8 CE /7

CE PE or higher (c) the combined contractor grading designation calculated in accordance

with the Construction Industry Development Regulations is equal to or higher than a contractor grading designation determined in accordance with the sum tendered for an 8CE class of construction work determined in accordance with Regulation 25 (1B) or 25 (7A) of the Contraction Industry Development Regulations.

F.2.1 Eligibility Only those tenderers who have in their employ management and supervisory staff satisfying the requirements of the scope of work for labour intensive competencies for supervisory and management staff are eligible to submit tenders.

F.2.7 Clarification Meeting

Briefing session details clearly outlined above (Tender Notice and Invitation).

F.2.12 Alternative tender offers

No alternative tender offers will be considered.

F.2.13.2 All returnable documents to the employer as defined in F.1.2 of the Tender Data shall be returned in legible writing in non- erasable ink.

F.2.13.3 Number of copies of tender offers to be submitted to the Employer

Parts of each tender offer communicated on paper shall be submitted as an original, plus one (1) copies.

F.2.13.5 F.2.15.1

Sealing and Delivery of tender offers

The Employer’s details and address for delivery of tender offers and identification details that are to be shown on each tender offer package are:

Location of tender box: FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF

PUBLIC WORKS & INFRASTRUCTURE



DESCRIPTION:

Physical address : 155 OR Tambo House Cnr. St Andrews Street and Markgraaff Street, Bloemfontein, 9301

Identification details : Contract No. DPWFS T 009/2021

F.2.13.9 Telephonic Telephonic, telegraphic, telex, facsimile or e-mailed tender offers will not be accepted.

F.2.15 Closing time of tender offers

The closing time for submission of tender offers is as stated in the Tender Notice and Invitation to Tender.

F.2.16.1 Tender offer validity

The tender offer validity period is one hundred and twenty (90) days.

F.2.16.3

Add the following:

“Should a tenderer amend or withdraw his or her tender after the closing date and time, but prior to him or her being notified of the acceptance thereof, or should a tenderer after having been notified that his or her tender has been accepted –

1. give notice of his or her inability to execute the Contract in accordance

with his or her tender; or 2. fail to sign a contract within the period stipulated in the tender

requirements or any extended period determined by the employer; or

3. fail to execute the Contract.

he or she shall pay all additional expenses which the employer has to incur in inviting new tenders and pay the difference between his or her tender and any less favourable tender accepted, as well as any consequential loss which may arise as a result of his/her non-fulfilment of his/her obligations: Provided that the employer may exempt a tenderer from the provisions of this sub-regulation if he is of the opinion that such non-performance is justifiable.

When during the above-mentioned circumstances it is not deemed expedient to invite new tenders, the employer may entertain a recommendation for acceptance of a tender from those already received.”

F2.17 Clarification of tender after submission

Add the following:

“The tenderer is to provide clarification with regards to a request for clarification from the employer, within 48 hours of the employer making the request, failing which, the tender offer will be considered non-responsive.”



DESCRIPTION:

F2.18 The tenderer shall, when requested by the Employer to do so, submit the names of all management and supervisory staff that will be employed to supervise the labour-intensive portion of the works together with satisfactory evidence that such staff members satisfy the eligibility requirements.

F.2.20 Letter of Intent The tenderer is required to submit with his tender a letter of intent from an approved financial institution undertaking to provide the Construction

F.2.23 Certificates The tenderer is required to submit inter alia with his tender:

1. A copy of tax clearance certificate and tax compliance status letter issued by the South African Revenue Services. Bidders whose tax matters are not in order with SARS will be disqualified.

2. An original and valid certified B-BBEE status level verification

certificate or a certified copy thereof, substantiating the bidding entity’s B-BBEE rating. Only certificates issued by verification agencies accredited by the South African Accreditation System (SANAS), or by registered auditors approved by the Independent Regulatory Board of Auditors (IRBA) will be accepted. The copy must bear an original stamp. Failure to submit as required will result in the bidder scoring zero (0) points for B-BBEE.

3. Copies of legal registration documents of company /close

corporations/partnership, including certified copies of Identity Documents.

4. Joint Venture Agreement and Power of Attorney for Joint Ventures

with the Targeted Enterprise.

5. Workmen’s Compensation Registration Certificate (or proof of payment of contributions in terms of the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act No. 130 of 1993).

6. Documents and Schedules listed in Part T2.

F.3.4 Opening of tender submissions

Tender will be opened immediately after the closing time for tenders at 11h00 on 17 September 2021

F.3.11.3 Evaluation of Tender Offers

Evaluation detailed below.



DESCRIPTION:

F.3.13 Acceptance of tender offer

Add the following:

Tender offers will only be accepted if:

(a) The tenderer submits a copy of tax clearance certificate and tax compliance status Pin letter issued by the South African Revenue Services. Bidders whose tax matters are not in order with SARS will be disqualified;

(b) The tenderer submits a letter of intent from an approved financial institution undertaking to provide the Construction Guarantee in the format included in Part C1.3 of this procurement document;

(c) The tenderer is registered with the Construction Industry

Development Board in an appropriate contractor grading designation;

(d) The tenderer or any of its directors/shareholders is not listed on the

Register of Tender Defaulters in terms of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act of 2004 as a person prohibited from doing business with the public sector;

(e) The tenderer has not:

(i) abused the Employer’s Supply Chain Management System; or (ii) failed to perform on any previous contract and has been

given a written notice to this effect;

(f) The tenderer has completed the Declaration of Interest and there are no conflicts of interest which may impact on the tenderer’s ability to perform the contract in the best interests of the employer or potentially compromise the tender process.

BIDDERS WILL BE DISQUALIFIED FOR:

FAILURE TO SUBMIT A VALID TAX CLEARANCE CERTIFICATE or PIN.

FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND SIGN THE OFFER PAGE.

FAILURE TO COMPLETE AND SUBMIT A PRICED BILL OF QUANTITIES.

FOR FAILURE TO DULY COMPLETE FORM B (WHERE REQUIRED) THAT INCLUDES FOR ANY ADDENDA THAT MAY HAVE BEEN ISSUED WHERE SUCH ADDENDA HAS A MATERIAL EFFECT ON THE PRICING OF THE TENDER.



DESCRIPTION:

FAILURE TO BE REGISTERED AND ACTIVE WITH

CIDB ON THE RELEVANT GRADING.

FAILURE TO SUBMIT CV’S OF PERSONS WITH NQF

LEVEL 2 AND 5 LIC TRAINING CERTIFICATES

F.3.17 Number of The number of paper copies of the signed contract to be provided Paper Copies by the employer is one (1).



DESCRIPTION:

1. EVALUATION CRITERIA

1.1. STAGE ONE (a) – MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS

1.1.1. Provide unique security personal identification number (PIN) issued by the South African Revenue Services

and/or Central Supplier Database`s MAAA number which will be used to verify valid tax compliance status of the

bidding entity. (Where Consortium / Joint Venture / Sub-contractors are involved, each party to the association

must have a compliant tax status which will be confirmed before appointment is made)

1.1.2. A valid proof of registration on the National Treasury`s Central Supplier`s Database must be accompany this bid

(where Consortium / Joint Venture / Sub-contractors are involved, each party to the association must submit a

separate or a unique security personal Identification number).

1.1.3. Potential Bidders must have a contractor registered at CIDB Grading Level of 8CE or higher as part of their team. (Must be active on the date of advert closing and a valid proof must be provided). 7CE PE contractors who meet the criteria stated in the tender document may submit bids. (Valid proof must be attached).

1.1.4. Pre-qualification criteria in line with the PPR of 2017:

a. Only bids from contractors who have B-BBEE contribution certificate level one (1) and two (2) will be

considered, i.e. B-BBEE contribution certificate level three (3) to eight (8) will not be considered. (Where

trust, consortium or joint venture (including unincorporated consortia and joint ventures) must submit a

consolidated B-BBEE Status Level Verification Certificate for every separate tender. An original or certified

copy of the original must be attached

b. Only tenderers subcontracting a minimum of 30% of the contract value (scope of works) to the following

enterprises:

Minimum 25% must be sub – contracted to EMEs or QSEs which are at least 51% owned by black

people. Preference will be given to Free State based contractors on CIDB grading level 3 to 6 in

various categories of works).

Minimum 5% must be sub – contracted to Contractor Development Programme who are appointed

under the CDP programme of the Department.

Bidders must complete and sign declaration for sub – contracting to indicate the percentage of the

project value they are committing for sub – contracting purposes. Failure to complete and sign this

declarations will result in automatic disqualification

1.1.5. Attach a valid municipal services (water, sanitation, rates and electricity) clearance certificate with a current bill of

account not owing more than ninety (90) days or a valid lease agreement with a current statement from the lessor

not owing more ninety days.

1.1.6. Duly signed and completed forms – Record of Addenda to tender documents.

1.1.7. Duly signed and completed forms – Proposed amendments and qualifications.

1.1.8. Duly signed and completed forms – Compulsory declaration.

1.1.9. Duly signed and completed SBD 6.2 - Requirements for local production and content for steel products and

components for construction.

1.1.10. Duly signed and completed SBD 1, 4, 8 and 9

1.1.11. Duly signed and completed Annual Financial Declaration

1.1.12. A valid letter of good standing issued by the Department of Labour.

1.1.13. Attendance of the mandatory clarification meeting the details of which are listed in the tender notice and invitation

1.1.14. All documents must be completed in writing with a black pen



DESCRIPTION:

1.2. STAGE ONE – NON MANDATORY REQUIREMENTS

1.2.1. A valid Tax Compliance Status which will be verified by a unique security Personal Identification number (PIN)

issued by the South African Revenue Services and/or CSD report showing a compliant tax status (where

Consortium / Joint Venture / Sub-contractors are involved, each party to the association must have a compliant

tax status) which will be confirmed at the time of award.

1.2.2. Completed and signed schedule of equipment offered. (Refer to the relevant section in the specification).

1.2.3. Duly completed and signed SBD 6.1 – Preference points claim form in terms of the Preferential Procurement

Regulations 2017.

1.2.4. Attach appointment letters and completion certificates where similar nature of works were carried by the

contractor.

1.2.5. Attach curriculum vitae of relevant staff in the format of the Resource Information Sheet provided.

1.3. STAGE TWO (b) - EVALUATION ON FUNCTIONALITY

1.3.1. The functionality criteria will be as follows:

1.3.2. Verifiable experience of key staff who have previously worked on similar construction projects.

1.3.3. Relevant experience and skill of the main contractor or sub-contractor in working on similar construction projects.

1.3.4. The location of a functional operational office area of the bidder.

1.3.5. Sub-contracting considerations for CDP participants and Local Contractors.

1.3.6. Each bidder must obtain a minimum of 188 points out of 250 points for functionality in order to qualify for

evaluation on price and preference using the 90/10 preference points systems.

1.3.7. Functionality (Separate from price) ______________________________250 points

NO CRITERION GUIDELINE FOR CRITERION MAXIMUM SCORE

1

CAPACITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO EXECUTE LARGE INFRASTRUCTURE PROJECTS OF SIMILAR NATURE AND COMPLEXITY

Capacity of the Contractor to execute the works. In order to qualify here, the Contractor will have to demonstrate their capacity/ability to execute the works needed in construction project of a similar nature within the last 5 years:

25

This will be linked to the value ranges within the CIDB grading of at least 4CE (above R4,5 million):

5 Projects 25 Points




1 Project 5 Points

Supporting documents required to support the claims above (Only appointment letter/s and accompanied by completion certificate/s for projects above R4 500 000 must be submitted as proof to support claims made above).

Failure to complete and sign the tenderer’s schedule of experience will result in the bidder forfeiting these points.

They must be stamped, signed and on the letterhead of the employer).

All projects listed above must be registered on the schedule of the tenderer`s experience.

2

EXPERIENCE OF KEY STAFF – CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER

Certified copies of Relevant Built Environment Qualifications (NQF level 7 or higher) and Experience of Professional Construction Manager registered with SACPCMP for which a detailed CV with traceable and contactable reference for similar building projects worked/completed. (MUST COMPLETE THE ATTACHED RESOURCE INFORMATION TEMPLATE, FAILURE WHICH THE CONTRACTOR WILL FORFEIT THESE POINTS):

15

Scoring of post registration experience:

13 to 15 years or higher 15 Points



DESCRIPTION:

10 to 12 years 12 Points



Up to 3 years 3 Points

3

KEY PERSONNEL

CONTRACT MANAGER (Pr Eng) registered with ECSA: Complete the Resource Information Sheet and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. If the Resource Information Sheet is not completed bidder/s will forfeit these points. The department will only consider post-registration experience as a Professional Engineer.

Minimum BSc(Eng)/ B Eng in Civil Engineering with > 10 years’ experience - 15 Points

Minimum BSc(Eng)/ B Eng in Civil Engineering with > 7 < 10 years’ experience – 10 Points

Minimum BSc(Eng)/ B Eng in Civil Engineering with > 4 < 7 years’ experience – 5 Points

NB: Complete the resource information sheet (CV) and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. The Department will only consider post-registration experience. NOTE: If the Contract Manager does not have BSc (Eng)/ B Eng in Civil Engineering, the Tenderer will forfeit all points.

55

SITE AGENT(Pr Tech Eng) registered with ECSA: Complete the Resource Information Sheet and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. If the Resource Information Sheet is not completed bidder/s will forfeit these points. The department will only consider post-registration experience as a Professional Engineering Technologist.

Minimum BTech (Eng) in Civil Engineering with > 10 years’ experience - 10 Points

Minimum BTech (Eng) in Civil Engineering with > 5 < 10 years’ experience – 5 Points

Minimum BTech (Eng) in Civil Engineering with > 0 < 5 years’ experience – 0 Points

NB: Complete the resource information sheet (CV) and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. The Department will only consider post-registration experience. NOTE: If the Site Agent does not have BTech (Eng) in Civil Engineering, the Tenderer will forfeit all points.

FOREMAN: Complete the Resource Information Sheet and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. If the Resource Information Sheet is not completed bidder/s will forfeit these points. The department will only consider post-qualification experience as Foreman.

Minimum NDip in Civil Engineering with > 10 years’ experience - 15 Points

Minimum NDip in Civil Engineering with > 7 < 10 years’ experience – 10 Points

Minimum NDip in Civil Engineering with > 4 < 7 years’ experience – 5 Points

NB: Complete the resource information sheet (CV) and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. The Department will only consider post-registration experience. NOTE: If the Foreman does not have NDip in Civil Engineering, the Tenderer will forfeit all points.

HEALTH AND SAFETY OFFICER registered with SACPCMP:



DESCRIPTION:

Complete the Resource Information Sheet and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. If the Resource Information Sheet is not completed bidder/s will forfeit these points. The department will only consider post-registration experience as a Professional Health and Safety Officer.

Registered with SACPCMP as Construction Health and Safety Officer with > 5 years’ experience - 15 Points

Registered with SACPCMP as Construction Health and Safety Officer with > 3 < 4 years’ experience - 10 Points

Registered by SACPCMP as Construction Health and Safety Officer with > 1 < 2 years’ experience - 5 Points

NB: Complete the resource information sheet (CV) and attach certified copies of all relevant qualifications. The Department will only consider post-registration experience. NOTE: If the Health and Safety Officer is not registered with SACPCMP as a professional, the Tenderer will forfeit all points.

4

DETAILED METHODOLOGY AND APPROACH: IT MUST LEAD TO THE SUCCESSFUL COMPLETION OF THE PROJECT IN TERMS TIME, COST, SCOPE, RESOURCES, RISKS AND QUALITY.

SCOPE MANAGEMENT WITH CLEAR TIME FRAMES

A detailed scope and project management plan with clear timeframes.

10 Points

75

SUB - CONTRACTING MANAGEMENT OF CDP’s (this is in addition to scoring on the volume and value of work allocated in the criteria on the sub – contracting declaration as per the criteria below):

CDP engagement.

Allocation of the scope of work in line with the BOQ and rates.

Alignment of sub-contracting programme to the main programme.

Type of contract to be used and dispute resolution mechanism.

The proposal should clearly distinguish between CDPs and SMME`s.

15 Points

SUB - CONTRACTING MANAGEMENT OF SMME’s (this is in addition to scoring on the volume and value of work allocated in the criteria on the sub – contracting declaration as per the criteria below):

EME’s and QSE’s engagement.

Allocation of the scope of work in line with the BOQ and rates.

Alignment of sub-contracting programme to the main programme.

Type of contract to be used and dispute resolution mechanism.

The proposal should clearly distinguish between CDPs and SMME`s.

15 Points

FINANCES

Cash flow projections aligned with the programme.

Confirmation of the availability of cash flow for the first three months of the project.

Analysis of the Annual Financial Declaration and its supporting documents

15 Points

EQUIPMENT 5 Points



DESCRIPTION:

Compliance with Health and Safety Act.

List of major equipment to be use and they will be sourced.

Schedule of engagement which is aligned to the main programme.

MATERIAL

Sample and testing management.

Procurement of material.

Compliance of material to all applicable SANS standards.

Alignment of the procurement of material to the main programme.

5 Points

HUMAN RESOURCES

Sourcing of teams in line with the programme

Compliance with legislation: o Employment equity o PAYE o COIDA o BCOE

5 Points

HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT (submit OHS plan)

Compliance with the Act.

OHS Policy.

How will the legal appointment be made?

5 Points

STAKEHOLDER MANAGEMENT

How will stakeholders be identified and engaged.

Communication with stakeholders.

Stakeholder register management

5 Points

5 QUALITY MANAGEMENT

QUALITY ASSURANCE

How will quality be assured before procurement

How will quality be assured after procurement, i.e. inventory management and storage

Management of Specialist Contractors

10 Points

20 QUALITY CONTROL

Demonstrate the control of quality in the following: o Management and control of key staff o Management and control of general

labourers o Engagement with the Professional Team o Management of Site Instructions

10 Points

6

SUB - CONTRACTING - APPOINTMENT OF CONTRACTORS – ALLOCATION OF WORK TO CONTRACTORS REGISTERED ON THE CDP PROGRAMME.

Preferential points claimed for CDP Programme Participants - Complete the schedule below:

30

Percentage Score

Up to 15% of the contract value 30 Points


Minimum 5% of the contract value 10 Points

7 SUB - CONTRACTING – LOCAL

Preferential points claimed for Local SMME`s Sub contracting- Complete the schedule below. Only sub – contractors from Free State Province will be considered:

20



DESCRIPTION:

CONTRACTORS – EMES AND QSES (ALLOCATION OF WORKS)

Percentage Score

Up 35% of the contract value 20 Points


Minimum of 25% the contract value 10 Points

8 GEOGRAPHICAL AREA OF MAIN CONTRACTOR

Free State Based Contractor - Fully functional operational office in the Free State – CIPC address corresponding with the municipal statement or lease address: 10 Locally - 10 Points

Not Locally based - 5 Points

TOTAL (minimum score of 75%) 250

The scoring criteria will be as follows:

Rating Score out

of 5 Score out

of 10 Score out

of 15 Score out

of 20 Approach and methodology

Poor 1 2 3 4

The approach and / or methodology is poor / is very unlikely to satisfy project objectives or requirements. The tenderer has completely misunderstood all aspects of the scope of work and does not deal with any critical aspects of the project.

Average 2 4 6 8

The approach and / or methodology is not good / is unlikely to satisfy project objectives or requirements. The tenderer has misunderstood certain aspects of the scope of work and does not deal with the critical aspects of the project.

Good 3 6 9 12

The approach is generic and not tailored to address the specific project objectives and methodology. The approach does not adequately deal with the critical characteristics of the project. The quality plan, manner in which risk is to be managed etc, is too generic.

Very Good 4 8 12 16

The approach is specifically tailored to address the specific project objectives and methodology and is sufficiently flexible to accommodate changes that may occur during execution. The quality plan and approach to managing risk etc, is specifically tailored to the critical characteristics of the project.

Excellent 5 10 15 20

Besides meeting the “good” rating, the important issues are approached in an innovative and efficient way, indicating that the tenderer has outstanding knowledge of state-of-the- art approaches. The approach paper details ways to improve the project outcomes and the quality of the outputs.

1.4. STAGE THREE – PREFERENCE POINT SYSTEM.

1.4.1. Allocation of preferential points based on B-BBEE status level of contribution

B-BBEE Status Level of

Contributor

Number of points

(90/10 system)

Number of points

(80/20 system)

1 10 20

2 9 18

3 6 14

4 5 12

5 4 8

6 3 6

7 2 4



DESCRIPTION:

8 1 2

Non-compliant contributor 0 0

1.4.2. The 80/20 or 90/10 preference point systems.

1.4.3. A maximum of 80 or 90 points is allocated for price on the following basis:

Where

Ps =Points scored for price of bid under consideration

Pt =Price of bid under consideration

Pmin =Price of lowest acceptable bid

1.4.4. Each Bid will be required to meet the set criteria at each relevant evaluation stage prior to it proceeding to the next

stage of evaluation. Bids that do not meet the set criteria of a particular stage of evaluation will be eliminated.

a. Application of Preferential procurement regulationsThe awarding of the bid will be undertaken in accordance

with the preferential procurement regulations of 2017.

b. Successful tenderer must subcontract a minimum of 30% of the value of the contract to the CDP participants

which is at least 51% owned by black people.



DESCRIPTION:

T2.1 LIST OF RETURNABLE DOCUMENTS

19

COTRACT NO.: DPWFS (T) 009/2021


DESCRIPTION:

T2.1.1 Returnable Schedules required for tender evaluation purposes in Stage 1 (pre- qualification stage)

The tenderer must complete the following returnable schedules:

SBD 1 – Invitation to Bid

SBD 4 - Declaration of Interest

SBD 6.1 – Preferential Procurement Regulation 2017

Record of Addenda to Tender Documents

Schedule of Recently Completed Contracts

Schedule of Current Contracts

Schedule of Construction Plant and Equipment

Schedule of Proposed Sub-Contractors

Schedule of Proposed Key Personnel

Banking Details

Proposed Amendments and Qualifications (if any)

Certificate of Authority for Targeted Enterprise Joint Venture Partners

SBD 9: Certificate of Independent Bid Determination

Estimate of Monthly Expenditure

Fulfilment of the Construction Regulations

Questionnaire on tenderer’s procedures with respect to OHSA Construction

Regulations

Annual Financial Statements Declaration

SBD 8: Declaration of bidder’s past supply chain management plan Practices

SBD 6.2: Declaration Certificate for Local Production and Content

SMME Plan

T2.1.2 Returnable Documents required for tender evaluation purposes

The tenderer must return the following returnable documents:

A copy of tax clearance certificate and tax compliance status pin issued by the South African Revenue Services

Original and valid B-BBEE status level 1 verification certificate/affidavit or a certified copy thereof, substantiating the B-BBEE rating



DESCRIPTION:

Certified Copy of current Municipal Account/ lease agreement in the name of the Tenderer or alternatively in the

names of the Directors/Partners of the tendering entity not owing more than 90 days.

CSD Report (Download date must not be not older than the date of advert of tender).

Authority to sign Tender.

CIDB Grading of 8CE / 7CE PE or Higher (provide a valid CRS number).

Workmen’s Compensation Registration Certificate

Proposed Project Organisational Chart

Curricula Vitae of Key Project Personnel

Methodology Statement

Letter of Intent from a Financial Institution to provide a Construction Guarantee in accordance with the GCC pro-

forma (refer C1.3)

Audited Financial Statements for past 3 years

Joint venture agreement (If Applicable)

SMME Plan

T2.1.3 Other Documents that will be incorporated into the contract

The tenderer must return the following returnable documents:

Form of Offer and Acceptance

Contract Data

Bills of Quantities

Occupational Health and Safety Plan

Quality Management Plan

Occupational Health and Safety Agreement (C1.4)

Agreement in terms of Section 37(2) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993 (C1.5)



DESCRIPTION:

T2.2 RETURNABLE SCHEDULES AND DOCUMENTS



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 1

PART A

INVITATION TO BID

YOU ARE HEREBY INVITED TO BID FOR REQUIREMENTS OF THE (NAME OF DEPARTMENT/ PUBLIC ENTITY)

BID NUMBER: DPWFS (T) 009/2021 CLOSING DATE: 17 September 2021 CLOSING TIME: 11:00

DESCRIPTION APPOINTMENT SUITABLY QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR/S OR JOINT VENTURE FOR THE REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON THE BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

BID RESPONSE DOCUMENTS MAY BE DEPOSITED IN THE BID BOX SITUATED AT (STREET ADDRESS)

Ground Floor (Main Entrance Foyer)

O.R Tambo House (Lebohang Building);

Cnr. Markgraaff and St Andrews Street,

Bloemfontein, 9301

BIDDING PROCEDURE ENQUIRIES MAY BE DIRECTED TO TECHNICAL ENQUIRIES MAY BE DIRECTED TO:

CONTACT PERSON Mr. Molebatsi Phasumane CONTACT PERSON Ms. Helen Gonzalez

TELEPHONE NUMBER 051 492 3861 / 066 307 2629 TELEPHONE NUMBER 051 492 3861/78

FACSIMILE NUMBER FACSIMILE NUMBER

E-MAIL ADDRESS [email protected] E-MAIL ADDRESS [email protected]

SUPPLIER INFORMATION

NAME OF BIDDER

POSTAL ADDRESS

STREET ADDRESS

TELEPHONE NUMBER CODE NUMBER

CELLPHONE NUMBER

FACSIMILE NUMBER CODE NUMBER

E-MAIL ADDRESS

VAT REGISTRATION NUMBER

SUPPLIER COMPLIANCE STATUS

TAX COMPLIANCE SYSTEM PIN:

OR

CENTRAL SUPPLIER DATABASE No: MAAA

B-BBEE STATUS LEVEL VERIFICATION CERTIFICATE

TICK APPLICABLE BOX]

Yes No

B-BBEE STATUS LEVEL SWORN AFFIDAVIT

[TICK APPLICABLE BOX]

Yes No

[A B-BBEE STATUS LEVEL VERIFICATION CERTIFICATE/ SWORN AFFIDAVIT (FOR EMES & QSEs) MUST BE SUBMITTED IN ORDER TO QUALIFY FOR PREFERENCE POINTS FOR B-BBEE]

ARE YOU THE ACCREDITED REPRESENTATIVE IN SOUTH AFRICA FOR THE GOODS /SERVICES /WORKS OFFERED?

Yes No [IF YES ENCLOSE PROOF]

ARE YOU A FOREIGN BASED SUPPLIER FOR THE GOODS /SERVICES /WORKS OFFERED?

Yes No [IF YES, ANSWER THE QUESTIONNAIRE BELOW ]

QUESTIONNAIRE TO BIDDING FOREIGN SUPPLIERS

IS THE ENTITY A RESIDENT OF THE REPUBLIC OF SOUTH AFRICA (RSA)? YES NO

DOES THE ENTITY HAVE A BRANCH IN THE RSA? YES NO

DOES THE ENTITY HAVE A PERMANENT ESTABLISHMENT IN THE RSA? YES NO

DOES THE ENTITY HAVE ANY SOURCE OF INCOME IN THE RSA? YES NO





DESCRIPTION:

IS THE ENTITY LIABLE IN THE RSA FOR ANY FORM OF TAXATION? YES NO IF THE ANSWER IS “NO” TO ALL OF THE ABOVE, THEN IT IS NOT A REQUIREMENT TO REGISTER FOR A TAX COMPLIANCE STATUS SYSTEM PIN CODE FROM THE SOUTH AFRICAN REVENUE SERVICE (SARS) AND IF NOT REGISTER AS PER 2.3 BELOW.



DESCRIPTION:

PART B TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR BIDDING

1. BID SUBMISSION:

1.1. BIDS MUST BE DELIVERED BY THE STIPULATED TIME TO THE CORRECT ADDRESS. LATE BIDS WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED FOR CONSIDERATION.

1.2. ALL BIDS MUST BE SUBMITTED ON THE OFFICIAL FORMS PROVIDED–(NOT TO BE RE-TYPED) OR IN THE MANNER PRESCRIBED IN THE BID DOCUMENT.

1.3. THIS BID IS SUBJECT TO THE PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT POLICY FRAMEWORK ACT, 2000 AND THE PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT REGULATIONS, 2017, THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT (GCC) AND, IF APPLICABLE, ANY OTHER SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT.

1.4. THE SUCCESSFUL BIDDER WILL BE REQUIRED TO FILL IN AND SIGN A WRITTEN CONTRACT FORM (SBD7).

2. TAX COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS

2.1 BIDDERS MUST ENSURE COMPLIANCE WITH THEIR TAX OBLIGATIONS.

2.2 BIDDERS ARE REQUIRED TO SUBMIT THEIR UNIQUE PERSONAL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (PIN) ISSUED BY SARS TO ENABLE THE ORGAN OF STATE TO VERIFY THE TAXPAYER’S PROFILE AND TAX STATUS.

2.3 APPLICATION FOR TAX COMPLIANCE STATUS (TCS) PIN MAY BE MADE VIA E-FILING THROUGH THE SARS WEBSITE WWW.SARS.GOV.ZA.

2.4 BIDDERS MAY ALSO SUBMIT A PRINTED TCS CERTIFICATE TOGETHER WITH THE BID.

2.5 IN BIDS WHERE CONSORTIA / JOINT VENTURES / SUB-CONTRACTORS ARE INVOLVED, EACH PARTY MUST SUBMIT A SEPARATE TCS CERTIFICATE / PIN / CSD NUMBER.

2.6 WHERE NO TCS PIN IS AVAILABLE BUT THE BIDDER IS REGISTERED ON THE CENTRAL SUPPLIER DATABASE (CSD), A CSD NUMBER MUST BE PROVIDED.

2.7 NO BIDS WILL BE CONSIDERED FROM PERSONS IN THE SERVICE OF THE STATE, COMPANIES WITH DIRECTORS WHO ARE PERSONS IN THE SERVICE OF THE STATE, OR CLOSE CORPORATIONS WITH MEMBERS PERSONS IN THE SERVICE OF THE STATE.”

NB: FAILURE TO PROVIDE / OR COMPLY WITH ANY OF THE ABOVE PARTICULARS MAY RENDER THE BID INVALID. SIGNATURE OF BIDDER: …………………………………………… CAPACITY UNDER WHICH THIS BID IS SIGNED: …………………………………………… (Proof of authority must be submitted e.g. company resolution) DATE: …………………………………………...

NB: FAILURE TO PROVIDE ANY OF THE ABOVE PARTICULARS MAY RENDER THE BID INVALID.

SBD 4

http://www.sars.gov.za/



DESCRIPTION:

DECLARATION OF INTEREST

1. Any legal person, including persons employed by the state¹, or persons having a kinship with persons employed by the

state, including a blood relationship, may make an offer or offers in terms of this invitation to bid (includes a price quotation, advertised competitive bid, limited bid or proposal). In view of possible allegations of favouritism, should the resulting bid, or part thereof, be awarded to persons employed by the state, or to persons connected with or related to them, it is required that the bidder or his/her authorised representative declare his/her position in relation to the evaluating/adjudicating authority where-

- The bidder is employed by the state; and/or - the legal person on whose behalf the bidding document is signed, has a relationship with persons/a person who

are/is involved in the evaluation and or adjudication of the bid(s), or where it is known that such a relationship exists between the person or persons for or on whose behalf the declarant acts and persons who are involved with the evaluation and or adjudication of the bid.

2. In order to give effect to the above, the following questionnaire must be completed and submitted with the bid. 2.1 Full Name of bidder or his or her representative: …………………………………………………………. 2.2 Identity Number: …………………………………………………………………………… 2.3 Position occupied in the Company (director, trustee, shareholder²): …………………………………….. 2.4 Company Registration Number: ………………………………………………………………………..……. 2.5 Tax Reference Number: ………………………………………………………………………………….……… 2.6 VAT Registration Number: ……………………………………………………………………………….... 2.6.1 The names of all directors / trustees / shareholders / members, their individual identity numbers, tax reference numbers and,

if applicable, employee / persal numbers must be indicated in paragraph 3 below. ¹“State” means – (a) any national or provincial department, national or provincial public entity or constitutional institution within the meaning

of the Public Finance Management Act, 1999 (Act No. 1 of 1999); (b) any municipality or municipal entity; (c) provincial legislature; (d) national Assembly or the national Council of provinces; or (e) Parliament. ²”Shareholder” means a person who owns shares in the company and is actively involved in the management of the enterprise or

business and exercises control over the enterprise. 2.7 Are you or any person connected with the bidder YES / NO presently employed by the state? 2.7.1 If so, furnish the following particulars:

Name of person / director / trustee / shareholder/ member: ……....……………………………… Name of state institution at which you or the person connected to the bidder is employed : ……………………………………… Position occupied in the state institution: ……………………………………… Any other particulars: ………………………………………………………………



DESCRIPTION:

……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………

2.7.2 If you are presently employed by the state, did you obtain YES / NO

the appropriate authority to undertake remunerative work outside employment in the public sector?

2.7.2.1 If yes, did you attached proof of such authority to the bid YES / NO

document? (Note: Failure to submit proof of such authority, where applicable, may result in the disqualification of the bid.

2.7.2.2 If no, furnish reasons for non-submission of such proof:

……………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………………………………….

2.8 Did you or your spouse, or any of the company’s directors / YES / NO trustees / shareholders / members or their spouses conduct business with the state in the previous twelve months?

2.8.1 If so, furnish particulars:

………………………………………………………………….. ………………………………………………………………….. …………………………………………………………………...

2.9 Do you, or any person connected with the bidder, have YES / NO any relationship (family, friend, other) with a person employed by the state and who may be involved with the evaluation and or adjudication of this bid?

2.9.1If so, furnish particulars. ……………………………………………………………... …………………………………………………………..….

………………………………………………………………

2.10 Are you, or any person connected with the bidder, YES/NO aware of any relationship (family, friend, other) between

any other bidder and any person employed by the state who may be involved with the evaluation and or adjudication of this bid?

2.10.1 If so, furnish particulars.

……………………………………………………………… ……………………………………………………………… ………………………………………………………………

2.11 Do you or any of the directors / trustees / shareholders / members YES/NO

of the company have any interest in any other related companies whether or not they are bidding for this contract?

2.11.1 If so, furnish particulars: ……………………………………………………………………………. ……………………………………………………………………………. …………………………………………………………………………….



DESCRIPTION:

3 Full details of directors / trustees / members / shareholders.

Full Name Identity Number Personal Tax Reference Number

State Employee Number / Persal Number

4 DECLARATION

I, THE UNDERSIGNED (NAME)………………………………………………………………………

CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION FURNISHED IN PARAGRAPHS 2 and 3 ABOVE IS CORRECT. I ACCEPT THAT THE STATE MAY REJECT THE BID OR ACT AGAINST ME IN TERMS OF PARAGRAPH 23 OF THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT SHOULD THIS DECLARATION PROVE TO BE FALSE. ………………………………….. ..…………………………………………… Signature Date …………………………………. ……………………………………………… Position Name of bidder



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 6.1

PREFERENCE POINTS CLAIM FORM IN TERMS OF THE PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT REGULATIONS 2017

This preference form must form part of all bids invited. It contains general information and serves as a claim form for preference points for Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment (B-BBEE) Status Level of Contribution

NB: BEFORE COMPLETING THIS FORM, BIDDERS MUST STUDY THE GENERAL CONDITIONS, DEFINITIONS AND

DIRECTIVES APPLICABLE IN RESPECT OF B-BBEE, AS PRESCRIBED IN THE PREFERENTIAL PROCUREMENT REGULATIONS, 2017.

1. GENERAL CONDITIONS

1.1 The following preference point systems are applicable to all bids:

- the 80/20 system for requirements with a Rand value of up to R50 000 000 (all applicable taxes included); and

- the 90/10 system for requirements with a Rand value above R50 000 000 (all applicable taxes included). 1.2

a) The value of this bid is estimated to exceed R50 000 000 (all applicable taxes included) and therefore the 90/10 preference point system shall be applicable; or

b) Either the 80/20 or 90/10 preference point system will be applicable to this tender (delete whichever is not applicable for this tender).

1.3 Points for this bid shall be awarded for:

(a) Price; and

(b) B-BBEE Status Level of Contributor.

1.4 The maximum points for this bid are allocated as follows:

POINTS

PRICE 90

B-BBEE STATUS LEVEL OF CONTRIBUTOR 10

Total points for Price and B-BBEE must not exceed 100

1.5 Failure on the part of a bidder to submit proof of B-BBEE Status level of contributor together with the bid, will be

interpreted to mean that preference points for B-BBEE status level of contribution are not claimed.

1.6 The purchaser reserves the right to require of a bidder, either before a bid is adjudicated or at any time subsequently, to substantiate any claim in regard to preferences, in any manner required by the purchaser.



DESCRIPTION:

Ps

2. DEFINITIONS

(a) “B-BBEE” means broad-based black economic empowerment as defined in section 1 of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act;

(b) “B-BBEE status level of contributor” means the B-BBEE status of an entity in terms of a code of good practice on black economic empowerment, issued in terms of section 9(1) of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act;

(c) “bid” means a written offer in a prescribed or stipulated form in response to an invitation by an organ of state for the provision of goods or services, through price quotations, advertised competitive bidding processes or proposals;

(d) “Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act” means the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act, 2003 (Act No. 53 of 2003);

(e) “EME” means an Exempted Micro Enterprise in terms of a code of good practice on black economic empowerment issued in terms of section 9 (1) of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act;

(f) “functionality” means the ability of a tenderer to provide goods or services in accordance with specifications as set out in the tender documents.

(g) “prices” includes all applicable taxes less all unconditional discounts;

(h) “proof of B-BBEE status level of contributor” means:

1) B-BBEE Status level certificate issued by an authorized body or person;

2) A sworn affidavit as prescribed by the B-BBEE Codes of Good Practice;

3) Any other requirement prescribed in terms of the B-BBEE Act;

(i) “QSE” means a qualifying small business enterprise in terms of a code of good practice on black economic empowerment issued in terms of section 9 (1) of the Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act;

(j) “rand value” means the total estimated value of a contract in Rand, calculated at the time of bid invitation,

and includes all applicable taxes;

3. POINTS AWARDED FOR PRICE

3.1 THE 80/20 OR 90/10 PREFERENCE POINT SYSTEMS

A maximum of 80 or 90 points is allocated for price on the following basis: 80/20 or 90/10

Ps 80 1

Pt P min or

90 1

Pt P min

Where P min P min

Ps = Points scored for price of bid under consideration Pt

= Price of bid under consideration

Pmin = Price of lowest acceptable bid



DESCRIPTION:

4. POINTS AWARDED FOR B-BBEE STATUS LEVEL OF CONTRIBUTOR

4.1 In terms of Regulation 6 (2) and 7 (2) of the Preferential Procurement Regulations, preference points must be awarded to a bidder for attaining the B-BBEE status level of contribution in accordance with the table below:

B-BBEE Status Level of Contributor

Number of points

(90/10 system)

Number of points

(80/20 system)

1 10 20

2 9 18

3 6 14

4 5 12

5 4 8

6 3 6

7 2 4

8 1 2

Non-compliant contributor

0 0

5. BID DECLARATION

5.1 Bidders who claim points in respect of B-BBEE Status Level of Contribution must complete the following:

6. B-BBEE STATUS LEVEL OF CONTRIBUTOR CLAIMED IN TERMS OF PARAGRAPHS 1.4 AND 4.1

6.1 B-BBEE Status Level of Contributor: . = ……… (maximum of 10 or 20 points)

(Points claimed in respect of paragraph 7.1 must be in accordance with the table reflected in paragraph 4.1 and must be substantiated by relevant proof of B-BBEE status level of contributor.

7. SUB-CONTRACTING

7.1 Will any portion of the contract be sub-contracted? (Tick

applicable box)

YES NO

7.1.1 If yes, indicate:

i) What percentage of the contract will be subcontracted? ............……………………………% ii) The name of the sub-contractor………………………………………………………………….. iii) The B-BBEE status level of the sub-contractor.................................................…………….. iv) Whether the sub-contractor is an EME or QSE

(Tick applicable box)

YES NO

v) Specify, by ticking the appropriate box, if subcontracting with an enterprise in terms of Preferential Procurement Regulations,2017:



DESCRIPTION:

Designated Group: An EME or QSE which is at last 51% owned by:

EME

√

QSE

√

Black people

Black people who are youth

Black people who are women

Black people with disabilities

Black people living in rural or underdeveloped areas or townships

Cooperative owned by black people

Black people who are military veterans

OR

Any EME

Any QSE

8. DECLARATION WITH REGARD TO COMPANY/FIRM

8.1 Name of company/firm: ………………………………………………………….……………………. 8.2 VAT registration

number: ……………………………………….………….………………………… 8.3 Company registration number:

.....…………….……………………….…………………………….

8.4 TYPE OF COMPANY/ FIRM

Partnership/Joint Venture / Consortium

One-person business/sole propriety

Close corporation

Company

(Pty) Limited [TICK

APPLICABLE BOX]

8.5 DESCRIBE PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

…………………………………………………………………………………………..

8.6 COMPANY CLASSIFICATION

Manufacturer

Supplier

Professional service provider

Other service providers, e.g. transporter, etc. [TICK

APPLICABLE BOX]

8.7 Total number of years the company/firm has been in business: ……………………………



DESCRIPTION:

8.8 I/we, the undersigned, who is / are duly authorised to do so on behalf of the company/firm, certify

that the points claimed, based on the B-BBE status level of contributor indicated in paragraphs 1.4

and 6.1 of the foregoing certificate, qualifies the company/ firm for the preference(s) shown and I /

we acknowledge that:

i) The information furnished is true and correct;

ii) The preference points claimed are in accordance with the General Conditions as indicated in paragraph 1 of this form;

iii) In the event of a contract being awarded as a result of points claimed as shown in paragraphs 1.4 and 6.1, the contractor may be required to furnish documentary proof to the satisfaction of the purchaser that the claims are correct;

iv) If the B-BBEE status level of contributor has been claimed or obtained on a fraudulent basis or any of the conditions of contract have not been fulfilled, the purchaser may, in addition to any other remedy it may have –

(a) disqualify the person from the bidding process;

(b) recover costs, losses or damages it has incurred or suffered as a result of that person’s conduct;

(c) cancel the contract and claim any damages which it has suffered as a result of having to make less favourable arrangements due to such cancellation;

(d) recommend that the bidder or contractor, its shareholders and directors, or only the shareholders and directors who acted on a fraudulent basis, be restricted by the National Treasury from obtaining business from any organ of state for a period not exceeding 10 years, after the audi alteram partem (hear the other side) rule has been applied; and

(e) forward the matter for criminal prosecution.

…………………………………..

…………………………………..

…………………………………..

…………………………………..

DATE:

ADDRESS

………………………………………. SIGNATURE(S) OF BIDDERS(S)

WITNESSES

1. ……………………………………..

2. …………………………………….



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 6.2

DECLARATION CERTIFICATE FOR LOCAL PRODUCTION AND CONTENT FOR DESIGNATED SECTORS

This Standard Bidding Document (SBD) must form part of all bids invited. It contains general information and serves as a declaration form for local content (local production and local content are used interchangeably).

Before completing this declaration, bidders must study the General Conditions, Definitions, Directives applicable in respect of Local Content as prescribed in the Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2017, the South African Bureau of Standards (SABS) approved technical specification number SATS 1286:2011 (Edition 1) and the Guidance on the Calculation of Local Content together with the Local Content Declaration Templates [Annex C (Local Content Declaration: Summary Schedule), D (Imported Content Declaration: Supporting Schedule to Annex C) and E (Local Content Declaration: Supporting Schedule to Annex C)].

1. General Conditions

1.1. Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2017 (Regulation 8) make provision for the promotion of local production

and content.

1.2. Regulation 8.(2) prescribes that in the case of designated sectors, organs of state must advertise such tenders with the specific bidding condition that only locally produced or manufactured goods, with a stipulated minimum threshold for local production and content will be considered.

1.3. Where necessary, for tenders referred to in paragraph 1.2 above, a two stage bidding process may be followed,

where the first stage involves a minimum threshold for local production and content and the second stage price and B-BBEE.

1.4. A person awarded a contract in relation to a designated sector, may not sub-contract in such a manner that the

local production and content of the overall value of the contract is reduced to below the stipulated minimum threshold.

1.5. The local content (LC) expressed as a percentage of the bid price must be calculated in accordance with the SABS

approved technical specification number SATS 1286: 2011 as follows: LC = [1 - x / y] * 100

Where

x is the imported content in Rand y is the bid price in Rand excluding value added tax (VAT)

Prices referred to in the determination of x must be converted to Rand (ZAR) by using the exchange rate published by South African Reserve Bank (SARB) at 12:00 on the date of advertisement of the bid as indicated in paragraph 4.1 below. The SABS approved technical specification number SATS 1286:2011 is accessible on http:/www.thedti.gov.za/industrial development/ip.jsp at no cost.

1.6. A bid may be disqualified if this Declaration Certificate and the Annex C (Local Content Declaration: Summary Schedule) are not submitted as part of the bid documentation;



DESCRIPTION:

2. The stipulated minimum threshold(s) for local production and content (refer to Annex A of SATS 1286:2011)

for this bid is/are as follows: Description of services, works or goods Stipulated minimum threshold

…………………………………………… ……………………….. …………………………………………… ………………………. ……………………………………………. ………………………. …………………………………………… ………………………. ……………………………………………. ……………………….

3. Does any portion of the goods or services offered have any imported content? (Tick applicable box)

YES NO

3..1 If yes, the rate(s) of exchange to be used in this bid to calculate the local content as prescribed in paragraph 1.5

of the general conditions must be the rate(s) published by SARB for the specific currency at 12:00 on the date of advertisement of the bid.

The relevant rates of exchange information is accessible on www.reservebank.co.za

Indicate the rate(s) of exchange against the appropriate currency in the table below (refer to Annex A of SATS 1286:2011):

Currency Rates of exchange

US Dollar

Pound Sterling

Euro

Yen

Other

NB: Bidders must submit proof of the SARB rate (s) of exchange used.

4. Where, after the award of a bid, challenges are experienced in meeting the stipulated minimum threshold for local

content the dti must be informed accordingly in order for the dti to verify and in consultation with the AO/AA provide directives in this regard.

http://www.reservebank.co.za/



DESCRIPTION:

LOCAL CONTENT DECLARATION

(REFER TO ANNEX B OF SATS 1286:2011)

LOCAL CONTENT DECLARATION BY CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER OR OTHER LEGALLY RESPONSIBLE PERSON NOMINATED IN WRITING BY THE CHIEF EXECUTIVE OR SENIOR MEMBER/PERSON WITH MANAGEMENT RESPONSIBILITY (CLOSE CORPORATION, PARTNERSHIP OR INDIVIDUAL)

IN RESPECT OF BID NO. ................................................................................. ISSUED BY: (Procurement Authority / Name of Institution): ......................................................................................................................... NB 1 The obligation to complete, duly sign and submit this declaration cannot be transferred to an external

authorized representative, auditor or any other third party acting on behalf of the bidder.

2 Guidance on the Calculation of Local Content together with Local Content Declaration Templates (Annex C, D and E) is accessible on http://www.thdti.gov.za/industrial development/ip.jsp. Bidders should first complete Declaration D. After completing Declaration D, bidders should complete Declaration E and then consolidate the information on Declaration C. Declaration C should be submitted with the bid documentation at the closing date and time of the bid in order to substantiate the declaration made in paragraph (c) below. Declarations D and E should be kept by the bidders for verification purposes for a period of at least 5 years. The successful bidder is required to continuously update Declarations C, D and E with the actual values for the duration of the contract.

I, the undersigned, …………………………….................................................... (full names), do hereby declare, in my capacity as ……………………………………… ……….. of ...............................................................................................................(name of bidder entity), the following:

(a) The facts contained herein are within my own personal knowledge.

(b) I have satisfied myself that:

(i) the goods/services/works to be delivered in terms of the above-specified bid comply with the minimum local content requirements as specified in the bid, and as measured in terms of SATS 1286:2011; and

(c) The local content percentage (%) indicated below has been calculated using the formula given in clause 3 of SATS 1286:2011, the rates of exchange indicated in paragraph 4.1 above and the information contained in Declaration D and E which has been consolidated in Declaration C:

Bid price, excluding VAT (y) R

Imported content (x), as calculated in terms of SATS 1286:2011 R

Stipulated minimum threshold for local content (paragraph 3 above)

Local content %, as calculated in terms of SATS 1286:2011

If the bid is for more than one product, the local content percentages for each product contained in Declaration C shall be used instead of the table above. The local content percentages for each product has been calculated using the formula given in clause 3 of SATS 1286:2011, the rates of exchange indicated in paragraph 4.1 above and the information contained in Declaration D and E.

(d) I accept that the Procurement Authority / Institution has the right to request that the local content be



DESCRIPTION:

verified in terms of the requirements of SATS 1286:2011.

(e) I understand that the awarding of the bid is dependent on the accuracy of the information furnished in this application. I also understand that the submission of incorrect data, or data that are not verifiable as described in SATS 1286:2011, may result in the Procurement Authority / Institution imposing any or all of the remedies as provided for in Regulation 14 of the Preferential Procurement Regulations, 2017 promulgated under the Preferential Policy Framework Act (PPPFA), 2000 (Act No. 5 of 2000).

SIGNATURE: DATE: ___________ WITNESS No. 1 DATE: ___________ WITNESS No. 2 DATE: ___________



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 8

DECLARATION OF BIDDER’S PAST SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT PRACTICES

1 This Standard Bidding Document must form part of all bids invited. 2 It serves as a declaration to be used by institutions in ensuring that when goods and services are being

procured, all reasonable steps are taken to combat the abuse of the supply chain management system. 3 The bid of any bidder may be disregarded if that bidder, or any of its directors have-

a. abused the institution’s supply chain management system; b. committed fraud or any other improper conduct in relation to such system; or c. failed to perform on any previous contract.

4 In order to give effect to the above, the following questionnaire must be completed and submitted with the bid.

Item Question Yes No

4.1 Is the bidder or any of its directors listed on the National Treasury’s Database of Restricted Suppliers as companies or persons prohibited from doing business with the public sector? (Companies or persons who are listed on this Database were informed in writing of this restriction by the Accounting Officer/Authority of the institution that imposed the restriction after the audi alteram partem rule was applied). The Database of Restricted Suppliers now resides on the National Treasury’s website(www.treasury.gov.za) and can be accessed by clicking on its link at the bottom of the home page.

Yes

No


4.2 Is the bidder or any of its directors listed on the Register for Tender Defaulters in terms of section 29 of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act (No 12 of 2004)? The Register for Tender Defaulters can be accessed on the National Treasury’s website (www.treasury.gov.za) by clicking on its link at the bottom of the home page.

Yes

No


4.3 Was the bidder or any of its directors convicted by a court of law (including a court outside of the Republic of South Africa) for fraud or corruption during the past five years?

Yes

No


4.4 Was any contract between the bidder and any organ of state terminated during the past five years on account of failure to perform on or comply with the contract?

Yes

No


http://www.treasury.gov.za/

http://www.treasury.gov.za/



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 8

CERTIFICATION

I, THE UNDERSIGNED (FULL NAME)………………………………………………… CERTIFY THAT THE INFORMATION FURNISHED ON THIS DECLARATION FORM IS TRUE AND CORRECT. I ACCEPT THAT, IN ADDITION TO CANCELLATION OF A CONTRACT, ACTION MAY BE TAKEN AGAINST ME

SHOULD THIS DECLARATION PROVE TO BE FALSE. ………………………………………... ………………………….. Signature Date

………………………………………. ………………………….. Position Name of Bidder



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 9

CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT BID DETERMINATION

1 This Standard Bidding Document (SBD) must form part of all bids¹ invited.

2 Section 4 (1) (b) (iii) of the Competition Act No. 89 of 1998, as amended, prohibits an agreement between, or

concerted practice by, firms, or a decision by an association of firms, if it is between parties in a horizontal

relationship and if it involves collusive bidding (or bid rigging).² Collusive bidding is a pe se prohibition meaning

that it cannot be justified under any grounds.

3 Treasury Regulation 16A9 prescribes that accounting officers and accounting authorities must take all reasonable steps to prevent abuse of the supply chain management system and authorizes accounting officers and accounting authorities to:

a. disregard the bid of any bidder if that bidder, or any of its directors have abused the institution’s supply

chain management system and or committed fraud or any other improper conduct in relation to such system.

b. cancel a contract awarded to a supplier of goods and services if the supplier committed any corrupt or

fraudulent act during the bidding process or the execution of that contract.

4 This SBD serves as a certificate of declaration that would be used by institutions to ensure that, when bids are

considered, reasonable steps are taken to prevent any form of bid-rigging.

5 In order to give effect to the above, the attached Certificate of Bid Determination (SBD 9) must be completed and

submitted with the bid:

¹ Includes price quotations, advertised competitive bids, limited bids and proposals.

² Bid rigging (or collusive bidding) occurs when businesses, that would otherwise be expected to compete,

secretly conspire to raise prices or lower the quality of goods and / or services for purchasers who wish to

acquire goods and / or services through a bidding process. Bid rigging is, therefore, an agreement between

competitors not to compete.



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 9

CERTIFICATE OF INDEPENDENT BID DETERMINATION

I, the undersigned, in submitting the accompanying bid:

________________________________________________________________________

(Bid Number and Description)

in response to the invitation for the bid made by:

______________________________________________________________________________

(Name of Institution)

do hereby make the following statements that I certify to be true and complete in every respect:

I certify, on behalf of:_______________________________________________________ that:

(Name of Bidder)

1. I have read and I understand the contents of this Certificate;

2. I understand that the accompanying bid will be disqualified if this Certificate is found not to be true and complete

in every respect;

3. I am authorized by the bidder to sign this Certificate, and to submit the accompanying bid, on behalf of the

bidder;

4. Each person whose signature appears on the accompanying bid has been authorized by the bidder to determine

the terms of, and to sign the bid, on behalf of the bidder;

5. For the purposes of this Certificate and the accompanying bid, I understand that the word “competitor” shall

include any individual or organization, other than the bidder, whether or not affiliated with the bidder, who:

(a) has been requested to submit a bid in response to this bid invitation;

(b) could potentially submit a bid in response to this bid invitation, based on their qualifications,

abilities or experience; and

(c) provides the same goods and services as the bidder and/or is in the same line of business as

the bidder



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 9

6. The bidder has arrived at the accompanying bid independently from, and without consultation, communication,

agreement or arrangement with any competitor. However communication between partners in a joint venture or

consortium³ will not be construed as collusive bidding.

7. In particular, without limiting the generality of paragraphs 6 above, there has been no consultation,

communication, agreement or arrangement with any competitor regarding:

(a) prices;

(b) geographical area where product or service will be rendered (market allocation)

(c) methods, factors or formulas used to calculate prices;

(d) the intention or decision to submit or not to submit, a bid;

(e) the submission of a bid which does not meet the specifications and conditions of the bid; or

(f) bidding with the intention not to win the bid.

8. In addition, there have been no consultations, communications, agreements or arrangements with any competitor

regarding the quality, quantity, specifications and conditions or delivery particulars of the products or services to

which this bid invitation relates.

9. The terms of the accompanying bid have not been, and will not be, disclosed by the bidder, directly or indirectly,

to any competitor, prior to the date and time of the official bid opening or of the awarding of the contract.

³ Joint venture or Consortium means an association of persons for the purpose of combining their expertise, property, capital, efforts, skill and knowledge in an activity for the execution of a contract.



DESCRIPTION:

SBD 9

10. I am aware that, in addition and without prejudice to any other remedy provided to combat any restrictive

practices related to bids and contracts, bids that are suspicious will be reported to the Competition Commission

for investigation and possible imposition of administrative penalties in terms of section 59 of the Competition Act

No 89 of 1998 and or may be reported to the National Prosecuting Authority (NPA) for criminal investigation and

or may be restricted from conducting business with the public sector for a period not exceeding ten (10) years in

terms of the Prevention and Combating of Corrupt Activities Act No 12 of 2004 or any other applicable

legislation.

………………………………………………… …………………………………

Signature Date

…………………………………………………. …………………………………

Position Name of Bidder



DESCRIPTION:

SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SUB-CONTRACTORS



DESCRIPTION:

Declaration Form for Sub-Contracting:

Schedule of Proposed Subcontracting to local EME or QSE

I (name of contractor representative) …………………………………………….............., representing (name of the main contractor) ……………………………………………………………….………………………………. hereby confirm that the contractor intends to subcontract a minimum of (value of works in numbers) R ……………………………………………., which equates (minimum of 25%) to………………. % of our total tendered amount for bid number DPWFS (T) 009/2021 to local contractors registered with CIDB as contractors in various categories of works applicable on these project.

Signature……………………………………… Date……………………………………..

Name……………………………………… Position…………………………………..

Tenderer …………………………………..

NB: Failure to complete and sign this declaration will result in automatic disqualification.



DESCRIPTION:

Declaration Form for Sub-contracting:

Schedule of Proposed Subcontracting to CDP (Contractor Development Programme) Participants.

I (name of contractor representative) …………………………………………….............., representing (name of the main contractor) ……………………………………………………………….………………………………. hereby confirm that the contractor intends to subcontract a minimum of (value of works in numbers) R ……………………………………………., which equates (minimum of 5%) to………………. % of our total tendered amount for bid number DPWFS (T) 009/2021 to contractors registered on Contractor Development Programme (CDP) of the Department participating under various categories of works applicable on these project.

Signature……………………………………… Date……………………………………..

Name……………………………………… Position…………………………………..

Tenderer …………………………………..

NB: Failure to complete and sign this declaration will result in automatic disqualification.



DESCRIPTION:

Schedule of Plants and Equipment

The following are lists of major items of relevant equipment that I / we presently own or lease and will have available for this contract or will acquire or hire for this contract if my / our tender is accepted. (a) Details of major equipment that is owned by and immediately available for this contract.

Quantity Description, size, capacity, etc.

Attach additional pages if more space is required. (b) Details of major equipment that will be hired, or acquired for this contract if my / our tender is acceptable.

Quantity Description, size, capacity, etc.

Attach additional pages if more space is required.

Signed Date Name Position Tenderer



DESCRIPTION:

Schedule of the Tenderer’s Experience (Particulars of Tenderers Projects)

FORM: PARTICULARS OF TENDERERS PROJECTS

Project title: APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED CONTRACTOR/S OR JOINT VENTURE FOR THE REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

Tender no: DPWFS (T) 009/2021 Closing date: 17 September 2021

Advertising date: 16 July 2021 Validity period: 90 days 90 days

Note: The Tenderer is required to furnish the following particulars and to attach additional pages if more space is required. Failure to furnish the particulars will result in the tender offer being disqualified from further consideration.

1. PARTICULARS OF THE TENDERER’S CURRENT AND PREVIOUS COMMITMENTS

1.1. Current projects: Appointment letter(s) must be provided to buttress the information supplied below.

Projects currently engaged in Name of Employer or Representative of Employer

Contact tel. no. Contract sum Contractual commencement date

Contractual completion date

Present progress

1

2

3

4

5



DESCRIPTION:

Projects currently engaged in Name of Employer or Representative of Employer



Present progress

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

Name of Tenderer Signature Date

1.2. Completed projects: Both appointment letter(s) and completion certificates linked to the project(s) listed below must be provided to buttress the

information provided.



DESCRIPTION:

Projects completed in the previous 5 (five) years

Name of Employer or Representative of Employer



Date of Certificate of Practical Completion

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10



DESCRIPTION:

Projects completed in the previous 5 (five) years

Name of Employer or Representative of Employer



Date of Certificate of Practical Completion

11

12

Name of Tenderer Signature Date



DESCRIPTION:

Resource Information Sheet (CV) – Registered Construction Project Manager who will be committed to the project on at all times

Professional Registration(s)

Professional Registration Number(s):

Date of Birth:

ID number:

Employed by:

Number of years with current employer

Position held with current employer

SIGNATURE OF RESOURCE:

DATE:



DESCRIPTION:

Key projects worked on (align to evaluation requirements)

Name of project

Role in Project

Project Value

Duration of Project

Project Start Date

Project End Date

Reference Name

Reference Contact number

1

2

3

4

5

6



DESCRIPTION:


Name of project

Role in Project

Project Value

Duration of Project

Project Start Date

Project End Date

Reference Name


7

8

9

10

11

12



DESCRIPTION:


Name of project

Role in Project

Project Value

Duration of Project

Project Start Date

Project End Date

Reference Name


13

14

15

In your opinion why you would be the right resource for this project, based on your experience?

NAME:


DATE:



DESCRIPTION:

Resource Information Sheet (CV) – Competent Construction Supervisor who will strictly focus on the project

Professional Registration(s)

Professional Registration Number(s):

Date of Birth:

ID number:

Employed by:

Number of years with current employer

Position held with current employer

NAME:


DATE:



DESCRIPTION:

25


Name of project

Role in Project

Project Value

Duration of Project

Project Start Date

Project End Date

Reference Name


1

2

3

4

5

6


Name of project

Role in Project

Project Value

Duration of Project

Project Start Date

Project End Date

Reference Name




DESCRIPTION:

26

7

8

9

10

11

12


Name of project

Role in Project

Project Value

Duration of Project

Project Start Date

Project End Date

Reference Name


13



DESCRIPTION:

27

14

15

In your opinion why you would be the right resource for this project, based on your experience?

NAME:


DATE:



DESCRIPTION:

28



DESCRIPTION:

29

RECORD OF ADDENDA TO TENDER DOCUMENTS

We confirm that the following communications received from the Employer’s Representative before the submission of this tender offer, amending the tender documents, have been taken into account in this tender offer:

No. Date Title or Details

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

31

COTRACT NO.DPWFS 009/2021


DESCRIPTION:

30

SCHEDULE OF RECENTLY COMPLETED CONTRACTS

The Tenderer shall list below the last five roads construction contracts of a similar nature awarded to the Tenderer. This information is material to the award of the Contract.

(In the event of insufficient space, attach supplementary documentation) EMPLOYER (Name, Tel No. and Fax No.)

CONSULTING ENGINEER

(Name, Tel No. and Fax No.)

NATURE OF WORK VALUE OF WORK

YEAR OF COMPLETION

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

32



DESCRIPTION:

31

SCHEDULE OF CURRENT CONTRACTS

The Tenderer shall list below the contracts not yet completed. This information is material to the award of the Contract.

(In the event of insufficient space, attach supplementary documentation)

EMPLOYER (Name, Tel No. and Fax No.)

LOCATION NATURE OF WORK VALUE OF WORK

EXPECTED COMPLETION

DATE

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

33



DESCRIPTION:

32

SCHEDULE OF CONSTRUCTION PLANT & EQUIPMENT

The following are lists of construction plant and equipment that I/we presently own or lease and will have available for this contract if my/our tender is accepted.

Details of equipment that is owned/to be hire by me/us and immediately available for this contract.

DESCRIPTION QUANTITY OWNED/HIRED

(Attach additional pages if more space is required)

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

34



DESCRIPTION:

33

SCHEDULE OF PROPOSED SUB-CONTRACTORS

I/We hereby notify you that it is my/our intention to employ the following subcontractors for work in this contract.

NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF

PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS

NATURE AND EXTENT OF WORK TO BE

SUBCONTRACTED

PREVIOUS EXPERIENCE WITH SUBCONTRACTOR OR RECENT WORK EXECUTED BY THE SUBCONTRACTOR

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

35



DESCRIPTION:

34

PROPOSED KEY PERSONNEL

The Tenderer shall list below the key personnel whom he proposes to employ on the contract should his offer be accepted, both at his headquarters and on the site, together with their qualifications, experience and positions held.

(a) Contacts Manager

Name :

Surname :

ID No. :

Qualifications :

:

Professional Registration :

:

Name :

Surname :

ID No. :

Qualifications :

:

Labour Intensive Construction Training Certificate

:

Name :

Surname :

ID No. :

Qualifications :

:

Labour Intensive Construction Training Certificate

:

36



DESCRIPTION:

35

(d) Health and Safety Officer

Name :

Surname :

ID No. :

Qualifications :

:

Professional Registration :

:

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

37



DESCRIPTION:

36

BANKING DETAILS

I/We hereby authorise the Employer to approach the following bank for the purposes of obtaining a financial reference:

DESCRIPTION OF

BANK DETAIL

BANK DETAILS APPLICABLE TO

TENDERER’S HEAD OFFICE

Name of Bank

Branch Name

Branch Code

Street Address

Postal Address

Name of Manager

Telephone Number

Fax Number

Account Number

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

38



DESCRIPTION:

37

PROPOSED AMENDMENTS AND QUALIFICATIONS (IF ANY)

Proposed amendments and qualifications

The Tenderer should record any deviations or qualifications he may wish to make to the tender documents in this Returnable Schedule. Alternatively, a tenderer may state such deviations and qualifications in a covering letter to his tender and reference such letter in this schedule.

The Tenderer’s attention is drawn to clause F.3.8 of the Standard Conditions of Tender referenced in the Tender Data regarding the employer’s handling of material deviations and qualifications.

Page Clause or item

Proposal

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

39



DESCRIPTION:

38

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHORITY FOR JOINT VENTURE PARTNERS

This Returnable Schedule is to be completed by joint ventures.

We, the undersigned, are submitting this tender offer in Joint Venture and hereby authorise Mr/Ms

………………………………………………………., authorised signatory of the company

………………………………………………………..., acting in the capacity of lead partner, to sign all documents in connection with the tender offer and any contract resulting from it on our behalf.

NAME OF FIRM PERCENTAGE PARTICIPATION

ADDRESS DULY AUTHORISED SIGNATORY

Partner: Signature: …..…...………….

CIDB registration No.:

...................................

Name: …………….…………

Designation: ………….…….



...................................

Name: …………….…………




...................................

Name: …………….…………


Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

40



DESCRIPTION:

39

ESTIMATED MONTHLY EXPENDITURE

The Tenderer shall state below the estimated value of work to be completed every month based on his preliminary programme and his tendered unit rates.

* THE AMOUNTS FOR CONTINGENCIES AND CONTRACT PRICE ADJUSTMENT MUST NOT BE INCLUDED.

MONTH VALUE *

1 R ………………………………….

2 R ………………………………….

3 R ………………………………….

4 R ………………………………….

5 R ………………………………….

6 R ………………………………….

7 R ………………………………….

8 R ………………………………….

9 R ………………………………….

10 R ………………………………….

11 R ………………………………….

12 R ………………………………….

COMPLETION

TOTAL R ………………………………….

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

43



DESCRIPTION:

40

FULFILMENT OF THE CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS, 2014

In terms of regulation 5 of the Construction Regulations, 2014 (hereinafter referred to as the Regulations), promulgated on 7 February 2014 in terms of Section 43 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. 85 of 1993) prior to appointing a Principal Contractor in accordance with CR 5(1)(k), the Employer must:

CR5(1)(g)- Ensure that potential Principal Contractors submitting tenders have made adequate provision for the cost of health and safety measures and;

CR5(1)(h)- Ensure that the Principal Contractor to be appointed has the necessary competencies and resources to carry out the construction safely

The Client shall not appoint a contractor to perform construction work unless the Contractor can satisfy the Employer that his/her firm has the necessary competencies and resources to carry out the work safely and has allowed adequately in his/her tender for the due fulfilment of all the applicable requirements of the Act and the Regulations.

1. I confirm that I am fully conversant with the Regulations and that my company has (or will acquire/procure) the necessary competencies and resources to timeously, safely and successfully comply with all of the requirements of the Regulations.

(Tick) YES

NO

2. Proposed approach to achieve compliance with the Regulations (Tick)

Own resources, competent in terms of the Regulations (refer to 3 below)

Own resources, still to be hired and/or trained (until competency is achieved)

Specialist subcontract resources (competent) - specify:

............................................................................................................................

............................................................................................................................

3. Provide details of proposed key persons, competent in terms of the Regulations, who will form part of the Contract team as specified in the Regulations (CVs to be attached):

......................................................................................................................................

……...............................................................................................................................

……...............................................................................................................................

……............................................................................................................................... 4. Provide details of proposed training (if any) that will be undergone:

44



DESCRIPTION:

41

……...............................................................................................................................

……...............................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................

5. Potential key risks identified and measures for addressing risks:

......................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................

......................................................................................................................................

6. I have fully included in my tendered rates and prices (in the appropriate payment items provided in the Schedule of Quantities) for all resources, actions, training and any other costs required for the due fulfilment of the Regulations for the duration of the construction and defects repair period.

(Tick)

YES

NO

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

45



DESCRIPTION:

42

QUESTIONNAIRE ON TENDERER’S PROCEDURES WITH RESPECT TO THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT (OHS ACT) AND CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS

1. Name of the employee to be appointed as Construction Manager [Construction Regulation 8(1)]

....................................................................................................................................

2. Name of the employee to be appointed as Construction Supervisor [Construction Regulation 8(7)]

....................................................................................................................................

3. Names of the competent employees to assist the Construction Supervisor [Construction Regulation 8(8)]

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

4. Name of the person to be appointed to conduct base line and ongoing risk assessments [Construction Regulation 9(1)]

....................................................................................................................................

5. Name of competent person to be appointed as occupational health and safety officer [Construction

Regulation 8(6)]

....................................................................................................................................

6. Will the employees to be appointed on the project be in possession of proof of health and safety induction training that will address the project specific risks and exposures [Construction Regulation 9(1)(a)] YES / NO

If no, what are the tenderer’s proposals for such training?.........................................

....................................................................................................................................

7. Are the tenderer’s tools, plant and equipment tested and inspected regularly i.e. daily for vehicles and equipment and at least weekly for other tools and hand tools in terms of safety compliance?

...................................................................................................................YES / NO

If no, what are the tenderer’s proposals for such testing?

....................................................................................................................................

8. Will a dedicated supervisor be designated to manage the process to test and inspect all tools, plant and equipment? YES / NO

46



DESCRIPTION:

43

If no, what are the tenderer’s proposals for such designation? .................................

....................................................................................................................................

9. What other measures will the tenderer take to comply with the OHS ACT and the Construction Regulations? YES / NO

If no, what are the tenderer’s proposals to comply with this requirement?

....................................................................................................................................

....................................................................................................................................

10. Is the tenderer registered and in good standing with the Compensation Commissioner or duly approved compensation insurer?

YES / NO

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

47



DESCRIPTION:

44

Annual Financial Statements Declaration

I hereby declare that the contents of this Declaration are within my personal knowledge, and save where stated otherwise are to the best of my belief both true and correct.

The undersigned, who warrants that he / she is duly authorised to do so on behalf of the respondent, confirms that:

1) The enterprise’s financial year end is . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2) The enterprise’s financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the provisions of the Companies

Act of 2008 or the Close Corporation Act of 1984, as applicable

3) The enterprise has compiled its financial accounts [tick one box]:

internally independently

4) The following statement applies to the enterprise [tick one box and provide relevant information]

enterprise has had its financial statements audited; name of

auditor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

enterprise is required by law to have an independent review of its financial statements

name of independent reviewer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

enterprise has not had its financial statements audited and is not required by law to have an independent review or audit of such statements

5) The attached income statement and balance sheet is a true extract from the financial statements complying with

applicable legislation for the preceding financial year within 12 months of the financial year end.

[Attach the income statement and the balance sheet contained in the financial statement]

6) The annual turnover for the last financial year is R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7) The total assets as at the end of the last financial year is R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8) The total liabilities as at the end of the financial year is R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer



DESCRIPTION:

45

50



DESCRIPTION:

46

SMME AND TARGETED ENTERPRISE PLAN

The tenderer shall attach to this page a detailed SMME plan indicated how the SMME requirements will be achieved, as detailed in part C3: Scope of Works.

The tenderer shall include as an attachment to their submission a detailed SMME plan indicating how the SMME requirements will be achieved, as detailed in Part C3: Scope of Works. The SMME Plan must outline the work packages set aside for SMME’s. It must clarify the manner in which the bidder intends to manage, support and empower local SMME’s.

The Bidder is to submit a detailed SMME plan indicating how the SMME requirement will be achieved as detailed in Part C3 Scope of Works

Bidder are to ensure that the submitted SMME plan takes note of and includes the following:

Detailed approach and methodology on dealing with SMME’s

Quality control and reporting process and procedure

Clear organisational structure for managing SMME’s

Skills transfer

A separate programme (anticipated start, duration and end dates) applicable to the works to be executed by SMME’s

It is a condition of this tender that the successful contractor is required to sub contract a minimum value of work as follows:

Contractor must conclude full sub-contract agreements with locally based SMMEs to a minimum value of 30%.

Previous appointed SMME were appointed by standard DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE ON BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE process and will get first preference to be used on this contract, should the current SMME. If said SMME are unavailable then only SMME’s from the local ward can be consider

Signed Date

Name Position

Tenderer

57



DESCRIPTION:

47

THE CONTRACT



DESCRIPTION:

48

PART C1: AGREEMENT AND CONTRACT DATA

59

COTRACT NO.: DPWFS 009/2021


DESCRIPTION:

49

C1.1 Form of Offer and Acceptance Offer

The employer, identified in the acceptance signature block, has solicited offers to enter into a contract for the procurement of: FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

The tenderer, identified in the offer signature block, has examined the documents listed in the tender data and addenda thereto as listed in the returnable schedules, and by submitting this offer has accepted the conditions of tender.

By the representative of the tenderer, deemed to be duly authorized, signing this part of this form of offer and acceptance, the tenderer offers to perform all of the obligations and liabilities of the contractor under the contract including compliance with all its terms and conditions according to their true intent and meaning for an amount to be determined in accordance with the conditions of contract identified in the contract data.

THE OFFERED TOTAL OF THE PRICES INCLUSIVE OF VALUE ADDED TAX IS:

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rand (in words);

R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (in figures)

This offer may be accepted by the employer by signing the acceptance part of this form of offer and acceptance and returning one copy of this document to the tenderer before the end of the period of validity stated in the tender data, whereupon the tenderer becomes the party named as the contractor in the conditions of contract identified in the contract data.

Signature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

for the Tenderer (Name and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . address of

organisation) . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (Name and signature of witness) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Acceptance

By signing this part of this form of offer and acceptance, the employer identified below accepts the tenderer’s offer. In consideration thereof, the employer shall pay the contractor the amount due in accordance with the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. Acceptance of the tenderer’s offer shall form an agreement between the employer and the tenderer upon the terms and conditions contained in this agreement and in the contract that is the subject of this agreement.

The terms of the contract, are contained in:

60



DESCRIPTION:

50

Part C1: Agreements and contract data, (which includes this agreement) Part C2: Pricing data Part C3: Scope of work. Part C4: Site information Part C5: Additional returnable Documents

and drawings and documents or parts thereof, which may be incorporated by reference into Parts 1 to 5 above.

Deviations from and amendments to the documents listed in the tender data and any addenda thereto as listed in the tender schedules as well as any changes to the terms of the offer agreed by the tenderer and the employer during this process of offer and acceptance, are contained in the schedule of deviations attached to and forming part of this agreement. No amendments to or deviations from said documents are valid unless contained in this schedule.

The tenderer shall within two weeks after receiving a completed copy of this agreement, including the schedule of deviations (if any), contact the employer’s agent (whose details are given in the contract data) to arrange the delivery of any bonds, guarantees, proof of insurance and any other documentation to be provided in terms of the conditions of contract identified in the contract data. Failure to fulfill any of these obligations in accordance with those terms shall constitute a repudiation of this agreement.

Notwithstanding anything contained herein, this agreement comes into effect on the date when the tenderer receives one fully completed original copy of this document, including the schedule of deviations (if any). Unless the tenderer (now contractor) within five working days of the date of such receipt notifies the employer in writing of any reason why he cannot accept the contents of this agreement, this agreement shall constitute a binding contract between the parties.

Signature : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Date : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Name

: MR MOTSAMAI .E MOHLAHLO

Capacity : HEAD OF DEPARTMENT

for the Employer : FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

P.O Box 690 Bloemfontein 9301

Name and : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Signature of witness : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Date : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

61



DESCRIPTION:

51

Schedule of Deviations

1. Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .

Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2. Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .

Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3. Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4. Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5. Subject . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

By the duly authorized representatives signing this agreement, the employer and the tenderer agree to and accept the foregoing schedule of deviations as the only deviations from and amendments to the documents



DESCRIPTION:

52

listed in the tender data and addenda thereto as listed in the tender schedules, as well as any confirmation, clarification or changes to the terms of the offer agreed by the tenderer and the employer during this process of offer and acceptance.

It is expressly agreed that no other matter whether in writing, oral communication or implied during the period between the issue of the tender documents and the receipt by the tenderer of a completed signed copy of this Agreement shall have any meaning or effect in the contract between the parties arising from this agreement.

\

PART C1: AGREEMENT AND CONTRACT DATA



DESCRIPTION:

53

64



DESCRIPTION:

54

C1.2 Contract Data

CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

The General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works (2015) 3rd Edition, published by the South African Institution of Civil Engineering, is applicable to this Contract and is incorporated herein by reference.

Copies of these Conditions of Contract may be obtained from the South African Institution of Civil Engineering, Tel. No. (011) 805-5947/48/53.

PART 1: DATA PROVIDED BY THE EMPLOYER

The following contract specific data are applicable to this Contract:

Clause

1.1.1.13 The Defects Liability period is twelve (12) months.

1.1.1.14 The time for achieving Practical Completion is 9 months from the Commencement Date, including non-working days and special non-working days.

1.1.1.15 The name of the Employer is the FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE

1.1.1.16 The name of the Employer’s Agent is

1.1.1.26 The Pricing Strategy is re-measurement contract.

1.2.1.2 The Employer's address for receipt of communications is:

Physical address: 155 OR Tambo House Cnr. St Andrews Street and Markgraaff Street Bloemfontein, 9301

Postal address: P.O. Box 690 Bloemfontein, 9301

1.2.1.2 The Employer's address for receipt of communications is: Physical address: 06 Cindy Maretha Maarteens Street Langenhoven Park Bloemfontein, 9301

Postal address: 06 Cindy Maretha Maarteens Street Langenhoven Park Bloemfontein, 9301

3.2.3 The Employer’s Agent is required to obtain the specific approval of the Employer for any expenditure in excess of the Contract Price.

65



DESCRIPTION:

55

Clause

Clauses 4.1.1 and SCC 4.1.1:

The penalty for failing to achieve the monetary value of the target set by the Employer for contract participation by Targeted Enterprises and local SMME contractors in terms of Part G: Small Contractor Development of section C3.3 Particular Specifications in Part C3: Scope of Works, is 5% of the monetary value by which the achieved monetary value falls short of the target monetary value.

Clauses 5.3.1 and 5.3.2:

Where the Employer is not required to apply for a permit to do construction work in terms of Construction Regulation 3(1), the following documentation is to be submitted within 14 days from the Commencement Date:

The documents required before commencing to carry out the Works:

Health and Safety Plan (refer to Clause 4.3)

Initial Programme and Cashflow (refer to Clause 5.6)

Security (refer to Clause 6.2)

Insurance (refer to Clause 8.6)

Signed Contract Agreements with local SMME contractors and Community Liaison Officer.

SMME contract agreements shall clearly state the assigned foreman details, scope of works, materials and equipment to be provided by the Contractor, payment conditions, time frame for completion and any penalties for late completion.

Pro-forma SMME Contractor(s) financial statement proposed by the Contractor (for approval by

the Employer and the Employer’s Agent).

Signed Joint Venture Agreement(s) between the Contractor and Targeted Enterprise(s)

partner(s)

Form C1.4 ‘Agreement in terms of Section 37(2) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85

of 1993’ to be signed by the Contractor and the Employer (refer to Clause 4.3 of the GCC 2015 and to paragraph E9. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES in Part E of C3.3 Particular Specifications)

Where the Employer is required to apply for a permit to do construction work in terms of Construction Regulation 3(1), the following documentation is to be submitted within 14 days from the date that the Agreement, made in terms of the Form of Offer and Acceptance, comes into effect:

The documents required before commencing to carry out the Works:

Health and Safety Plan (refer to Clause 4.3)

Initial Programme and Cashflow (refer to Clause 5.6)

Security (refer to Clause 6.2)

Insurance (refer to Clause 8.6)

Signed Contract Agreements with selected SMME contractors and Community Liaison Officer. SMME contract agreements shall clearly state the assigned foreman details, scope of works, materials and equipment to be provided by the

66



DESCRIPTION:

56



DESCRIPTION:

57

Clause

Contractor, payment conditions, time frame for completion and any penalties for late completion.

Pro-forma SMME Contractor(s) financial statement proposed by the Contractor (for approval by the Employer and the Employer’s Agent).

Signed Joint Venture Agreement(s) between the Contractor and Targeted Enterprise(s) partner(s)

Form C1.4 ‘Agreement in terms of Section 37(2) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No. 85 of 1993’ to be signed by the Contractor and the Employer (refer to Clause 4.3 of the GCC 2015 and to paragraph E9. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES in Part E of C3.3 Particular Specifications)

And:

The documents required by the Employer to apply for a permit to do construction work in terms of Regulations 3(1) and (2) of the Construction Regulations 2014:

Temporary works designer's appointment duties in terms of Regulation 6(2) as have been agreed upon plus proof of registration with ECSA [CR 3(5)(b)(iii) read with CR 5(1)(e) and CR 6(2)];

Evidence that the contractor has made adequate provision for the cost of Health and Safety, i.e., Bill of quantities [CR 3(5)(b)(iii) read with CR 5(1)(g)];

Evidence that the Principal contractor has the necessary competencies to carry out construction work safely, viz., schedule of activities, relevant appointments and proofs of competency [CR 5(1)(h)];

Valid Letter(s) of Good Standing for the appointed Principal Contractor(s) [CR 3(5)(b)(ii) read with CR 5(1)(j)].

5.4.2 The access and possession of Site shall not be exclusive to the Contractor but as set out in the Scope of Work and Site Information, as well as other City of Johannesburg Service Authority appointed contractors.

5.8.1 The non-working days are Sundays.

The special non-working days are the construction industry year end break, all foreseeable statutory election days as declared by National Government, and the following statutory public holidays as declared by National Government:

New Year’s Day, Human Rights Day, Good Friday, Family Day, Freedom Day, Workers’ Day, Youth Day, National Women’s Day, Heritage Day, Day of Reconciliation, Christmas Day and the Day of Goodwill.

The construction industry year end break commences on the first working day after 15 December and ends on the first working day after 5 January of the following year.

5.13.1 The penalty for failing to complete the Works at the Due Completion Date is The penalty for failing to complete the Works is 0,05% of the Contract Sum per day.

67



DESCRIPTION:

58

Clause

The Contractor is to note that delay penalties, in addition to monies still owed to the Contractor (including retention monies) and the Guarantee, shall effectively be used to address additional costs incurred by the Employer, such as the Engineer’s construction monitoring fees and other service providers’ fees and wayleave extension costs, as a result of the Works not being completed at the Due Completion Date.

10 The Contractor shall commence executing the Works within twenty-eight (28) days of the Commencement Date or immediately after such time as the Contractor's health and safety plan has been approved and the initial requirements have been complied with.

5.14.1: The requirements for achieving Practical Completion are all those for the Works to reach a state of readiness, fit for the intended purpose and occupation without danger or undue inconvenience to the Employer.

5.16.3 The latent defect period is ten (10) years.

6.2.1 The security to be provided by the Contractor shall be a Performance Guarantee of 10% of the Contract Sum and 10% Retention up to a limit of 5% of the Contract Sum. The Performance Guarantee is to be worded as per the document included in C1.3.

6.5.1.2.3 The percentage allowance to cover overhead charges and profit shall not exceed 10%.

6.8.2 Contract Price Escalation is applicable to this Contract.

6.8.3 Price adjustments for variations in the costs of special materials are not allowed.

6.10.1.5 The percentage advance on materials not yet built into the Permanent Works is 80%.

6.10.3 The percentage retention on the amounts due to the Contractor is 10%.

The limit on retention is 5% of the Contract Price.

8.6.1 The Contractor shall provide the insurances required in terms of clauses 8.6.1.1, 8.6.1.2 and 8.6.1.3 of the General Conditions of Contract.

8.6.1.1.3 The amount to cover professional fees for repairing damage and loss to be included in the insurance sum is 20% of the Contract Sum.

8.6.1.2 Special Risks Insurance issued by SASRIA is required

8.6.1.3 The Contractor is to indemnify the Employer against any liability in respect of damage to, or physical loss of the property of any person, or injury to or death of any person due to non-compliance with the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Act 85 of 1993) 2003.”

8.6.1.5 The Contractor is to provide all additional insurances including for, but not limited to, his own employees, vehicles and equipment and plant not incorporated into the Works.

10.4.1 Dispute resolution is to first take place by means of an amicable settlement. The venue of all dispute resolution/determination shall be the FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE offices, Bloemfontein.

68



DESCRIPTION:

59

Clause

10.4.2 If amicable settlement is unsuccessful, the dispute shall be resolved by adjudication.

10.5.3 The number of Adjudication Board Members to be appointed is one (1).

ADDITIONAL CLAUSE TO THE GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT

5.12.2.2 A delay caused by inclement weather conditions will be regarded as a delay only if, in the opinion of the Engineer, all progress on an item or items of work on the critical path of the working programme of the contractor has been brought to a halt. Delays on working days only (based on a five-day working week) will be taken into account for the extension of time, but the Contractor shall make provision in his programme of work for an expected delay of "n” working days caused by normal rainy weather, for which he will not receive any extension of time, where “n” equals 25 days. Extension of time during working days will be granted to the degree to which actual delays, as defined above, exceed the number of "n" workings days.

5.12.2 .2

A delay caused by inclement weather conditions will be regarded as a delay only if, in the opinion of the Engineer, all progress on an item or items of work on the critical path of the working programme of the contractor has been brought to a halt. Delays on working days only (based on a five-day working week) will be taken into account for the extension of time, but the Contractor shall make provision in his programme of work for an expected delay of "n” working days caused by normal rainy weather, for which he will not receive any extension of time, where “n” equals 25 days. Extension of time during working days will be granted to the degree to which actual delays, as defined above, exceed the number of "n" workings days.

C3.3 CONTRACT PARTICIPATION

(b) Contract Participation Targets The Contract Participation Target for local SMME contractors is 30%



DESCRIPTION:

60

PART 2: DATA PROVIDED BY THE CONTRACTOR

The Contractor is advised to read the General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works, Third Edition 2015, published by the South African Institute of Civil Engineering, in order to understand the implications of this Data which is required to be completed. Copies of these conditions of contract may be obtained from the South African Institution of Civil Engineering (Tel: 011 805 5947, e-mail: [email protected]).

Each item of data given below is cross-referenced to the clause in the Conditions of Contract to which it mainly applies.

Clause

1.1.1.9 The Contractor is …………………………………………………

1.2.1.2 The Contractor's address for receipt of communications is:

Physical address: Postal address:

…………………………… …………………………….

…………………………… …………………………….

…………………………… …………………………….

…………………………… …………………………….

Telephone: ……………………………..

Fax: ……………………………..

E-mail: ……………………………..

1(1)(m) The time for completing the works is ……… days

37(2)(b) The percentage allowances to cover all charges for the Contractor's and subcontractor's profits, timekeeping, clerical work, insurance, establishment, superintendence and the use of hand tools is ….…%

46(3) The rate for special materials, exclusive of value-added tax (VAT) are:……………

70




DESCRIPTION:

61

C1.3 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE COMPLETED IN STAGE 2 (PRICING STAGE)

GUARANTOR DETAILS AND DEFINITIONS

“Guarantor” means: .......................................................................................................,.......................

Physical address: ..................................................................................................................................

“Employer” means: ................................................................................................................................

“Contractor” means: ...............................................................................................................................

“Engineer” means: .................................................................................................................................

“Works” means: .....................................................................................................................................

“Site” means: .........................................................................................................................................

“Contract” means: The Agreement made in terms of Form of Offer and Acceptance and such amendments or additions to the Contract as may be agreed in writing between the parties.

“Contract Sum” means: The accepted amount inclusive of tax of R...................................................... Amount in words:

...................................................................................................................................

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………… “Guaranteed Sum”

means: The maximum aggregate amount of R....................................................... Amount in words:

...................................................................................................................................

“Expiry Date” means: Date of issue of certificate of completion.............................................................

CONTRACT DETAILS

Engineer issues: Interim Payment Certificates, Final Payment Certificate and the Certificate Completion of the Works as defined in the Contract.

PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

1. The Guarantor’s liability shall be limited to the amount of the Guaranteed Sum.

2. The Guarantor’s period of liability shall be from and including the date of issue of this Performance Guarantee and up to and including the Expiry Date or the date of issue by the Engineer of the Certificate of Completion of the Works or the date of payment in full of the Guaranteed Sum, whichever occurs first. The Engineer and/or the Employer shall advise the Guarantor in writing of the date on which the Certificate of Completion of the Works has been issued.

3. The Guarantor hereby acknowledges that:

71



DESCRIPTION:

62

3.1. any reference in this Performance Guarantee to the Contract is made for the purpose of convenience and shall not be construed as any intention whatsoever to create an accessory obligation or any intention whatsoever to create a suretyship;

3.2. its obligation under this Performance Guarantee is restricted to the payment of money.

4. Subject to the Guarantor’s maximum liability referred to in 1, the Guarantor hereby undertakes to pay the

Employer the sum certified upon receipt of documents identified in 4.1 to 4.3:

4.1. A copy of a first written demand issued by the Employer to the Contractor stating that payment of a sum certified by the Engineer in an Interim or Final Payment Certificate has not been made in terms of the Contract and failing such payment within seven (7) calendar days, the Employer intends to call upon the Guarantor to make payment in terms of 4.2;

4.2. A first written demand issued by the Employer to the Guarantor at the Guarantor’s physical address with a copy to the Contractor stating that a period of seven (7) days has elapsed since the first written demand in terms of 4.1 and the sum certified has still not been paid;

4.3. A copy of the aforesaid payment certificate which entitles the Employer to receive payment in terms of the Contract of the sum certified in 4.

5. Subject to the Guarantor’s maximum liability referred to in 1, the Guarantor undertakes to pay to the Employer the

Guaranteed Sum or the full outstanding balance upon receipt of a first written demand from the Employer to the Guarantor at the Guarantor’s physical address calling up this Performance Guarantee, such demand stating that:

5.1. the Contract has been terminated due to the Contractor’s default and that this Performance

Guarantee is called up in terms of 5; or

5.2. a provisional or final sequestration or liquidation court order has been granted against the Contractor and that the Performance Guarantee is called up in terms of 5; and

5.3. the aforesaid written demand is accompanied by a copy of the notice of termination and/or the provisional/final sequestration and/or the provisional liquidation court order.

6. It is recorded that the aggregate amount of payments required to be made by the Guarantor in terms of 4 and 5 shall not exceed the Guarantor’s maximum liability in terms of 1.

7. Where the Guarantor has made payment in terms of 5, the Employer shall upon the date of issue of the Final Payment Certificate submit an expense account to the Guarantor showing how all monies received in terms of this Performance Guarantee have been expanded and shall refund to the Guarantor any resulting surplus. All monies refunded to the Guarantor in terms of this Performance Guarantee shall bear interest at the prime overdraft rate of the Employer’s bank compounded monthly and calculated from the date payment was made by the Guarantor to the Employer until the date of refund.

8. Payment by the Guarantor in terms of 4 or 5 shall be made within seven (7) calendar days upon receipt of the first

written demand to the Guarantor.

9. Payment by the Guarantor in terms of 5 will only be made against the return of the original Performance Guarantee by the Employer.

72



DESCRIPTION:

63

10. The Employer shall have the absolute right to arrange his affairs with the Contractor in any manner which the Employer may deem fit and the Guarantor shall not have the right to claim his release from this Performance Guarantee on account of any conduct alleged to be prejudicial to the Guarantor.

11. The Guarantor chooses the physical address as stated above for the service of all notices for all purposes in

connection herewith.

12. This Performance Guarantee is neither negotiable nor transferable and shall expire in terms of 2, where after no claims will be considered by the Guarantor. The original of this Guarantee shall be returned to the Guarantor after it has expired.

13. This Performance Guarantee, with the required demand notices in terms of 4 or 5, shall be regarded as a

liquid document for the purposes of obtaining a court order.

14. Where this Performance Guarantee is issued in the Republic of South Africa the Guarantor hereby consents in terms of Section 45 of the Magistrate’s Courts Act No 32 of 1944, as amended, to the jurisdiction of the Magistrate’s Court of any district having jurisdiction in terms of Section 28 of the said Act, notwithstanding that the amount of the claim may exceed the jurisdiction of the Magistrate’s Court.

Signed at .........................................................................................................................................

Date................................................

Guarantor’s signatory (1) ...................................................................................................................

Capacity.............................................................................................................................................

Guarantor’s signatory (2) ...................................................................................................................

Capacity.............................................................................................................................................

Witness signatory (1) .........................................................................................................................

Witness signatory (2) ..........................................................................................................................

73



DESCRIPTION:

64

C1.4 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY AGREEMENT COMPLETED IN STAGE 2 (PRICING STAGE)

THIS AGREEMENT between FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE (FSDOPW&I) (hereinafter called “the Employer”) on the one part, herein represented by:

……………………………………………………….in his capacity as……………………………………

and……………………………………………………………………………………………………………… (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) of the other part herein represented by

………………………………………………………in his capacity as ……………………………………

WHEREAS the Employer is desirous that certain works be constructed, being contract:

Contract No.: DPWFS T 009/2021

REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE

RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON THE BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND

INFRASTRUCTURE

and has accepted a tender by the Contractor for the construction, completion and maintenance of such works and whereas the Employer and the Contractor have agreed to certain arrangements and procedures to be followed in order to ensure compliance by the Contractor with the provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Act 1993 (Act 85 of 1993).

NOW THEREFORE THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSETH AS FOLLOWS:

1. The Contractor shall execute the work in accordance with the contract documents pertaining to this contract.

2. This Agreement shall hold good for the duration of construction, commencing from the handover of the site up to the end of the defect liability period.

3. Should the contract be terminated for any reason, this agreement shall lapse upon the date of termination.

4. The Contractor declares himself to be conversant with the following:

(a) All the requirements, regulations and standards of the Occupational Health and Safety Act (Act 85 of 1993), hereinafter referred to as “the Act”, together with its amendments thereto.

(b) All the requirements of the Construction Regulations hereinafter referred to as the “Regulations”,

together with any amendments thereto.

(c) The Health and Safety Specification of the Employer as pertaining to the Contractor and to all his subcontractors.

74



DESCRIPTION:

65

5. In addition to the requirements of the contract, the Contractor agrees to execute all the works forming part of this contract and to operate and utilise all machinery, plant and equipment in accordance with the Act and the Regulations.

6. The Contractor is responsible for the compliance with the Act and the Regulations by all his subcontractors,

whether or not selected or nominated and/or approved by the Employer.

7. The Contractor warrants that all his and his subcontractors’ workmen are covered in terms of the Compensation for Occupational Injuries and Diseases Act 1993 which cover shall remain in force whilst any such workmen are present on site. A letter of good standing from the Compensation Commissioner to this effect must be produced to the Employer upon signature of the agreement.

8. The Contractor undertakes to ensure that he and/or his subcontractors and/or their respective employees will at all times comply with the following conditions:

(a) The Contractor undertakes to comply with all provisions of the Act and its Regulations.

(b) The Contractor will be obliged to report to the Employer on a regular basis regarding compliance by the Contractor with the Act and its Regulations.

(c) All incidents referred to in the Occupational Health and Safety Act shall be reported by the Contractor to the

Department of Labour as well as to the Employer. The Employer will further be provided with copies of all written documentation relating to any incident.

(d) The Employer hereby records an interest in the issue of any formal enquiry conducted in terms of Section 32 of the Occupational Health and Safety Act into any incident involving the Contractor and/or his employees and/or his subcontractors.

In witness thereof the parties hereto have set their signatures hereon in the presence of the subscribing witnesses:

for and on behalf of the Contractor who warrants to be duly authorised to do so

Name : ………………………………………………..……

Designation : ……………………………………………….…… As witnesses:

1. …………………………………………..……………….………

for and on behalf of the Employer who warrants to be duly authorised to do so

Name: ……………………………………………………………..

Designation: …………………………………………………….. As

witnesses:

1. …………………………………………………………………..

75



DESCRIPTION:

66

C1.5 AGREEMENT IN TERMS OF SECTION 37(2) OF THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT NO. 85 OF 1993 COMPLETED IN STAGE 2 (PRICING STAGE)

THIS AGREEMENT between FREE STATE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC WORKS AND INFRASTRUCTURE (FSDOPW&I) (hereinafter called “the Employer”) on the one part, herein represented by:

……………………………………………………….in his capacity as……………………………………

and……………………………………………………………………………………………….…………… (hereinafter called “the Contractor”) of the other part herein represented by

………………………………………………………in his capacity as …………………………………… duly authorised to

sign on behalf of the Contractor.

WHEREAS the CONTRACTOR is the Mandatory of the EMPLOYER in consequence of an agreement between the CONTRACTOR and the EMPLOYER in respect of

Contract No.: DPWFS T 009/2021

REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE

RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD ON THE BEHALF OF THE FREE STATE DEPARTMENT PUBLIC WORKS AND

INFRASTRUCTURE

AND WHEREAS the EMPLOYER and the CONTRACTOR have agreed to enter into an agreement in terms of the provisions of Section 37(2) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act No 85 of 1993, as amended by OHSA Amendment Act No 181/1993 (hereinafter referred to as the ACT);

NOW THEREFORE the parties agree as follows:

1. The CONTRACTOR undertakes to acquaint the appropriate officials and employees of the CONTRACTOR

with all relevant provisions of the ACT and the regulations promulgated in terms thereof.

2. The CONTRACTOR undertakes to fully comply with all relevant duties, obligations and prohibitions imposed in terms of the ACT and Regulations: Provided that should the EMPLOYER have prescribed certain arrangements and procedures that same shall be observed and adhered to by the CONTRACTOR, his officials and employees. The CONTRACTOR shall bear the onus of acquainting himself/herself/itself with such arrangements and procedures.

3. The CONTRACTOR hereby accepts sole liability for such due compliance with the relevant duties, obligations, prohibitions, arrangements and procedures, if any, imposed by the ACT and Regulations, and the CONTRACTOR expressly absolves the EMPLOYER and the Employer’s CONSULTING ENGINEERS from being obliged to comply with any of the aforesaid duties, obligations, prohibitions, arrangements and procedures in respect of the work included in the contract.

4. The CONTRACTOR agrees that any duly authorised officials of the EMPLOYER shall be entitled, although

not obliged, to take such steps as may be necessary to ensure that the

76



DESCRIPTION:

67

CONTRACTOR has complied with his undertakings as more fully set out in paragraphs 1 and 2 above, which steps may include, but shall not be limited to, the right to inspect any appropriate site or premises occupied by the CONTRACTOR, or to take such steps it may deem necessary to remedy the default of the CONTRACTOR at the cost of the CONTRACTOR.

5. The CONTRACTOR shall be obliged to report forthwith to the EMPLOYER any investigation, complaint or

criminal charge which may arise as a consequence of the provisions of the ACT and Regulations, pursuant to work performed in terms of this agreement, and shall, on written demand, provide full details in writing of such investigation, complaint or criminal charge.

Thus signed at .………..………….....……………………....…. for and on behalf of the CONTRACTOR

on this the ……………… day of ............................................................. 20………

SIGNATURE: ...........................................................................................................................

NAME AND SURNAME: ..........................................................................................................

CAPACITY: .............................................................................................................................

WITNESS: ..............................................................................................................................

Thus, signed at ……………………………………………. for and on behalf of the EMPLOYER on this

the …………………………... day of ..................................................... 20………

SIGNATURE: ...........................................................................................................................

NAME AND SURNAME: ..........................................................................................................

CAPACITY: .............................................................................................................................

WITNESS: ..............................................................................................................................

77



DESCRIPTION:

68

PART C2: PRICING DATA

78



DESCRIPTION:

69

C2.1 Pricing Instructions

1. The Conditions of Contract, the Contract Data, the Specifications (including SANS 1200) and the Drawings shall be read in conjunction with the Bill of Quantities. The agreement is based on the General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works, prepared by the South African Institution of Civil Engineering, 2015. The additions, deletions and alterations to the General Conditions of Contract for Construction Works as well as the contract specific variables are as stated in the Contract Data. Only the headings and clause numbers for which allowance must be made in the Bills of Quantities are recited.

2. The Bill comprises items covering the Contractor's profit and costs of general liabilities and of the construction

of Temporary and Permanent Works.

Although the Bidder is at liberty to insert a rate of his own choosing for each item in the Bill, he should note the fact that the Contractor is entitled, under various circumstances, to payment for additional work carried out and that the Quantity Surveyor is obliged to base his assessment of the rates to be paid for such additional work on the rates the Contractor inserted in the Bill.

Clause 8 of each Standardized Specification, and the measurement and payment clause of each Particular Specification, read together with the relevant clauses of the Project Specifications, all set out which ancillary or associated activities are included in the rates for the specified operations.

3. Descriptions in the Bill of Quantities are abbreviated and may differ from those in the Standardized and

Project Specifications. No consideration will be given to any claim by the Contractor submitted on such a basis. The Bill has been drawn up generally in accordance with the latest issue of Quantity Surveyors Quantities 1. Should any requirement of the measurement and payment clause of the appropriate Standardized or Project Specification(s) be contrary to the terms of the Bill or, when relevant, to the Civil Engineering Quantities, the requirement of the appropriate Standardized, Project, or Particular Specification as the case may be, shall prevail.

4. Unless stated to the contrary, items are measured net in accordance with the Drawings without any

allowance having been made for waste.

5. The amounts and rates to be inserted in the Bill of Quantities shall be the full inclusive amounts to the Employer for the work described under the several items. Such amounts shall cover all the costs and expenses that may be required in and for the construction of the work described, and shall cover the costs of all general risks, profits, taxes (but excluding value-added tax), liabilities and obligations set forth or implied in the documents on which the Bid is based.

6. The quantities set out in the Bill of Quantities are only approximate quantities. The quantities of work finally

accepted and certified for payment, and not the quantities given in the Bill of Quantities, will be used to determine payments to the contractor.

7. An amount or rate shall be entered against each item in the Bill of Quantities, whether or not quantities are

stated. An item against which no amount or rate is entered will be considered to be covered by the other amounts or rates in the Bill.

79



DESCRIPTION:

70

The Bidder shall also fill in a rate against the items where the words "rate only" appears in the amount column. Although no work is foreseen under these items and no quantities are consequently given in the quantity column, the bided rates shall apply should work under these items actually be required.

Should the Bidder group a number of items together and bid one sum for such group of items, the single bided sum shall apply to that group of items and not to each individual item, or should he indicate against any item that full compensation for such item has been included in another item, the rate for the item included in another item shall be deemed to be nil.

The bided rates, prices and sums shall, subject only to the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, remain valid irrespective of any change in the quantities during the execution of the Contract.

8. The quantities of work as measured and accepted and certified for payment in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, and not the quantities stated in the Bill of Quantities, will be used to determine payments to the Contractor. The validity of the Contract shall in no way be affected by differences between the quantities in the Bill of Quantities and the quantities certified for payment.

Ordering of materials are not to be based on the Bill of Quantities, but only on information issued for construction purposes.

9. For the purposes of this Bill of Quantities, the following words shall have the meanings hereby assigned

to them:

Unit : The unit of measurement for each item of work as defined in the Standardized, Project or Particular Specifications

Quantity : The number of units of work for each item

Rate : The payment per unit of work at which the Bidder bids to do the work

Amount : The quantity of an item multiplied by the bided rate of the (same) item

Sum : An amount bided for an item, the extent of which is described in the Bill of Quantities, the Specifications or elsewhere, but of which the quantity of work is not measured in units

10. The units of measurement indicated in the Bill of Quantities are metric units. The following abbreviations may appear in the Bill of Quantities:

mm = millimetre m = metre km = kilometre km-pass = kilometre-pass m² = square metre m²-pass = square metre-pass ha = hectare m³ = cubic metre m³-km = cubic metre-kilometre kW = kilowatt

kN = kilonewton

80



DESCRIPTION:

71

kg = kilogram t = ton (1 000 kg) % = per cent MN = meganewton MN-m = meganewton-metre PC Sum = Prime Cost Sum Prov. Sum = Provisional Sum

NB: PLEASE STATE THE FOLLOWING:

ARE/IS BID PRICE/S FIRM:

YES NO

IF THE BID PRICE(S) ARE NOT FIRM, SUPPLY THE INFORMATION REGARDING ESCALATION APPLICABLE TO THIS BID:

81



DESCRIPTION:

72

C2.2 – MAIN BILL OF QUANTITIES

82



DESCRIPTION:

73

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORK



DESCRIPTION:

74

PART C3: SCOPE OF WORKS


TENDER NO: DPWFS T 009/2021

SECTION DESCRIPTION

C3.1: DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS C3.2: ENGINEERING C3.3: PROCUREMENT C3.4: CONSTRUCTION C3.5: MANAGEMENT

Status

Should any requirement or provision in the parts of the Scope of Work conflict with any requirement of any Standardised Specification, or any drawings, the order of precedence, unless otherwise specified, is:

Project Specifications

Drawings

Scope of Works

SANS 1200 as amended.



DESCRIPTION:

75

C3.1 DESCRIPTION OF THE WORKS



SECTION DESCRIPTION

C3.1.1. EMPLOYER’S OBJECTIVES C3.1.2. OVERVIEW OF THE WORKS C3.1.3. CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME C3.1.4. CONTRACTOR’S SITE CAMP AND SITE FACILITIES AVAILABLE C3.1.5. SITE FACILITIES REQUIRED C3.1.6. FEATURES REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION



DESCRIPTION:

76

C3.1.1 EMPLOYER’S OBJECTIVES

The employer’s objectives are to:

To upgrade the existing infrastructure (water and sewer) at Sandveld Nature Reserve;

To deliver public infrastructure; and

Create employment through the use of Labour-Intensive Construction (LIC) methods

Labour-intensive works comprise the activities described in SANS 1921-5/Earthworks activities which are to be performed by hand/Labour-Intensive Specification (1) and its associated specification data. Such works shall be constructed using local workers who are temporarily employed in terms of this scope of work.

C3.1.2 OVERVIEW OF THE WORKS

C3.1.2.1 Description of the site

Sandveld Nature Reserve is located in Hoopstad at the banks of the Vaal river bordering the North West province and the Free State province.

C3.1.2.2 General Description of scope of works

The Contractor shall be responsible for provision and construction of the assigned Works including the construction of the various elements of works, the supply of materials, transport to site, storage on site, site quality control and management, testing and finishing to the satisfaction of the EMPLOYER’S AGENT. Where the Works shall include (but is not limited to) the following components:

Clearing of the site;

Decommissioning of old pump station;

Construction of three pump stations (one water and two sewer);

Construction of new floating structure at draw water point;

Excavation, compaction, bedding, pipe laying and backfilling;

Upgrading of existing treatment plant;

Demolish existing raw water and portable water reservoirs;

Construction of new raw water and portable water reservoirs;

Earthworks, layer works and paving; and

Fencing of pump stations, treatment plant and oxidation pond.

Temporary Works

The contractor is to design, supply, construct, demolish and spoil at his own cost any temporary works required in order to carry out the construction works as required.

C3.1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRAMME

The time for completion, as stated in the Contract Data in terms of Clause 1.1.1.14 of the Conditions of Contract, is eighteen months (18) months, inclusive of year end break (builder's holidays). The Contractor shall plan and programme his construction sequence for completion within the time period specified taking into account the identification and relocating of services and the working restrictions as specified Clause 5.8.1 of the Contract Specific Data.



DESCRIPTION:

77

C3.1.5 CONTRACTOR’S SITE CAMP AND SITE FACILITIES AVAILABLE

C3.1.5.1 Location of Contractor’s site camp

No specific land has been made available for the Contractor’s site camp and office facilities for the Employer’s Agent. The Contractor shall make his own arrangements concerning a suitable approved site and location, as well as the provision of water, electricity and other services for the camp site and office facilities.

The Contractor’s site camp shall be maintained in a neat and tidy condition and on completion of the Works, the camp area shall be cleared and reinstated; all to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Agent. Any damage to property shall be made good to the satisfaction of the Employer’s Agent and at the Contractor’s expense.

C3.1.5.2 Provision for services

The Contractor shall make his own arrangements concerning the supply of electrical power and all other services. No direct payment will be made for the provision of electrical and other services. The cost thereof shall be deemed to be included in the rates and amounts tendered for the various items of work for which these services are required.

C3.1.6 SITE FACILITIES REQUIRED

Office facilities as scheduled are required on the site for the Employer’s Agent or his representative.

C3.1.7 FEATURES REQUIRING SPECIAL ATTENTION

C3.1.7.1 Existing services

Various types of services, both overhead and underground, exist within the boundaries of the site. It is envisaged that it will be necessary for the Contractor to arrange for the removal, relocation and protection of existing services. Should any work become necessary due to unforeseen circumstances then all work shall be done strictly in accordance with the requirements of the relevant service owner and in accordance with the requirements of these Project Specifications.

Procedures for the protection and/or relocation of such services are outlined in the Project Specifications. All costs related to the contents of this paragraph shall be deemed to be included in the rates and amounts tendered for the various items of work for which these services are required.

C3.1.7.2 Testing and quality control

CONTRACTOR TO ENGAGE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT LABORATORY

Notwithstanding the requirements of the Specifications pertaining to testing and quality control, the Contractor shall engage the services of an approved independent laboratory to undertake all testing of materials, the results of which are specified in, or may reasonably be inferred from, the Contract. These results will be taken into consideration by the Engineer in deciding whether the quality of materials utilised and workmanship achieved by the Contractor comply with the requirements of the Specifications. The foregoing shall apply irrespective of whether the specifications indicate that the said testing is to be carried out by the EMPLOYER’S AGENT or by the Contractor.



DESCRIPTION:

78

The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging with the independent testing laboratory for the timeous carrying out of all such testing specified in the Contract, at not less than the frequencies and in the manner specified. The Contractor shall promptly provide the EMPLOYER’S AGENT with copies of the results of all such testing carried out by the independent laboratory.

For the purposes of this clause, an "independent laboratory" shall mean an "approved laboratory" which is not under the management or control of the Contractor and in which the Contractor has no financial interest, nor which has any control or financial interest in the Contractor.

COSTS OF TESTING

(a) Tests in terms of subclause 1.4.12(b)(I)

The costs of all testing carried out by the independent laboratory in accordance with the requirements of subclause 1.4.12(b) (I), above shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be deemed to be included in the bided rates and prices for the respective items of work as listed in the Schedule of Quantities and which require testing in terms of the Specifications. No separate payments will be made by the Employer to the Contractor in respect of any testing carried out in terms of subclause 1.4.12(b) (I).

Where, as a result of the consistency of the materials varying or as a result of failure to meet the required specifications for the work, it becomes necessary to carry out additional tests (e.g. re-tests on rectified work and/or replacement materials), the costs of such additional testing shall be for the Contractor’s account.

(b) (Additional tests required by the EMPLOYER’S AGENT

The costs of any additional tests required by the EMPLOYER’S AGENT in terms of subclause 1.4.12(b) (I): Additional testing required by the EMPLOYER’S AGENT, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor against substitution of the Provisional Sum allowed therefore in the Schedule of Quantities; provided always that the costs of any such additional tests ordered by the EMPLOYER’S AGENT, the results of which indicate that the quality of the materials utilised and/or the standard of workmanship achieved are/is not in accordance with the specifications, shall not be reimbursable to the Contractor.

C3.1.7.3 Damage to existing services

Where damage is incurred to services not shown in the services drawings and unknown to the contractor at the time of construction, then the costs to repair and reinstate such services shall be borne by both the Contractor and the Client in a 50% proportion to each party in accordance with Clause B1202 of the project specifications.

C3.1.7.4 Construction in restricted areas

It will be necessary for the Contractor to work within restricted areas. No additional payment will be made for work done in such areas, despite indications to the contrary in the Standard Specifications.



DESCRIPTION:

79

C3.1.7.5 Water for construction purposes

The Contractor must make adequate provision in his tender for all negotiations and procurement of water for construction activities and all related costs will be deemed to be included in his tendered rates.

C3.1.7.6 Weatherproof protection for workers

All staff required to continue working during rain shall be provided with approved protective clothing and footwear.

C3.1.7.7 Nightwork and work on public holidays

When the Contractor requires staff to work overtime or at night, in accordance to the Basic Condition of Employment Act, he shall make the necessary arrangements with the Employer’s Agent and obtain written approval from the Employer’s Agent. The Contractor shall bear all the cost of his overtime and or night work.

C3.1.7.8 Environmental requirements

The Contractor shall take particular note of the environmental requirements contained in Part C3.5.2 of the Scope of Works.

Personnel and plant shall not enter property beyond the road reserve boundary irrespective of whether or not the boundary is fenced.

The Contractor shall take every precaution to avoid damage to vegetation within that area of the road reserve which falls outside the designated work area as indicated on the drawings. Any damage caused is to be repaired at the Contractor’s expense.

Storage and stockpiling of materials within the road reserve will not be permitted without the written consent of the Employer’s Agent. Excess material from excavations and waste material shall be spoiled off site at suitable locations.



DESCRIPTION:

80

C3.2 ENGINEERING



Design services and activity matrix

The following parties are responsible for the various design stages of the project.

Description Responsible

Concept, feasibility and overall process Employers Agents/ Professional Team

Basic Principal Agent and Preliminary Design Employers Agents/ Professional Team

Final design to approval for construction stage

Employers Agents/ Professional Team

Temporary Works Contractor

Preparation of as built drawings Employers Agents/ Professional Team/ Contractor

Employer’s design

All permanent works required for construction shall be designed by employer and his appointed agents / professional team.

Design brief

The employer has briefed the consultants as to design requirements

Drawings

The Works shall be constructed in accordance with the design drawings included in the Contract Documents marked as Issued for Construction.

The reduced drawings listed and included in C5 of the tender documents shall be used for tender purposes only.

The Contractor will be supplied with three (3) paper prints of each of the drawings and any others required for construction. These copies are issued free of charge and the Contractor shall make any additional copies he may require at his own cost.

Only figured dimensions shall be used and drawings shall not be scaled unless otherwise instructed.

The levels given on construction drawings are subject to confirmation on site, and the Contractor shall submit all levels to the Engineer for confirmation before he commences any construction work. The Contractor shall also check all clearances given on the drawings and shall inform the Engineer of any discrepancies.



DESCRIPTION:

81

The Contractor shall ensure that accurate as-built records are kept of all infrastructure installed or relocated during the contract. The position of pipe bends, junction boxes, duct ends and all other underground infrastructure shall be given by either co-ordinates, or stake value and offset. Where necessary, levels shall also be given. A marked-up set of drawings shall also be kept and updated by the Contractor. This information shall be supplied to the Engineer’s Representative on a regular basis.

Any information in the possession of the Contractor, which the Engineer requires to complete his record drawings shall be supplied to the Engineer’s Representative before a certificate of completion will be issued.

Design procedures

Where the contractor is required to design any sub-contractor or specialist works, the relevant professional indemnity must be taken out at contractor’s costs. All shop drawings must be issued timeously for approval by Principal agent. A late issue of shop drawings by contractors will not constitute a valid claim for extension of time



DESCRIPTION:

82

C3.3 PROCUREMENT



SECTION DESCRIPTION

C3.3.1 TARGETED CONSTRUCTION PROCUREMENT C3.3.2. SMALL CONTRACTOR DEVELOPMENT C3.3.2.1 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LEGISLATION C 3.2.2.2 PARTICIPATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF START-UP, SMALL

AND MICRO ENTERPRISES



DESCRIPTION:

83

C3.3.1 TARGETED CONSTRUCTION PROCUREMENT

C3.3.1.1 Requirements

The contractor shall be required to adopt labour-based techniques through the full spectrum of the works with the proviso that the Client’s specific objectives regarding time and quality are not compromised. Maximisation of employment shall be of the essence on this contract.

Together with their tenders, all Tenderers are required to submit a comprehensive implementation plan clearly stating the labour content and number of jobs that shall be created. The employment of labour shall be reflected in a programme in sufficient details to enable the Project Manager to monitor and compare it with the implementation plan.

The Contractor shall be required to submit employment data on a monthly basis to the Project Manager.

Tenderers are to also note that it is an explicit condition of this tender that all unskilled labourers on the project are to be employed from the local community. The Contractor shall, in general, maximise the involvement of the local community.

C3.3.2 SMALL CONTRACTOR DEVELOPMENT

C3.3.2.1 DEFINITIONS AND APPLICABLE LEGISLATION

(A) DEFINITIONS

Unless inconsistent with the context, in these specifications the following terms, words or expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

Start-up Enterprises

An enterprise that has been in existence and operating for less than two years. Small

Enterprises

An enterprise that has a CIDB grading designation of 1 or 2. Micro

Enterprises

An enterprise that has a CIDB grading designation of 3. Locally

based SMMEs

Enterprises that have their operational base in the ward in which the project is to be executed or, alternatively, the members of the enterprise are resident in the particular ward. Should suitable locally based SMME contractors as defined above not be available in the particular ward, then they shall be sourced from adjacent wards.

Targeted Enterprise

A Targeted Enterprise is minimum Level 1 BBBEE entity engaged by the Contractor as a Joint Venture Partner and which is registered with the Construction Industry Development



DESCRIPTION:

84

Board (CIDB) in a contractor grading designation equal to 2CE or 3CE or 4CE or 5CE and which is also registered by the CIDB as Potentially Emerging (PE).

Contract Participation

Contract Participation in terms of this contract is a process by which the Employer implements Government’s objectives by setting a target relating to small contractor development which the Contractor shall achieve as a minimum.

Contract Participation Goal (CPG)

Contract Participation Goal is the monetary value of the target set by the Employer in the Contract Participation process.

Contract Participation Performance (CPP)

Contract Participation Performance is the measure of the Contractor’s progress in achieving the CPG.

(B) APPLICABLE LEGISLATION

The following Acts, as amended from time to time, are predominant amongst those which apply to the construction industry and are listed here for reference purposes only:

- The Constitution of South Africa; - Preferential Procurement Policy Framework Act No. 5 of 2000; - Construction Industry Development Board Act No. 38 of 2000; - Broad-Based Black Economic Empowerment Act No. 53 of 2003.

C3.3.2.2 PARTICIPATION AND ADVANCEMENT OF START-UP, SMALL AND MICRO ENTERPRISES

The City of Johannesburg has identified job creation and access to procurement opportunities by Start-ups, Small and Micro enterprises (SMMEs) as an essential requirement towards building an economically viable Province.

It is a condition of this tender that the successful contractor is required to sub contract a minimum value of work to SMME’s equal to 30% of the contract sum.

If it is established that the SMMEs are sufficiently resourced to execute the proposed works as a complete package the Contractor may conclude full sub-contract agreements with locally based SMMEs to a minimum value of 30%.

The form of contract to be used with SMMEs is the SAFCEC General Conditions of Sub- Contract for Civil Works or a FSDoPW&I approved form of contract. The Contract Data must record the specific requirements in respect of penalties, retention and payment. With regard to the latter, the Contractor is to allow for fortnightly certificates from the SMMEs and for payment to the SMMEs to be affected within 30 days of certification. In order to achieve the goals of this policy and to ensure that the SMMEs are treated fairly and given every opportunity to advance their business whilst delivering a successful project, the Contractor is to note the following and provide for any cost that may be associated therewith.

1. The Contractor shall subcontract the local SMME works at the Contractor’s tendered rates.



DESCRIPTION:

85

2. The Contractor will be expected to have clearly specified the programme dates to the SMME contractors and these dates are to be included in the contract of agreement between the two parties. The Contractor is to monitor the SMME contractor’s progress against the programme and hold progress meetings with the SMME contractors where minutes are to be kept and signed off by both parties.

3. The Contractor is to assess the skills of the SMME contractor and provide the relevant support and training

where it is necessary in order for the SMME contractor to complete the works to programme, budget and specification. The Managing Contractor will be expected to provide on-site training to the SMME contractors that will ensure that the SMME contractor’s staff is suitably trained to execute the works and that they receive sufficient relevant experience on the project.

4. The Contractor is responsible for safety compliance on the project and will assist the SMME contractors in all aspects to achieve safety compliance, that will include:

(a) Assisting the SMME contractors with developing their safety files, legal appointments, etc. (b) Assisting the SMME contractors with achieving safety on site. (c) Having tool box talks with the SMME contractor’s employees on a daily basis. (d) Providing all safety equipment and signage. (e) Providing safety training where necessary.

5. Contractor is to provide all the necessary equipment for the timeous monitoring and the checking of the

quality of works as carried out by the SMME contractors. The Contractor will be expected to monitor the SMME contractor’s works for quality compliance and provide all the necessary support to the SMME contractors in order to achieve quality requirements. The Contractor is to ensure that if the SMME contractor’s quality of works does not achieve specification the Contractor will assist the SMME contractors to achieve specification and not allow the works to continue until the quality requirements are achieved.

6. The Contractor is to generate monthly reports for the FSDoPW&I that includes the following:

(a) SMME contractor resources on the site, ie supervisors, labour, plant tools and equipment. (b) SMME contractor progress of works on site. (c) SMME contractor quality control on site. (d) SMME contractor expenditure on the project versus target expenditure. (e) Copies of minutes of the SMME contractor and Contractor progress meetings. (f) Concerns and improvements to be made.

The Tenderers are to price the works to achieve full compliance with the above requirements. Failure of the Contractor to achieve these requirements may result in the FSDoPW&I enforcing compliance by appointing 3rd parties if necessary, to assist and deducting all reasonable costs for achieving compliance from money due to the Contractor.

Following from the above, the SMME’s to be contracted on the project must be selected from the provided database which is attached on this document contract. The data base includes SMME that are youth, women owned, disabled and ex-combats. The contractor will be expected to give preference to SMME’s that comply with all/most of these groups. The following information must be provided by said contractor on the date of tender closure.



DESCRIPTION:

86

1. Detailed approach and methodology on the employment of local SMME’s 2.SMME/s

company name/s to be employed on the project.

3. SMME contact persons

4. Works to be executed by SMME/s

5. Programme (anticipated start, duration and end dates) applicable to the works defined in item 4 above.

6. Estimated value of the works identified in item 4 above.

FSDoPW&I reserves the right to withdraw our acceptance of offer, should the appointed contractor fail to satisfactorily address the above requirements (1 to 6) within 14 days of the commencement date of the contract. Approved documentation will form part of the contract.



DESCRIPTION:

87

C3.4 CONSTRUCTION



SECTION DESCRIPTION

C3.4.1 PART A: GENERAL C3.4.2. PART B: PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS REFERRING TO THE

STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS C3.4.2.1 CIVIL & STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING C3.4.2.2 MECHANICAL ENGINEERING C3.4.2.3 ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING C3.4.3 PART C: PROVISION OF THE TEMPORARY WORKFORCE C3.4.4 PART D: PROVISION OF STRUCTURED TRAINING

C3.4.1 PART A: GENERAL

A1 Particular generic specifications

For the purpose of this Contract:

(a) Where gender terms are used, it shall be applicable to both male and female. (b) “VAT” shall mean Value Added Tax in terms of the Value Added Tax Act 89 of 1991, as amended.

A2 Plant and materials

The Contractor is required to provide all plant and materials necessary to carry out the works as required. No additional allowances other than those already specified in the schedule of quantities shall be allowed for with respect to plant and materials.

A3 Construction equipment

The Contractor is required to provide all equipment necessary to carry out the works as required. No additional allowances other than those already specified in the bill of quantities shall be allowed for with respect to equipment.

A4 Existing services

The Contractor:

(a) Shall make provision for the possible existence of numerous services (e.g. stormwater, water, electrical, Sasol, PRASA, Rand Water, Eskom, Telkom, Neotel etc.) within and in close proximity to the work areas.

(b) Is responsible to carry out the process in obtaining information from services authorities to obtain

wayleaves from the Johannesburg Roads Agency and Gauteng Province Department of Roads and Transport, as may be required for the project. No service providers information will be supplied by the client or Employer’s Agent and the



DESCRIPTION:

88

responsibility will rest fully with the contractor to obtain all relevant documentation from the service providers that may be required in obtaining the required wayleaves.

(c) Is to record on as built drawings the location of existing services or services which have been relocated

during the Contract Period.

(d) Shall inform the relevant service provider immediately (within 2 hours of incident) such that procedures for the reinstatement of the service can be affected, should he damage or break an existing service (whether known or unknown).

(e) Is responsible to provide his own equipment at his own cost, in order to determine the location of existing services. The provision of such equipment shall be deemed to have been included in the rates within Item B12.13 of the Schedule of Quantities.

A5 Site usage

Site usage shall be limited to hours as specified in the Contract Data, unless prior arrangement is made with the Employer’s Agent.

A6 Permits

The Contractor will be required to obtain permits from all the applicable service providers within the jurisdiction of the City of Johannesburg. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to obtain final permit approval according to applicable procedures and specifications. Permits associated costs shall be deemed to have been included in the scheduled rates for Wayleaves and Permits within Section 1200 of the project specifications.

A7 Inspection of adjoining properties

The Contractor shall carry out inspections and evidence collection of properties adjoining the works to ensure that in the event of a claim arising from any of the owners of the adjoining properties for damage to property and the like, the Contractor has substantial evidence to support or refute such claims. The Contractor accepts full liability and responsibility for damage which he causes to adjoining properties, as well as any costs involved in refuting or processing of such claims.

A8 Electricity for construction purposes

The Contractor shall make arrangements with the relevant authority for the supply and distribution of power for purposes of this Contract, the cost of which shall be deemed to be included in the rates inserted in the Bill of Quantities.

Power used for carrying out of the works in accordance with these Specifications will not be subject to measurement or payment.

A9 Survey control and setting out of the works

The Contractor is to confirm the levels and coordinates of all benchmarks prior to commencing with construction.

A10 Method Statement

The Contractor shall provide the Employer’s Agent with a method statement indicating the manner and sequence in which he intends to construct the works, for each work area, as



DESCRIPTION:

89

itemised within the program. In the method statement the Contractor must address at least the following items:

(i) Sequence of the works for the relevant works area

(ii) Target dates for the tasks identified in sequence of the works for the relevant works area

(iii) Traffic Accommodation

(iv) Materials requirements

(v) Construction Plant to be used

(vi) Services affecting construction

(vii) Any factors that could affect construction progress after commencement.

(viii) Methodology per work element including diagrams where applicable.

The method statement must be approved by the Employer’s Agent before commencement of construction. In order to minimize the impact on traffic, pedestrians and business the Contractor will be required to segment the works in such a manner that no portion of the works is more than one day ahead of the following position i.e. trenches cannot be excavated more than one day ahead of pipe laying, pipes more than one day in advance of manhole construction and finishing off, etc. These segments of the works shall be clearly defined in the Contractor’s method statement for each work area.

The approval by the Employer’s Agent of any program shall have no contractual significance other than that the Employer’s Agent would be satisfied if the work is carried out in accordance to such program and that the Contractor undertakes to carry out the work in accordance with the program. It shall not limit the right of the Employer’s Agent to instruct the Contractor to vary the program should circumstances make this necessary.

A11 Software application for programming

The construction programme shall be completed in Microsoft ® Project 2010 or compatible software. The construction programme and updated versions thereof shall be made electronically available to the Employer’s Agent.

A12 Methods and procedures

The methods and procedures for the execution of the works shall be in accordance with the standard specifications and the variations and additions thereto.

A13 Quality plans and control

The Contractor shall be required to provide and maintain a quality plan to ensure that the quality of all work components is of a high standard. Such a quality plan shall be approved by the Employer’s Agent.

A14 Accommodation of traffic on public roads occupied by the Contractor

(a) Accommodation of traffic



DESCRIPTION:

90

The Contractor shall ensure the safe accommodation of traffic at all areas where the work may impact on traffic and shall provide all drums, watching, lighting, signs and barricades required by the road authorities, and in accordance with the South African Road Traffic Signs Manual. Penalties shall be imposed on the Contractor for non- compliance.

(b) Access to properties

Adequate access shall at all times be maintained to public and private properties unless otherwise arranged and approved. Details of the proposed means of access shall be submitted before any such access is restricted. Claims arising from impeded access shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

At least 2 days before commencing any work affecting access to a property, the Employer’s Agent and the occupier/owner of each such property shall be notified of the Contractor’s intention to commence work, the date of commencement, expected duration and arrangements which will be made regarding maintenance of access.

(c) Transport Department requirements

The Contractor must provide a bridge with side rails across excavations to allow pedestrians access to the sidewalk. Allowance for the costs associated with providing pedestrian access to sidewalks will be deemed to have been included under Item (Accommodation of Traffic) of the Bill of Quantities (Item 15.01).

(d) Services

Services to a property shall remain unimpeded. Where necessary for access or egress, excavated and filled works, concrete or asphalt surfaces shall be satisfactorily covered temporarily to protect the work from damage and to maintain access.

A15 Other contractors on site

There may be other contractors working in close proximity and/or within the site boundaries road reserve completing other projects. As such, the Contractor is required to make adequate allowances for such possibilities. No claims with respect to works being carried out by other contractors will be entertained by the Employer.

A16 Testing, completion, commissioning and correction of defects

The onus is on the Contractor to produce work which will conform in quality and in accuracy of detail to the requirements hereinafter specified. The Contractor must clearly understand that it is not a duty of the Employer’s Agent or his representative to act as foreman or surveyor on the Works.

The Contractor shall, at his own expense, provide experienced engineers, foremen and surveyors together with all transport, instruments and equipment for supervising, checking and controlling the work.

The act of passing any completed work for payment by the Employer’s Agent shall not be construed as signifying approval or acceptance there-of. Failure on the part of the Employer’s Agent to reject any defective work or material shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his obligations under the Contract, nor prevent later rejection when such work or material is discovered.



DESCRIPTION:

91

The Contractor shall keep files of all the test results, which shall be accessible by the Employer’s Agent at any time. Two copies of these files shall be provided to the Employer’s Agent at the end of the project.

A17 Key personnel

The Contractor is to provide the Curriculum Vitae’s of key, full time project dedicated, personnel to be employed on the project as well as the person’s position and responsibilities within the project team. The Contractor shall provide the following minimum key staff:

(a) Site Agent/ Assistant Site Agents (b) Quality Manager/Auditor/Controller (c) Health and Safety Officer; (d) Traffic Safety Officer (e) 3 x SMME foreman (f) Foremen

A18 Management meetings

Bi-weekly site meetings shall be arranged and facilitated by the Employer’s Agent. Senior Contractor management staff attendance shall be compulsory. The Contractor shall be required to provide reporting with regard to project progress, resources (human, plant and equipment), community issues, environmental and health and safety aspects.

A19 Forms for contract administration

The Contractor shall maintain files which shall contain project information related to project progress, resources (human, plant and equipment), community issues, environmental, health and safety aspects, penalties imposed, claims lodged and outcomes, disputes and resolutions, payment and variations.

A20 Daily records

The Contractor shall keep daily site records as required by the Employer and as specified herein. Daily records shall include, labour, plant, materials, rainfall, daily diary and the like. Copies shall be supplied on a daily basis to the client’s supervisory staff.

A21 Payment certificates

Payment certificates shall be submitted to the Employer’s Agent, in the format required, for approval and final submission to the Employer on a monthly basis.

A22 Features requiring special attention A22.1

Security

The Contractor is responsible to provide his own security on site, as he deems necessary. The Employer shall not be held responsible for any loss or damage suffered by the Contractor, his plant, equipment, materials, subcontractors or employees as a result of a security incident of any nature.



DESCRIPTION:

92

A22.2 Community liaison and community relations

The Contractor will be required to employ a community liaison officer for each section of the works for the duration of the construction activities, taking place within such area. The community liaison officer is to be appointed in consultation with the relevant ward councillor.

A22.3 Notices and warning to the public

The Contractor must provide written notice to all consumers affected by the construction activities. The written notice shall outline the:

(a) Nature of the works (b) Expected inconvenience / disruption that the consumers can expect (c) Timeframes for construction (d) Contact details in case of problems encountered.

A22.4 Causes for rejection

Causes for rejection of the works shall include but is not limited to:

(a) Incorrect grades and crossfalls (b) Poor kerbing alignment, broken kerbs and or paving blocks. (c) Incorrect vertical and horizontal alignments (d) Layer works and surfacing not meeting the required specification and test requirements. (e) Incorrect pipe grades, water infiltration at joints, poor workmanship to kerb inlets, manholes, etc.



DESCRIPTION:

93

C3.4.2.1: CIVIL & STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING

C3.4.2.1.1: LIST OF APPLICABLE SPECIFICATIONS

For the purposes of this Contract, the following SANS 1200, SANS 2001 and other SANS Standardised Specifications shall apply:

SANS 1200 A : General SANS

1200 C : Site Clearance

SANS 1200 D : Earthworks (General) SANS 1200

DB : Earthworks (Pipe Trenches) SANS

1200 DK : Gabions and Pitching SANS 1200 G

: Concrete (Structural)

SANS 1200 HA : Structural Steelwork (Sundry items) SANS 1200 L

: Medium-Pressure Pipelines

SANS 1200 LB : Bedding (Pipes)

SANS 1200 LD : Sewers

PSA GENERAL

PSA 1 SCOPE

Replace the contents of subclause 1.1, including the notes, with the following:

"1.1 This specification covers requirements, principles and responsibilities of a general nature which are generally applicable to civil engineering construction and building works contracts, as well as the requirements for the Contractor's establishment on the Site."

PSA 2 INTERPRETATIONS

PSA 2.3 DEFINITIONS

In the opening phrase between the word’s "specification" and "the following", insert the words "the definitions given in the Conditions of Contract and".

(a) General

Add the following definitions:

" 'General Conditions' and 'Conditions of Contract': The General Conditions of Contract specified for use with this Contract, together with the Contract Data as applicable.

'Specified': As specified in the Standardized Specifications, the Drawings or the Project Specifications. 'Specifications' shall have the corresponding meaning."

(c) Measurement and payment

Replace the definitions for "Fixed charge", "Time-related charge" AND "Value-related charge" with the following:



DESCRIPTION:

94

" 'Fixed charge': A charge that is not subject to adjustment on account of variations in the value of the Contract Price or the time allowed in the Contract for the completion of the work.

'Time-related charge': A charge, the amount of which varies in accordance with the Time for Completion of the Works, adjusted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

'Value-related charge': A charge, the amount of which varies pro rata with the final value of the measured work executed and valued in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.' "

PSA 2.4 ABBREVIATIONS

(a) Abbreviations relating to standard documents

Add the following abbreviation:

"CKS: SANS Co-ordinating Specification."



DESCRIPTION:

95

PSA 3 MATERIALS

PSA 3.1 QUALITY

Add the following at the end of subclause 3.1:

"All manufactured materials supplied shall be new materials unless the contrary is specified. All materials specified to be in accordance with SANS Specifications shall bear the SANS mark, where such a mark is available for the type of product."

PSA 4 PLANT

PSA 4.1 SILENCING OF PLANT

Replace the contents of subclause 4.1 with the following:

"The Contractor's attention is drawn to the applicable regulations pertaining to noise and hearing conservation, framed under the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993) as amended.

The Contractor shall at all times and at his own cost, be responsible for implementing all necessary steps to ensure full compliance with such regulations, including but not restricted to the provision and use of suitable and effective silencing devices for pneumatic tools and other plant which would otherwise cause a noise level in excess of that specified in the said regulations.

Where appropriate, the Contractor shall further, by means of temporary barriers, effectively isolate the source of such noise in order to comply with the said regulations."

PSA 4.2 CONTRACTOR'S OFFICES, STORES AND SERVICES

Add the following paragraph before the existing first paragraph in subclause 4.2:

"The Contractor’s buildings, sheds and other facilities erected or utilised on the Site for the purposes of the Contract shall be fenced off and shall contain all offices, stores, workshops, testing laboratories, toilet facilities, etc. as may be required by the Contractor. The facilities shall always be kept in a neat and orderly condition.

No personnel may reside on the Site. Only night-watchmen may be on the Site after hours."

Delete "and first-aid services" in the second paragraph of subclause 4.2 and add the following:

"The Contractor shall provide on the Site and in close proximity to the actual locations where the work is being executed, one toilet per 10 workmen, which toilets shall be effectively screened from public view and their use enforced. Such toilets shall be relocated from time to time as the location of the work being executed changes, so as to ensure that easy access to the toilets is maintained.

The Contractor shall, where applicable, make all necessary arrangements and pay for the removal of night soil."



DESCRIPTION:

96

PSA 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSA 5.1 SURVEY

PSA 5.1.2 Preservation and replacement of survey beacons and pegs subject to the Land Survey Act

Delete the words "in the vicinity of boundaries" in the second sentence of subclause 5.1.2 and replace the words "under the direction of" in the same sentence with "in consultation and liaison with".

Add the following after the second sentence of subclause 5.1.2:

"The Contractor and the Engineer shall record on the said list, their concurrence or disagreement (as the case may be) regarding the completeness and accuracy of the details recorded therein."

Replace the third sentence of subclause 5.1.2 with the following:

"At the completion of the Contract, the Contractor shall expose all pegs that were listed at the commencement of the construction as being in order and the Contractor shall arrange with a registered Land Surveyor for the checking of the positions of all such pegs and the replacement of those that the Land Surveyor’s check reveals have become disturbed or damaged. The Contractor shall, as a precedent to the issue of the Certificate of Completion, provide to the Engineer, a certificate from the registered land surveyor, certifying that all the pegs listed at the commencement of construction in accordance with the provisions of this clause, have been checked and that those found to have been disturbed, damaged or destroyed have been replaced in their correct positions, all in accordance with the provisions of the said Act.

The costs of all checking, replacement and certification as aforesaid shall be entirely for the Contractor’s account. This, with the provision always that the Contractor shall not be held liable for the cost of replacement of pegs which:

(a) cannot reasonably be re-established in their original positions by reason of the finished dimensions of the permanent works, and

(b) the Contractor can prove beyond reasonable doubt to the satisfaction of the Engineer, were disturbed, damaged or destroyed by others beyond his control."

PSA 5.3 PROTECTION OF EXISTING STRUCTURES

Replace "Machinery and Occupational Safety Act, 1983 (Act No 6 of 1983)" with "occupational health and safety act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993), as amended," and insert the following after "(Act No 27 of 1956)": "as amended".

PSA 5.4 PROTECTION OF OVERHEAD AND UNDERGROUND SERVICES

Replace the heading and the contents of subclause 5.4 with the following:

"PSA 5.4 LOCATION AND PROTECTION OF EXISTING SERVICES

PSA 5.4.1 Location of existing services

Before commencing with any work in an area, the Contractor shall ascertain the presence and actual position of all services which can reasonably be expected by an experienced and competent contractor to be present on, under, over or within the Site.



DESCRIPTION:

97

Without in any way limiting his liability in terms of the Conditions of Contract in relation to damage to property and interference with services, the Contractor shall, in collaboration with the Engineer, obtain the most up-to-date plans as are available, showing the positions of services existing in the area where he intends to work. Neither the Employer nor the Engineer offers any warranty as to the accuracy or completeness of such plans and because services can often not be reliably located from plans, the Contractor shall ascertain the actual location of services depicted on such plans by means of careful inspection of the Site.

Thereafter, the Contractor shall, by the use of appropriate methodologies, carefully expose the services at such positions as are agreed to by the Engineer, for the purposes of verifying the exact location and position of the services. Where the exposure of existing services involves excavation to expose underground services, the further requirements of subclauses 4.4 and 5.1.2.2 of SANS 1200 D (as amended) shall apply.

The aforesaid procedure shall also be followed in respect of services not shown on the plans but which may reasonably be anticipated by an experienced Contractor to be present or potentially present on the site.

All services, the positions of which have been determined as aforesaid at the critical points, shall henceforth be designated as 'known services’ and their positions shall be indicated by the Contractor on a separate set of drawings, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Engineer without delay.

As soon as any service which has not been identified and located as described above is encountered on, under, over or within the site, it shall henceforth be deemed to be a known service and the aforesaid provisions pertaining to locating, verifying and recording its position on the balance of the site shall apply. The Contractor shall notify the Engineer immediately when any such service is encountered or discovered on the Site.

Whilst he is in possession of the Site, the Contractor shall be liable for all loss of or damage as may occur to

(a) known services, anywhere along the entire lengths of their routes, as may reasonably be deduced from the actual locations at which their positions were verified as aforesaid, due cognizance being taken of such deviations in line and level which may reasonably be anticipated, and

(b) any other service which ought reasonably to have been a known service in accordance with the provisions of this clause.

The Contractor shall also be liable for consequential damage in regard to (a) and (b), whether caused directly by the Contractor’s operations or by the lack of proper protection.

No separate payment will be made to the Contractor in respect of his costs of providing, holding available on the Site and utilising the said detecting and testing equipment, nor for any costs incurred in preparing and submitting to the Engineer the Drawings as aforesaid. These costs shall be deemed included in the Contractor’s other tendered rates and prices included in the Contract.

Payment to the Contractor in respect of exposing services at the positions agreed by the Engineer and as described above will be made under the payment items (if any) as may be provided for in the respective sections of the specifications pertaining to the type of work involved.



DESCRIPTION:

98

PSA 5.4.2 Protection during construction

The Contractor shall take all reasonable precautions and arrange its operations in such a manner as to prevent damage occurring to all known services during the period which the Contractor has occupation and/or possession of the Site.

Services left exposed shall be suitably protected from damage and in such a manner as will eliminate any danger arising therefrom to the public and/or workmen, all in accordance with the requirements of the prevailing legislation and related regulations.

Unless otherwise instructed by the Engineer, no services shall be left exposed after its exact position has been determined and all excavations carried out for the purpose of exposing underground services shall be promptly backfilled and compacted. In roadways, the requirements of subclause 5.9 of SANS 1200 DB should be observed. In other areas compaction is to be to 90% modified AASHTO density.

PSA 5.4.3 Alterations and repairs to existing services

Unless the contrary is clearly specified in the Contract or ordered by the Engineer, the Contractor shall not carry out alterations to existing services. When any such alterations become necessary, the Contractor shall promptly inform the Engineer, who will either make arrangements for such work to be executed by the owner of the service or instruct the Contractor to make such arrangements himself.

Should damage occur to any existing services, the Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer, or when this is not possible, the relevant authority, and obtain instructions as to who should carry out repairs. In urgent cases, the Contractor shall take appropriate steps to minimise damage to and interruption of the service. No repairs of telecommunication cables or electric power lines and cables shall be attempted by the Contractor.

A list of important telephone numbers for use when services are damaged or need to be altered is provided below:

Electricity : ............................... [Insert name of authority] ........................ Contact person: .......

[Insert name of contact person] ........... Contact telephone numbers: ......

[Insert telephone nos.] ......

Water : ............................... [Insert name of authority] ........................

Contact person: ....... [Insert name of contact person] ........... Contact telephone

numbers: ...... [Insert telephone nos.] ......

Sewerage : ............................... [Insert name of authority] ........................ Contact person: .......

[Insert name of contact person] ........... Contact telephone numbers: ......

[Insert telephone nos.] ......

Telkom : ............................... [Insert name of authority] ........................





DESCRIPTION:

99

Traffic : ............................... [Insert name of authority] ........................





DESCRIPTION:

100

PSA 5.7 SAFETY


"Pursuant to the provisions of the Conditions of Contract, and without in any way limiting the Contractor’s obligations thereunder, the Contractor shall at his own expense (except only where specific provision (if any) is made in the Contract for the reimbursement to the Contractor in respect of particular items), provide the following:

(a) Provide to its Employees on the site of the works, all safety materials, clothing and equipment necessary to ensure full compliance with the provisions of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993) as amended (hereinafter referred to as the Act) at all times, and shall institute appropriate and effective measures to ensure the proper usage of such safety materials, clothing and equipment at all times;

(b) Provide, install and maintain all barricades, safety signage and other measures to ensure the safety of workmen and all persons in, on and around the site, as well as the general public;

(c) Implement on the site of the works, such procedures and systems and keep all records as may be required to ensure compliance with the requirements of the Act at all times;

(d) Implement all necessary measures so as to ensure compliance with the Act by all subcontractors engaged by the Contractor and their employees engaged on the works;

(e) Full compliance with all other requirements pertaining to safety as may be specified in the Contract.

The Employer and the Engineer shall be entitled, although not obliged, to make such inspections on the site as they shall deem appropriate, for the purpose of verifying the Contractor’s compliance with the requirements of the Act. For this purpose, the Contractor shall grant full access to the site of all parts of the site and shall co-operate fully in such inspections and shall make available for inspection all such documents and records as the Employer’s and/or Engineer’s representative may reasonably require.

Where any such investigations reveal, or where it comes to the Engineer’s attention that the Contractor is in any way in breach of the requirements of the Act or is failing to comply with the provisions of this clause, the Engineer shall, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.11 be entitled to suspend progress on the works or any part thereof until such time as the Contractor has demonstrated to the satisfaction of the Engineer, that such breach has been rectified.

The Contractor shall have no grounds for a claim against the Employer for extension of time and/or additional costs if the progress on the works or any part thereof is suspended by the Engineer in terms of this clause, and the Contractor shall remain fully liable in respect of the payment of penalties for late completion in accordance with the provisions of Clause 5.13.1 should the Contractor fail to complete the Works on or before the specified due completion date in consequence of the suspension.

Persistent and repeated breach by the Contractor of the requirements of the Act and/or this clause shall constitute grounds for the Engineer to act in terms of Clause 9.2.1.3.5 and for the Employer to cancel the Contract in accordance with the further provisions of the said Clause 9.2.

Add the following subclauses to clause 5:



DESCRIPTION:

101

"PSA 5.9 SITE MEETINGS

The Contractor or his authorised agent will be required to attend regular site meetings, which shall normally be held once a month on dates and at times determined by the Engineer, but in any case, whenever reasonably required by the Engineer. Unless otherwise indicated in the Contract or instructed by the Engineer, such meetings shall be held at the Contractor’s offices on the site. At such monthly meetings, matters such as general progress on the works, quality of work, problems, claims, payments, and safety shall be discussed, but not matters concerning the day-to-day running of the Contract.

PSA 6 TOLERANCES

Add the following subclause to clause 6:

"PSA 6.4 USE OF TOLERANCES

No guarantee is given that the full specified tolerances will be available independently of each other, and the Contractor is cautioned that the liberal or full use of any one or more of the tolerances may deprive him of the full or any use of tolerances relating to other aspects of the work.

Except where the contrary is specified, or when clearly not applicable, all quantities for measurement and payment shall be determined from the 'authorised' dimensions. These are specified dimensions or those shown on the Drawings or, if changed, as finally prescribed by the Engineer, without any allowance for the specified tolerances. Except if otherwise specified, all measurements for determining quantities for payment will be based on the 'authorised' dimensions.

If the work is constructed in accordance with the 'authorised' dimensions plus or minus the tolerances allowed, the calculation of quantities will be based on the 'authorised' dimensions, regardless of the actual dimensions to which the work has been constructed.

When the work is not constructed in accordance with the 'authorised' dimensions plus or minus the tolerances allowed, the Engineer may nevertheless, at his sole discretion, accept the work for payment. In such cases no payment shall be made for quantities of work or material in excess of those calculated for the 'authorised' dimensions, and where the actual dimensions are less than the 'authorised' dimensions minus the tolerance allowed, quantities for payment shall be calculated based on the actual dimensions as constructed."

PSA 7 TESTING

PSA 7.1 PRINCIPLES

PSA 7.2 APPROVED LABORATORIES


"Unless otherwise specified in the relevant specification or elsewhere in the Project Specification, the following shall be deemed to be approved laboratories in which design work, or testing required in terms of a specification for the purposes of acceptance by the Engineer of the quality of materials used and/or workmanship achieved, may be carried out:

(a) Any testing laboratory certified by the South African National Accreditation Systems (SANAS) in respect of the nature and type of testing to be undertaken for the purposes of the Contract;



DESCRIPTION:

102

(b) Any testing laboratory owned, managed or operated by the Employer or the Engineer;

(c) Any testing laboratory established and operated on the Site by or on behalf of the Employer or the Engineer.

(d) Any other laboratory that the Engineer approves in his absolute discretion."

PSA 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PSA

8.1 MEASUREMENT

PSA 8.1.1 Method of measurement, all sections of the Schedule

Delete the words "and South West Africa".

PSA 8.1.2 Preliminary and General item or section

PSA 8.1.2.1 Contents

Replace the last sentence of subclause 8.1.2.1(b) with the following:

"Separate items will be scheduled to cover the fixed, value-related and time-related components of the Contractor’s preliminary and general costs."

PSA 8.1.2.2 Tendered sums

Replace the contents of this subclause with the following:

"Except only where specific provision is made in the Specifications and/or the Schedule of Quantities for separate compensation for any of these items, the Contractor's tendered sums under items PSA 8.3 and PSA 8.4 shall collectively cover all charges for:

risks, costs and obligations in terms of the Conditions of Contract and of this standardized specification;

head-office and site overheads and supervision;

profit and financing costs;

expenses of a general nature not specifically related to any item or items of the permanent or temporary work;

providing such facilities on site as may be required by the Contractor for the proper performance of the Contract and for its personnel, including, but without limitation, providing offices, storage facilities, workshops, ablutions, services such as water, electricity, sewage and rubbish disposal, access roads and all other facilities required, as well as for the maintenance and removal on completion of the works of these facilities and cleaning-up of the site of the Contractor’s establishment and reinstatement to not less than its original condition, and

providing the facilities for the Engineer and his staff as specified in the Contract and their removal from the site on completion of the Contract."



DESCRIPTION:

103

PSA 8.2 PAYMENT

PSA 8.2.1 Fixed-charge and value-related items

Replace the contents of subclause 8.2.1 with the following: PSA 8.2.1.1

Fixed-charge items

"Payment of fixed charges in respect of item 8.3.1 will be made as follows:

(a) EIGHTY PER CENT (80%) of the sum tendered will be paid when the facilities have been provided and approved;

(b) The remaining TWENTY PER CENT (20%) will be paid when the works have been completed, the facilities have been removed and the site of the Contractor’s establishment has been cleared and cleaned to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

No adjustment will be made to the sum tendered in respect of item 8.3.1 should the value of the works finally executed or the time for completion vary in any way from that specified in the tender.

PSA 8.2.1.2 Value-related items

Payment for the sum tendered under item 8.3.2 will be made in three separate instalments as follows:

(a) The first instalment, which is 40% of the sum, will be paid when the Contractor has fulfilled all his obligations to date under this specification, the General Conditions of Contract and the Contract Data and when the value of work certified for payment, excluding materials on site and payments for preliminary and general items, is equal to not less than 5% of the total value of the work listed in the Schedule of Quantities.

(b) The second instalment, which is 40% of the sum, will be made when the amount certified for payment, including retention moneys but excluding this second instalment, exceeds 50% of the tender sum.

(c) The final payment, which is 20% of the sum, will be made when the works have been certified as completed and the Contractor has fulfilled all his obligations to date under this Specification, the General Conditions of Contract and the Contract Data (GCC 2015).

Should the value of the measured work finally completed be more or less than the tender sum, the sum tendered under item 8.3.2 will be adjusted up or down in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.11 and this adjustment will be applied to the third installment."

PSA 8.2.2 Time-related items

Replace the contents of subclause 8.2.2 with the following:

"Subject to the provisions of subclauses 8.2.3 and 8.2.4, payment under item 8.4.1 (time-related item) will be made monthly in equal amounts, calculated by dividing the sum tendered for the item by the tendered Contract period in months, provided always that the total of the monthly amounts so paid for the item is not out of proportion to the value of the progress of the Works as a whole."



DESCRIPTION:

104

PSA 8.3 SCHEDULED FIXED-CHARGE AND VALUE-RELATED ITEMS


"PSA 8.3.1 Fixed preliminary and general charges ................................................. Unit: sum

The sums tendered shall include full compensation for all fixed-charge preliminary and general charges as described in subclause PSA 8.1.2.2. Payment will be made as described in subclause PSA 8.2.1.1.

PSA 8.3.2 Value-related preliminary and general charges .................................... Unit: sum

The sums tendered shall include full compensation for all value-related preliminary and general charges as described in subclause PSA 8.1.2.2. Payment will be made as described in subclause PSA 8.2.1.2."

PSA 8.4 SCHEDULED TIME-RELATED ITEMS


"PSA 8.4.1 Time-related preliminary and general charges .................................... Unit: sum

The sum tendered shall include full compensation for all time-related preliminary and general charges as described in subclause PSA 8.1.2.2. Payment will be made as described in subclause PSA 8.2.2."

PSA 8.5 SUMS STATED PROVISIONALLY BY THE ENGINEER


"PSA 8.5.1 Works executed by the Contractor .................................................Unit: Prov sum

The Contractor will be reimbursed in substitution of the Provisional Sums (if any) allowed in the Schedule of Quantities for work to be executed by the Contractor, in the amounts determined in accordance with the provisions Clause 6.6.

PSA 8.5.2 Works executed by Nominated Subcontractors:

(a) Work to be executed by a Nominated Subcontractor..........................Unit: Prov sum

(b) Overheads, charges and profit on item (a) above ..............................Unit: % or sum

Subitems (a) and (b) will be provided in the Schedule of Quantities for each different Nominated Subcontract included in the Contract.

The Contractor shall be reimbursed under subitem (a), in substitution of the respective Provisional Sums (if any) allowed in the Schedule of Quantities, the amounts actually paid or payable by the Contractor to the respective Nominated Subcontractors, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.

The Contractor shall be paid under subitem (b), either:

(a) where the unit of measurement for subitem (b) was specified as being a percentage, the respective percentage, as stated by the Contractor in is tender, of the amount certified by the Engineer for payment under the related subitem (a), all in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.1.2.1, or

115



DESCRIPTION:

105

(b) where the unit of measurement for subitem (b) was specified as being a lump sum, an amount which is in the same proportion to the amount certified for payment under subitem (a) and the tendered lump sum is to the amount of the Provisional Sum stated under subitem (a) in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.6.1.2.2. (GCC 2010), provided always that where the Contractor has failed for any reason to insert a percentage or sum (as applicable) for subitem (b) in its tender, or where no provision was made in the tender documents for tenderers to make any such entry, the Contractor will be paid an amount equal to SEVEN AND ONE HALF PER CENT (7,5%) of the amount actually certified by the Engineer for payment under subitem (a).

The percentage or sum (as applicable) paid under subitem (b) as aforesaid, shall be deemed to include for full and final compensation to the Contractor for all costs as may be incurred and all charges and profits associated with the engagement, supervision, administration and management of the Nominated Subcontractor required of him in fulfilling its obligations under the Contract as the Principal Contractor."

PSA 8.6 PRIME COST ITEMS

Replace subclause 8.6 with the following:

"PSA 8.6 PRIME COST SUMS

(a) Description of item to which Prime Cost Sum applies ......................... Unit: PC sum

(b) Charge required by Contractor on subitem (a) above ................................... Unit: %

Subitems (a) and (b) will be provided in the Schedule of Quantities for each different item to which a Prime Cost Sum applies.

The Contractor shall be reimbursed under subitem(s) (a) in substitution of the respective Prime Cost Sums included in the Contract, the actual price(s) paid or payable by him in respect of the goods, materials or services supplied, but excluding any charges for the Contractor’s labour, profit, carriage, establishment or other charges related to such goods, services or materials.

The Contractor shall be paid under subitem (b), the respective percentage, as stated by the Contractor in his tender, of the amount certified by the Engineer for payment under the related subitem (a). The percentages tendered by the Contractor for each respective subitem (b) included in the Schedule of Quantities shall be deemed to be in full and final compensation to the Contractor in respect of any charge by the Contractor for labour, carriage profit, establishment and for any other charges related to the goods, services or materials supplied under the related subitem (a).

If the Contractor shall have omitted within his tender to insert a tendered percentage under subitem (b), or tendered a zero percentage, the Contractor’s tendered rate for subitem (b) shall be deemed to be zero and the Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment under subitem (b).

Note in connection with additional tests required by the Engineer:

When a PC sum is included in the Schedule of Quantities for additional tests required by the Engineer, the Contractor shall be responsible for both the cost of normal testing as described in C3.4.2.5(b) of the Project Specifications and for the cost of any additional test that indicates that the specifications have not been complied with."



DESCRIPTION:

106

PSA 8.7 DAYWORK


"Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.5 (GCC 2015) of the Conditions of Contract."

Add the following items:

"PSA 8.9 WAYLEAVE................................................................................................ Unit: sum

The tendered sum shall include full compensation to the Contractor for all the costs involved in obtaining the wayleave as specified in C3.4.2.4.

PSA 8.10 COMPLIANCE WITH OHS ACT AND REGULATIONS (INCLUDING THE CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS 2014) ................... Unit: sum

The tendered sum shall include full compensation to the Contractor for compliance with all the requirements of the OHS Act and Regulations (including the Construction Regulations 2014) at all times for the full duration of the Contract, as described in C3.6.1.The successful tenderer shall provide the Engineer with a complete breakdown of this tendered sum.

This sum will be paid to the Contractor in equal monthly amounts subject to proper/substantial compliance."

PSA 8.11 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND MANAGEMENT PLAN...................... Unit: sum

The tendered sum shall include full compensation for compiling and submitting an ISO9000 quality assurance and management plan to the Engineer and for maintaining, implementing, monitoring,

recording and complying to the approved plan for the full duration of the Contract. The sum shall include for all specialists required to fulfil the above functions.

Payment will be made on a successful and approved progress basis.

PSA 8.12 COMPLIANCE WITH THE ENVIRONMENTAL

MANAGEMENT PLAN………………………………………………………Unit: sum

The tendered sum shall include full compensation for implementing, monitoring and complying with the environmental management plan for the full duration of the Contract. The sum shall also include for

all specialists required to fulfil the above functions.

Payment will be made on a successful and approved progress basis.

PSA 8.13 FORMAL TRAINING

(a) Life skills training ………………………………………………………….Unit: hours

(b) Project specific technical skills training (manhole construction, pipe

laying, etc) ………………………………………………………..………..Unit hours



DESCRIPTION:

107

(c) Generic and management skills training (storeman, safety, environmental, hygiene, etc)

………………………………………………………………………………..Unit: hours

(d) Training venue ……………………………………………………………...……..Unit: sum

(e) Remuneration of workers undergoing skills training …………………….……Unit: hours

(f) Contractor’s handling costs, profit and all other charges

in respect of subitem (a) to (e) above ......................…………….Unit: percentage (%)

Formal training of local labour shall be accredited NQF level applicable training in various skills e.g.life

skill training, technical skill training, management skill training, etc, and workers shall be trained throughout the

duration of the Contract.

The rates or sums tendered for the scheduled training items shall include full compensation to the Contractor for all

training course fees, venues, transport, wages during training, profit, disbursements, stationery and all other material

required for the training.

The Contractor shall only be reimbursed for the actual hours of formal training completed by the workers at the

rates/sums tendered, plus a percentage to cover his charges and profits.

The accredited training provider must be approved by the Employer prior to any training of workers. Refer to C3.4.2.5 (k)

(i) to (iii) for 'Training of Targeted Labour'.



DESCRIPTION:

108

PSC SITE CLEARANCE

PSC 3 MATERIALS

PSC 3.1 DISPOSAL OF MATERIAL

Add the following:

"The Contractor shall obtain his own dumping sites for the disposal of material and all transport costs shall be included in the rates tendered for site clearance."

PSC 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSC 5.1 AREAS TO BE CLEARED AND GRUBBED

Add the following:

"Pipeline routes shall be cleared to a distance of 1,5 m on both sides of the pipeline centre line. Route pegs or markers shall not be destroyed or damaged during clearing operations."

PSC 5.2 CUTTING OF TREES

PSC 5.2.3 Preservation of trees

PSC 5.2.3.2 Individual trees

Replace the last sentence with the following:

"An amount of R500,00 will be deducted from moneys due to the Contractor as a penalty for every tree that is damaged or removed unnecessarily."

PSC 5.5 RECLEARING OF VEGETATION

Add the following:

"When areas have to be re-cleared on the written instructions of the Engineer, such re-clearing shall be carried out at the Contractor's own cost and the Contractor is therefore advised not to clear the areas too soon."

PSC 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PSC 8.2 PAYMENT

PSC 8.2.1 Clear and grub

Replace the first line with the following:

"The area designated by the Engineer to be cleared and grubbed will be measured in square metre to the nearest square metre,"

Add the following items in subclause 8.2:

"PSC 8.2.11 Take down and re-erect existing fences ........................................... Unit: m

The rate shall cover the cost of taking down the fences, coiling wire, sorting, stacking and guarding all materials, the cost of loading, transporting and off-loading such materials, the cost of re-erecting the



DESCRIPTION:

109

fence in its original position using the dismantled material, the cost of temporary bracing of the fencing sections not taken down and the cost of appurtenant materials that may be required to restore the fence to its original condition before dismantling.

PSC 8.2.12 Final finishing and cleaning up of the Site of the Works .......... Unit: sum

The tendered sum shall include full compensation for the clearing, disposal of material, finishing, tidying and all other work required to finish and clean up the Site of the works and affected areas by removing excess earth, stones, boulders, debris and other waste material.

All material resulting from the finishing operations shall be disposed of to a spoil site furnished by the Contractor.

PSC 8.2.13 Temporary fencing .................................................................. …… Unit: metre (m)

The unit of measurement shall be the metre of each type of temporary fence erected as instructed by the Engineer.

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for the provision of all labour, and new or suitable second-hand material, including gates, for the erection of the temporary fence and, when no longer required, the dismantling and removal of such material from the Site or to any new position where required.

When second-hand material is obtained from existing fences for the erection of temporary fences, the material shall be transported to designated sites and stacked when the fence has been dismantled and the material is no longer required.”



DESCRIPTION:

110

PSD: EARTHWORKS

PSD 2 INTERPRETATIONS

PSD 2.1 SUPPORTING SPECIFICATIONS

Replace subclause 2.1.2 with the following:

"PSD 2.1.2 Any of the other SANS 1200 specifications may form part of the Contract documents."

PSD 2.3 DEFINITIONS

Replace the word and the definition for "Borrow" with the following:

"Borrow material: Material, other than material obtained from excavations required for the works, obtained from sources such as borrow pits or the authorised widening of excavations. 'Borrow' shall have a corresponding meaning."

Replace the definition for "Specified density" with the following:

"Specified density: The specified dry density expressed as a percentage of modified AASHTO dry density."

Replace the definition for "Stockpile" with the following:

"Stockpile (verb): The process of selecting and, when necessary, loading, transporting and off-loading material in a designated area for later use for a specific purpose"

Add the following definitions:

"Commercial source: A source of material provided by the Contractor, not the Employer, and including any borrow pit, provided by the Contractor

Fill: An embankment or terrace constructed of material obtained from excavations or borrow pits. In roads it includes the earthworks up to the underside of the selected subgrade level.

Fill (material): Material used for the construction of an embankment or terrace.

Roadbed: The natural in situ material on which the fill or, in the absence of fill, the pavement layers are constructed."

PSD 3 MATERIALS

PSD 3.1 CLASSIFICATION FOR EXCAVATION PURPOSES

PSD 3.1.1 Method of classifying

Add the following:

"The classification of material other than 'soft excavation' shall be agreed upon before excavation may commence.

The Contractor shall immediately inform the Engineer if and when the nature of the material being excavated changes to such an extent that a new classification is warranted for further excavation.



DESCRIPTION:

111

Failure on the part of the Contractor to advise the Engineer in good time shall entitle the Engineer to reclassify, at his discretion, such excavated material."

PSD 3.1.2 Classes of excavation


"The excavation of material for the purpose of measurement and payment will not be classified as intermediate excavation nor as boulder excavation Class A or Class B. Soft excavation will hold to include any material classified in Sub-clause 3.1.2 as intermediate excavation, or boulder excavation as Classes A or B.

The now combined soft excavation will be excavation in material that can be ripped and efficiently be removed or loaded with the following plant.

1.) bulldozer of mass approximately 35 tonne fitted with a single tine rip-per suitable for heavy ripping, and of flywheel power approximately 220 kW, or

2.) a track type excavator of mass approximately 32 tonne and of flywheel power approximately 200 kW."

PSD 3.2.3 Material suitable for backfill or fill against structures


"Material used for backfill behind structures shall generally be the material excavated, subject to the following conditions:

(a) The material shall not contain an excessive number of stones retained on a 50 mm sieve;

(b) The material shall not contain large clay lumps that do not break up under the action of the compaction equipment; and

(c) The liquid limit of the material shall not exceed 40, neither shall the PI exceed 18."

PSD 3.3 SELECTION

Add the following subclause:

"PSD 3.3.3 Selection in borrow pits and excavations

Approval of a borrow area for a certain purpose does not necessarily mean that all the material in that area is suitable for the specified purpose. What it does mean is that the borrow area contains some suitable material. The onus shall rest on the Contractor to ensure that only material that is indeed suitable is removed and used for the specified purpose.

When the Contractor has to select excavated material for a specific purpose, the above provisions relating to borrow areas shall apply mutatis mutandis to excavations.

The Contractor shall not waste or contaminate material that has been selected for a specific purpose."



DESCRIPTION:

112

PSD 4 PLANT

PSD 4.4 DETECTORS


"The Contractor shall, for the purposes of detecting and locating underground services in accordance with the provisions of subclause 5.4 of SANS 1200 A and subclause 5.1.2 of SANS 1200 D, at his own cost, provide and use detecting equipment which is suitable for the detection of underground cables and pipes."

PSD 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSD 5.1 PRECAUTIONS

PSD 5.1.1 Safety

PSD 5.1.1.1 Barricading and lighting

Replace "Machinery and Occupational Safety Act, 1983 (Act 6 of 1983)" with "Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993)".

PSD 5.1.1.2 Safeguarding of excavations

Replace "Machinery and Occupational Safety Act" with "Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No 85 of 1993)".

PSD 5.1.1.3 Explosives


"The Contractor will generally be permitted to use explosives for breaking up hard material during excavations, for demolishing existing structures, and for other purposes where explosives are normally required, subject to the following conditions:

(a) The Engineer may prohibit the use of explosives in cases where, in his opinion, the risk of injury to

persons or damage to property or to adjoining structures is too high. Such action by the Engineer does not entitle the Contractor to additional payment for having to resort to less economical methods of construction.

(b) The Engineer's prior written approval shall be obtained for each and every blasting operation. This

approval may be withheld if the Contractor does not use explosives responsibly and carefully.

(c) The Contractor shall comply fully with the requirements of the Explosives Act, 1997 (Act No 83 of 1997) and all other legislation and regulations as may be applicable to blasting and the use of explosives.

(d) Before blasting is undertaken, the Contractor shall satisfy the Engineer that he has established whether or not the insurers concerned require pre- and post-blasting inspections of buildings and structures within a certain radius of the proposed blasting.

Should such inspections be required, the Contractor shall, together with the Engineer and the insurer, examine and measure the buildings, houses or structures in the



DESCRIPTION:

113

vicinity of the proposed blasting site and establish and record, together with the owner, lessee or occupier, the extent of any existing cracking or damage before blasting operations commence.

(e) When there is a possibility of damage to power and telephone lines or any other services or property,

the Contractor shall adapt his method of blasting and the size of the charges and shall use adequate protective measures (e.g. cover-blasting) to reduce the risk of damage.

(f) All accidents, injury to persons and animals and damage to property shall be reported to the Engineer in

detail and in writing as soon as is practicable.

(g) The Engineer shall be given 24 hours' notice by the Contractor before each blasting operation is carried out.

(h) When blasting to specified profiles, the Contractor shall so arrange the holes and charges that the

resulting exposed surfaces are as sound as the nature of the material permits. The Contractor shall make good, at his own expense, any additional excavation necessitated by the shattering of rock in excess of any overbreak allowances specified in the Project Specifications or given on any Drawing.

Notwithstanding the Contractor’s compliance with the above provisions, the Contractor shall remain liable for any injury to persons and animals and loss of or damage to property occurring as a result of blasting operations."

PSD 5.1.2 Existing services

PSD 5.1.2.2 Detection, location and exposure

Replace the contents of subclause 5.1.2.2 with the following:

"The exposure by the Contractor of underground services, as required in terms of subclause 5.4 of SANS 1200 A (as amended) shall be carried out by careful hand excavation at such positions and to such dimensions as are agreed to by the Engineer.

Unless otherwise instructed or agreed by the Engineer, no service shall be left exposed after its exact position has been determined and all excavations carried out for the purposes of exposing underground services shall be promptly backfilled and compacted to the following densities:

(a) In roadways: 93% modified AASHTO density; and

(b) In all other areas: 90% modified AASHTO density.

Where hand excavations to expose underground services have to be carried out in roadways, the Contractor shall reinstate the road layerworks in accordance with the provisions of subclause 5.9 of SANS 1200 DB.

Payment in respect of exposing the services by means of hand excavation as described above, will be made in accordance with subclause PSD 8.3.8.1.

Payment in respect of reinstating layer works in roadways will be made in accordance with subclause 8.3.6.1 of SANS 1200 DB (as amended)."



DESCRIPTION:

114

PSD 5.1.2.3 Protection of cables

Replace subclause 5.1.2.3 with the following:

"5.1.2.3 Protection during construction

Further to the requirements of subclause 5.4.2 of SANS 1200 A (as amended), major excavating equipment and other plant shall not be operated dangerously close to known services. Where necessary, excavation in close proximity to known services shall be carefully carried out with suitable hand tools, excluding picks wherever their use could damage the services. No additional payment will apply to such more difficult work.

Should any service not being a known service be discovered or encountered during the course of the Contract, the Contractor shall, in addition to complying with the requirements of subclause 5.4.2 of SANS 1200 A (as amended), immediately notify the Engineer thereof and implement such measures as will prevent damage of such service or, if it was damaged in the course of discovery, will prevent and minimise the occurrence of any further damage occurring."

PSD 5.1.2.4 Negligence

Delete subclause 5.1.2.4.

PSD 5.1.3 Stormwater and groundwater

Add the following:

"The Contractor shall, where applicable and at the earliest practicable opportunity, install the permanent drainage specified or shown on the Drawings and shall at his own cost provide the temporary drainage required to protect the works."

PSD 5.1.5 Reinstatement and maintenance of roads

Add the following:

"Where crossings have been made, the roads shall be reinstated in accordance with the details specified in subclause 5.9 of SANS 1200 DB."

PSD 5.1.6 Road traffic control

Delete the second sentence of subclause 5.1.6.

PSD 5.2 METHODS AND PROCEDURES

PSD 5.2.2 Excavation

PSD 5.2.2.1 Excavation for general earthworks and for structures

Add the following to paragraph (b):

"When the nature of the material precludes the above procedure, additional excavations shall be carried out to provide working space for the erection of formwork. The tendered rate for item 8.3.5 will be deemed to include the cost of a working width of 600 mm, but the Contractor may excavate a greater working width at no additional cost to the Employer."



DESCRIPTION:

115

Replace the first sentence of paragraph (e) with the following:

"Where excavations have been carried below the authorised levels, the Contractor shall backfill such excavations to the correct level with approved gravel compacted to 90% of modified AASHTO density or to the density of the surrounding material, whichever is the higher density.

Where excavations for structures have been carried out in hard material, the Engineer may direct that over-excavation be backfilled with weak concrete if there is a danger of settlement or differential settlement of the foundations.

Where the sides of excavations against which concrete is to be cast have been over-excavated or have collapsed partially, the Contractor shall retrim the excavations if necessary and, unless other remedial measures are agreed to by the Engineer, shall cast the concrete for the structure, including the additional concrete that may be required as a result of the over-excavation or partial collapse. The cost of the additional concrete or remedial measures shall be for the Contractor's account."

PSD 5.2.2.3 Disposal

Replace the second sentence with the following:

"The Contractor shall provide all necessary spoil sites for the spoiling of all surplus and unsuitable materials and shall make the necessary arrangements with the owner of the site where the material is disposed of, and pay all charges and levies as may be applicable for the use of such spoil sites.

Every spoil site provided by the Contractor shall be approved by the local authority in whose area it is located, and the spoiling shall comply with the applicable statutory and municipal regulations as well as the requirements of the owner of the spoil site.

Payment to the Contractor in respect of locating and making arrangements for suitable spoil sites and spoiling material at the such sites will be made in accordance with the provisions of subclause PSD 8.3.15."

Add the following subclause in subclause 5.2.2:

"PSD 5.2.2.4 Selection and stockpiling

Approval or designation of the material in a particular borrow pit or excavation for a particular purpose does not imply that all the material in the borrow pit or excavation is suitable for the particular purpose to which the said approval or designation relates, nor that all material in the borrow pit or source should be used for the particular purpose. The Contractor shall select suitable material from that borrow pit or source, discard unsuitable material and reserve material for other purposes as necessary.

The Contractor shall organise and carry out his operations in such a manner as will prevent the contamination of suitable embankment and backfill material with unsuitable materials. Any excavated material which becomes, in the Engineer’s opinion, unsuitable for use in embankments or backfill as a result of contamination, shall be disposed of in a manner acceptable to the Engineer and shall be replaced by the Contractor with materials acceptable to the Engineer, all at the Contractor’s cost.

When required, or when ordered by the Engineer, material shall be stockpiled for later use. The additional costs for stockpiling material shall be paid to the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of subclause PSD 8.3.14."

PSD 5.2.4.6 Grassing

(a) Hydroseeding



DESCRIPTION:

116

Mulch shall be added to the hydro-seeding mix at a rate of 2 000 kg/ha.

PSD 5.2.4.7 Planting and maintaining the plants

(a) Watering, weeding, mowing and replanting The mowing

of grass to control weeds shall not be measured and paid for. PSD 5.2.5 Transport for

earthworks

Add the following new subclause to clause 5.2.5:

"PSD 5.2.5.3 Special cases relating to overhaul

(a) When material is excavated and stockpiled on the Engineer’s instructions before being reloaded and transported to its point of final use, free-haul shall apply twice, firstly from the point of excavation to stockpile and secondly from stockpile to the point of final use (see subclause PSD 8.3.14).

(b) When material is to be spoiled on a site which has to be provided by the Contractor, or otherwise disposed of at the Contractor's initiative, the extra-over rate for excavation and disposal at spoil sites provided by the Contractor (see item PSD 8.3.15) shall include full compensation for all haul entailed by this operation and no overhaul shall apply."

PSD 7 TESTING

PSD 7.2 TAKING AND TESTING OF SAMPLES


"The Contractor shall arrange with the approved independent laboratory engaged by the Contractor in terms of C3.4.2.5(b) subclause PS 8.2.1 of the Project Specifications to carry out sufficient tests on a regular basis as agreed between him and the Engineer to determine whether the degree of compaction, and, where applicable, the quality of materials used, comply with the Specifications and shall submit the results of these tests to the Engineer in a form approved by him.

The compaction requirements for fills shall be deemed complied with when at least 75% of the dry- density tests on any lot show values equal to or above the specified density and when no single value is more than five percentage points below the specified value."

PSD 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PSD

8.3 SCHEDULED ITEMS

PSD 8.3.1 Site preparation

Replace subclauses 8.3.1.1 and 8.3.1.2 with the following:

"Where site preparation such as clearing, grubbing, the removal of large trees or the removal and stockpiling of topsoil is required, the provisions and scheduled items of SANS 1200 C shall apply."

PSD 8.3.2 Bulk excavation

Replace the contents of item with the following:



DESCRIPTION:

117

"(a) Excavate in all materials and use for embankment or backfill as ordered, from:

(1) Necessary excavations .................................................................................Unit: m³

(2) Designated borrow pits ................................................................................Unit: m³

(3) Commercial sources ....................................................................................Unit: m³

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre measured in place in accordance with subclause 8.2 of SANS 1200 D.

Separate items will be scheduled for embankments and backfills for different parts of the works.

The tendered rates shall cover the cost of complying with all the precautions required in terms of subclause 5.1 of SANS 1200 D (as amended), in addition to the cost of excavating in all materials, basic selecting, loading, transporting within the applicable free-haul distance, off-loading, spreading or backfilling, watering, compacting, final grading, complying with the requirements for tolerances, providing for testing, finishing and tidying, all in accordance with the specifications.

In addition to the aforegoing, the tendered rate for subitem (2) shall further include for the costs of royalties (if applicable), whilst the tendered rate for subitem (3) shall also include for the costs of finding a source of suitable material, for making arrangements with the owner of the source, for procuring the material, for the payment of all requisite royalties, charges or damages, and for transporting the material to the site regardless of the distance involved. No payment will be made for the removal of overburden or stockpiling at the commercial source and no extra over payment shall apply for excavating in intermediate, hard or boulder material."

(b) Excavate in all materials and dispose ............................................................Unit: m³

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material excavated, measured in place in accordance with subclause 8.2 of SANS 1200 D.

The tendered rates shall cover the cost of complying with all the precautions required in terms of subclause 5.1 of SANS 1200 D (as amended), in addition to the cost of excavating, basic selecting, loading, transporting within the applicable free-haul distance, off-loading at the spoil site, maintaining and finishing the spoil site, all in accordance with the specifications.

(c) Extra over subitems PSD 8.3.2(a)(1), PSD 8.3.2(a)(2) and PSD 8.3.2(b) for: (1)

Intermediate excavation ............................................................................Unit: m³ (2) Hard rock

excavation.................................................................................Unit: m³ (3) Boulder excavation, Class A

.....................................................................Unit: m³ (4) Boulder excavation, Class B

.....................................................................Unit: m³

The rate shall cover the additional cost of the operations enumerated in subclauses 8.3.2.(a) and 8.3.2.(b) above for any portion of the excavation that is classified as intermediate, hard rock, boulder excavation class A or boulder excavation class B as applicable. "

PSD 8.3.3 Restricted excavation



DESCRIPTION:

118

Replace the words "in 1 m increments" at the end of the first sentence of subitem (a) with "in the increments indicated in the Bill of Quantities".

Replace "in 5.2.2.1 – 5.2.2.3 (inclusive)" at the end of subclause (a) with "in subclauses 5.2.2.1 to 5.2.2.5 (inclusive)".

Add the following subitem:

"(c) Extra over subitem 8.3.3 (a) for hand excavation......................................Unit: m³

This item shall apply to hand excavation ordered by the Engineer or when the Engineer considers that, owing to circumstances, excavation by mechanical excavators is not practicable. It shall not apply to hand excavation for trimming or finishing an excavation made by mechanical means.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the additional cost of excavating by means of hand tools."

PSD 8.3.4 Importing of materials

Delete subitem (a) of 8.3.4.

PSD 8.3.6 Overhaul

Add the following:

"No overhaul shall apply to material from commercial sources or to material disposed of on sites provided by the Contractor or disposed of by other means employed by the Contractor."

PSD 8.3.8 Existing services

PSD 8.3.8.1 Location

Replace item 8.3.8.1 with the following:

"8.3.8.1 Hand excavation for locating and exposing existing services:

(a) In roadways .................................................................................................. Unit: m³

(b) In all other areas .......................................................................................... Unit: m³

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material excavated, measured in place according to the authorised or actual dimensions of the excavation, whichever is the lesser.

The tendered rates shall cover the cost of excavating in all materials by means of hand tools within authorised dimensions and at locations approved by the Engineer in accordance with the requirements of subclause PSA 5.4.1 for all precautionary measures necessary to protect the services from damage during excavation and backfilling, and for subsequent backfilling and compacting. Compaction of material in all areas except in roadways shall be to 90% of the modified AASHTO density.

The tendered rate for hand excavation in roadways shall include compensation for compacting excavated or selected backfill material to 93% of modified AASHTO density. Reinstating layer works and surfacing shall be measured and paid for in terms of SANS 1200 DB.

129



DESCRIPTION:

119

The tendered rates shall also include for keeping excavations safe, for dealing with surface and subsurface water, for removing surplus excavated material from the site, for transporting all material within the free-haul distance, and for supplying adequate supervision during both excavation and backfilling operations. Overhaul, if applicable, will be measured and paid for in terms of SANS 1200 DB."

PSD 8.3.10 Top soiling

Change the unit to "m³" and replace the contents of this item with the following:

"The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre and the quantity shall be calculated from the authorised dimensions.

The tendered rate shall include loading of the topsoil from stockpiles, transporting it for the free-haul distance, and off-loading, spreading, shaping and lightly compacting the topsoil."

PSD 8.3.11 Grassing or other Vegetation Cover

Add the following after the second sentence:

"The tendered rate shall be irrespective of the number of applications required to obtain the required spread rate."

PSD 8.3.12 Road traffic signs and markings

Replace the word "Separate" in the first sentence of item 8.3.12 with the following:

"Where the Engineer requires the provision of road traffic signs and/or road markings and/or any other measures additional to those to be provided by the Contractor in accordance with subclause 5.1.6, separate …".

Add the following items in subclause 8.3:

"PSD 8.3.14 Extra over items PSD 8.3.2(a)(1) and PSD 8.3.3 for temporary stockpiling................................................................................Unit: m³

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material from necessary excavations, temporarily stockpiled by the Contractor on the instructions of the Engineer, before being used in embankments or backfill. Measurements shall be taken in place in compacted embankment or backfill as the case may be.

The tendered rate shall include for the costs, additional to those provided for in PSD 8.3.2(a)(1) and PSD 8.3.3, of off-loading, forming and maintaining the stockpile for as long as is required, reloading and transporting within the applicable free-haul distance from the stockpile.

Payments to the Contractor under this item will only be made in respect of that material stockpiled on the instructions of the Engineer (which instruction shall state specifically that payments for such stockpiling will be paid for under this item) and no payments will be made to the Contractor under this item in respect of materials stockpiled by the Contractor on his own volition, nor for materials necessarily stockpiled by the Contractor in consequence of the sequence of operations adopted by him in the course of executing the works, whether such stockpiling was avoidable or otherwise."



DESCRIPTION:

120

"PSD 8.3.15 Extra over items PSD 8.3.2(b) and PSD 8.3.3 for disposing of spoil material on a site provided by the Contractor ..............................Unit: m³

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre measured in accordance with subclause 8.2 of SANS 1200 D of surplus and/or unsuitable material disposed of, on the instruction of the Engineer, at a spoil site or spoil sites provided by the Contractor.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the additional cost of providing a spoil site or other means of disposing of surplus spoil material, for transporting the material regardless of the distance involved, for acceptance charges for such material and for all other incidental costs to dispose of the spoil material."

"PSD 8.3.16 Temporary works: Control ground water inflow and ground water level around structures ……………………………. Unit: Sum

Where this item is provided in the Bill, the tendered rate shall include all cost associated to keep the excavations dry, and the groundwater table low to prevent the structure from floating for the duration of the Contract. A drainage system form part of the construction scope and could be utilised to assist. In general, the drainage system drains to a sump which shall be pumped down when the structure is a



DESCRIPTION:

121

PSDB: EARTHWORKS (PIPE TRENCHES)

PSDB 3 MATERIALS

PSDB 3.1 Classes of excavation


"The excavation of material for the purpose of measurement and payment will not be classified as intermediate excavation nor as boulder excavation Class A or Class B. Soft excavation will hold to include any material classified in Sub-clause 3.1.2 as intermediate excavation, or boulder excavation as Classes A or B.

The now combined soft excavation will be excavation in material that can be ripped and efficiently be removed or loaded with the following plant.

3.) bulldozer of mass approximately 35 tonne fitted with a single tine rip-per suitable for heavy ripping, and of flywheel power approximately 220 kW, or

4.) a track type excavator of mass approximately 32 tonne and of flywheel power approximately 200 kW."

PSDB 3.5 BACKFILL MATERIALS

Add the following paragraphs to subclause 3.5:

"(c) Cement-stabilized backfilling

Backfilling shall, where directed by the Engineer, be stabilized with 5% cement. The aggregate shall consist of approved soil or gravel containing stones not bigger than 38 mm and with a plasticity index not exceeding 10.

The soil or gravel shall be mixed with 5% cement and shall be compacted in layers of 100 mm thick to 90% of modified AASHTO density.

(d) Soilcrete backfilling

The aggregate for soilcrete shall be mixed with 5% cement and shall consist of approved soil or gravel containing stones not bigger than 38 mm and with a plasticity index not exceeding 10.

The soil or gravel shall be mixed in a concrete mixer with the cement and enough water to acquire a consistency that allows the mixture to be placed with vibrators to fill all voids between the pipe and the sides of the trench. Shuttering shall be used where necessary."

PSDB 3.7 SELECTION

Replace the words "if he so wishes" in the first line of the second paragraph with the words "at his own cost".



DESCRIPTION:

122

PSDB 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSDB 5.1 PRECAUTIONS

PSDB 5.1.3 Accommodation of traffic and access to properties

Replace the semicolon and the word "and" at the end of subclause 5.1.3(a) with a full stop and replace item (b) with the following:

"(b) Where necessary to achieve compliance by the Contractor with his obligations in terms of subclause C3.4.2.5(f) Scope of Works to provide and maintain pedestrian and vehicular access to properties affected by the works, the Contractor shall construct and maintain to the satisfaction of the Engineer, such temporary access roads around, and/or steel or timber bridges over excavations in roads, pavements, entrances or accesses to properties.

Temporary pedestrian access bridges shall be at least 1,2 m wide and temporary access bridges for vehicles shall be at least 3,6 m wide. All temporary access bridges shall be fitted with handrails as well as protective mesh fencing on both sides.

On completion of the work, the Contractor shall dismantle and remove all such temporary constructions and reinstate these areas to their former condition.

Except only where the Engineer has included in the Schedule of Quantities, particular payment items specifically therefor, the Contractor will not be paid directly for the construction and maintenance of temporary access roads and/or the provision and maintenance of bridges as aforementioned, and the costs thereof shall be deemed included in the Contractor’s tendered rates for excavation."

Add the following new subclause to subclause 5.1:

"PSDB 5.1.5 Removal of existing pipelines

Where existing pipes have to be removed, they shall be carefully opened up by machine excavation to 300 mm above the pipes after which the whole pipe shall be fully exposed by means of hand excavation. The excavation width shall comply with subclause 8.2.3.

The pipes shall be removed from the trench in a manner approved by the Engineer, and brought to the surface for inspection by the Engineer.

Pipes that are declared suitable for reuse and pipes declared unfit for reuse shall be dealt with in an applicable manner described in the specifications, or on the Drawings or on the Engineer’s instructions, as relevant."

PSDB 5.2 MINIMUM BASE WIDTHS

Replace paragraph (a) with the following:

"Where two pipes are placed in the same trench, they shall be 300 mm apart or as indicated on the Drawings and the specified side allowance shall still be applicable."

Add the following after paragraph (b):

"The above is not applicable to trenches for subsurface drains.



DESCRIPTION:

123

Trenches for subsurface drains shall be excavated to the dimensions and gradients shown on the Drawings or directed by the Engineer.

The specified width of trenches and the width of the excavation measured for payment shall not be less than 0,5 m, but the Contractor may reduce the actual width with the Engineer's permission."

PSDB 5.4 EXCAVATION

Add the following:

"Except where otherwise specified, trenches shall be of such a depth that the minimum cover over the pipes shall be 700 mm except at road-crossings where the minimum cover shall be 1 000 mm."

PSDB 5.6 BACKFILL

PSDB 5.6.3 Disposal of soft excavation material

Replace the words "unless otherwise required in the project specification." at the end of subclause 5.6.3 with:

"… or to spoil in accordance with the requirements of subclause PSD 5.2.2.3, as instructed by the Engineer."

"PSDB 5.6.9 Backfilling around structures

Backfilling around a structure shall not be commenced before it has been approved by the Engineer.

Granular material shall be used as backfill material around structures as shown on the drawings and shall be placed in layers not exceeding 150 mm compacted thickness, each layer being thoroughly compacted to 100% of modified AASHTO density as instructed by the Engineer before the succeeding layer is placed. Unsuitable or surplus excavated material shall be spoiled off site."

PSDB 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PSDB

8.1 BASIC PRINCIPLES

Add the following:

"PSDB 8.1.2 In the road prism or building platform the ground surface from which depth will be measured will always (irrespective of operation sequenced) be the road bed level at centre-line."

PSDB 8.2


"PSDB 8.2.3 Wherever volumetric measurement is required, the volume will be computed according to the depths indicated on the drawings, or to the bottom of the specified bedding cradle, whichever is the greater, and the width determined from the applicable side allowance set out below, plus the nominal width of the pipe. Side allowance shall be measured from the outside of the pipe. No allowance shall be made for the extra thickness of the collars or couplings.



DESCRIPTION:

124

All Pipes Excluding Ducts

Nominal Diameter, mm Side clearance on each side, mm

From To

0 125 200

125 700 300

700 1000 400

1000 2000 500

2000 - 600

The side allowance for ducts shall be 150 mm and there shall be 300 mm between a Telkom duct and any other duct/service placed in the same trench.

Where two or more pipes/ducts are to be placed in one trench, the specified base width shall be calculated as follows:

The trench width for the deeper service shall be calculated according to above specifications. The effective trench width for the shallower service shall then be the difference between its specified base width and the overlap with the trench of the deeper service.

The trench width for subsurface drains shall be as shown on the drawings."

PSDB 8.3 SCHEDULED ITEMS

PSDB 8.3.2 Excavation

(a) Excavate in all materials, for trenches, backfill compact and dispose of surplus material

Replace "of 1,0 m" in the first sentence of 8.3.2(a) with:

"as specified in the Schedule of Quantities."

(b) Extra over item (a) above for:

Add the following at the end of the existing subitem 2:

"No payments will be made under subitems (1) and (2) in respect of any materials measured and paid for under subitem 3 below."

And add the following new subitems in 8.3.2(b):

"(3) Hand excavation where ordered by the Engineer in:

(a) Soft material ............................................................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

(b) Intermediate material ..............................................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

(c) Hard material ...........................................................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material, measured in place according to the authorised dimensions, which was excavated by hand on the specific prior written instructions of the



DESCRIPTION:

125

Engineer; provided always that the Engineer’s said instruction shall have stated that measurement and payment for such hand excavation will be in accordance with this item.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the additional cost, effort and time resulting from excavating in the respective materials using hand methods only.

The Engineer shall not be obliged to authorise payment under this item in respect of any hand excavation carried out (whether ordered in writing or otherwise), which hand excavation was in any case necessary to achieve compliance by the Contractor with his obligations under the Contract to

(i) utilise construction appropriate to the nature of the specific parts of the works; and/or

(ii) protect existing structures and/or services; and/or

(iii) comply with all prevailing legislation and regulations.

(4) Backfill stabilized with 5% cement where directed by the Engineer .......................................................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of backfill material, measured in place after compaction according to the authorised dimensions, which was stabilized on the Engineer’s instructions in accordance with subclause PSDB 3.5(c).

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for supplying the cement and for selecting, mixing, backfilling and compacting the stabilized material to 90% of modified AASHTO density.

(5) Soilcrete backfill where directed by the Engineer ...................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of soilcrete placed on the Engineer’s instructions in accordance with subclause PSDB 3.5(d), measured in place according to the authorised dimensions.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for supplying the cement and for selecting, mixing and placing the soilcrete as well as for the cost of shuttering if required."

Add the following subitems in 8.3.2 after subitem 8.3.2(c):

"(d) Excavate in all materials for stormwater inlet and outlet structures and for manholes, catchpits, valve chambers and the like, irrespective of depth, and backfill around structures: ...............Unit: cubic metre (m³)

The unit of measurement shall be the cubic metre of material excavated, measured in place according to the authorised dimensions, and excluding the volume of material excavated and paid for under subitem (a).

The tendered rate shall include for the costs of excavating in all materials, backfilling, compacting, trimming and tidying the final surface around the structure, disposing of surplus and unsuitable materials within the free-haul distance and, where applicable, selecting and keeping separate, excavated material suitable for use as backfill.

(e) Excavate open drains in all materials ......................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for excavating in all materials within the dimensions specified or authorised by the Engineer and to the specified lines and profiles, for the disposal of



DESCRIPTION:

126

surplus and unsuitable excavated material where applicable, and in the case of item (d), for backfilling with suitable approved material compacted to 90% of modified AASHTO density around the structures.

(f) Extra over subitems (d) and (e) for excavating in:

(1) Intermediate material ..............................................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

(2) Hard rock material ...................................................................Unit: cubic metre (m³)

Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with the provisions of 8.3.2(b) of SANS 1200 D (as amended)."

PSDB 8.3.3 ......................................................................................... Excavation ancillaries

PSDB 8.3.3.3 Compaction in road reserves

Replace the heading of this subitem with the following:

"PSDB 8.3.3.3 .........................................................................Compaction in road crossings"

Replace the sentence, "The volume will be measured as specified in 8.2.2, 8.2.3 and 8.3.3.1", with the following:

"To determine the volume in the case of gravel roads, the depth will be measured from the underside of the gravel wearing course to the top of the fill blanket, and in the case of bitumen roads, from the underside of the subbase to the top of the fill blanket.

The rest of the trench shall be backfilled as specified in clauses 5.9.3, 5.9.4 and 5.9.5, as applicable, and payment will be made under item 8.3.6.1."

PSDB 8.3.3.4 Overhaul

Replace the contents of this item with the following:

"Measurement and payment shall be in accordance with subclause PSD 5.2.5."

PSDB 8.3.7 ................................................................................... Accommodation of traffic

Replace the heading and contents of item 8.3.7 with the following:

PSDB 8.3.7 "Accommodation of traffic .................................................................. Unit: sum

The tendered sum shall, (except where particular items are scheduled to cover particular costs) include full compensation for compliance with the requirements of 5.1.3 of SANS 1200 DB (as amended), including the construction and maintenance of bypasses and the use of existing roads as bypasses during the construction period.

It shall also include full compensation: for the provision, maintenance and removal of all traffic control measures, including temporary traffic signs, road markings, lighting, barricading, flagmen and, where necessary, communications equipment to regulate traffic; for the construction of temporary drainage works; for the maintenance of drainage works; and for arrangements for moving and subsequently reinstating services for the purposes of accommodating traffic, attending to traffic



DESCRIPTION:

127

problems and complying with the requirements of the Road Traffic Ordinance and the relevant local authorities.

The tendered lump sum shall not be adjusted in the event of any extension of time for completion being granted by the Engineer in accordance with Clause 5.12 (GCC 2015) of the Conditions of Contract*.

Payment shall be made in equal monthly instalments over the entire period allowed for completion, provided that where any extension of time for completion is granted, the amount which shall be payable under this item in any subsequent monthly payment certificate shall be the outstanding unpaid amount of the lump sum, divided by the number of months remaining until the due completion date of the Contract, as revised in accordance with the Conditions of Contract."



DESCRIPTION:

128

PSDK: GABIONS AND PITCHING

PSDK 3 MATERIALS

PSDK 3.2.1......................................................................................................................... Stone

Replace the contents of table 2 with the following:

"TABLE 2: SIZE AND MASS OF INDIVIDUAL STONES FOR PITCHING

1 2 3 4

Size/mass of pitching Thickness of pitching mm,

min

Least dimension mm,

min

Mass kg, min

Extra heavy

Heavy Medium

Light

600

400

300

200

300

190

150

110

180

50

27

11

"

PSDK 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSDK 5.3.3...................................................................................................... Grouted pitching

Replace the words "(table 4)" in the second line of the first paragraph with "(table)”



DESCRIPTION:

129

PSG CONCRETE (STRUCTURAL)

PSG 3 MATERIALS

PSG 3.2 CEMENT

PSG 3.2.2 Alternative types of cement


"Only CEM I 42,5 (Portland cement) or CEM II/A-V 42,5 (Portland fly ash cement) according to (SANS 50197-1), may be used. The cement may not consist of more than 20% siliceous fly ash blended with the OPC (Ordinary Portland Cement). Should the Contractor wish to use any other type of cement, he shall obtain the Engineer's prior written approval (see 8.1.3.2 and 8.1.3.3)."

PSG 3.2.3 Storage of cement

Add the following:

"Cement shall not be stored for longer than 12 weeks without the Engineer's permission."

PSG 4.5 FORMWORK

PSG 4.5.1 Design

Add the following:

"All formwork or scaffolding required for any part of the works shall be designed by the Contractor, and before commencing with the erection of any formwork or scaffolding, the Contractor shall submit the methods he proposes to use to the Engineer for approval. The Engineer has the authority to order alterations to the design or the sizes of any part of the formwork or scaffolding. The Contractor shall check the safety and suitability of all such alterations. The fact that the Engineer has approved or altered any part of the formwork of scaffolding shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor of his responsibility with regard to the strength and stability of the formwork or scaffolding."

PSG 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSG 5.1 REINFORCEMENT

PSG 5.1.2 Fixing

Add the following:

"The Engineer will inspect the reinforcing after it has been fixed in place, the formwork has been cleaned, cover blocks have been positioned, and before concreting commences.

Welding of reinforcing steel will not be permitted."

PSG 5.1.3 Cover

Add the following:



DESCRIPTION:

130

"The distance between pipes in the concrete and the reinforcing steel shall nowhere be less than 40 mm or 5 mm plus the maximum size of the coarse aggregate, whichever is the largest, unless otherwise specified on the drawings."

PSG 5.2 FORMWORK

PSG 5.2.1 Classification of finishes

(c) Special

Add the following:

"This finish is obtained by first giving the surface a smooth finish with the joints between formwork panels forming an approved regular pattern suitable for the appearance of the structure. All projections shall then be removed, irregularities repaired and the surface rubbed or otherwise treated until it is smooth with an even texture, appearance and colour.

If the finish of exposed surfaces does not comply with the requirements for uniformity of the texture and appearance, the Contractor shall, when instructed to do so by the Engineer, rub down the exposed surfaces of the entire structure or any part thereof as specified below, entirely at his own cost. All repairs must be completed before the rubbing commences.

The surface shall be saturated with water for at least one hour. The initial rubbing of the face shall be carried out with a medium course carborundum stone together with a small amount of mortar of the same cement/sand ratio as the concrete being repaired. Rubbing shall continue until all form marks, projections and irregularities have been removed and a uniform surface has been obtained. The paste produced by the rubbing shall be kept in place. The final rubbing shall be carried out with a fine carborundum stone and water. This rubbing shall continue until the entire surface has a smooth, even texture and is uniform in colour. The surface shall subsequently be washed with a brush to remove surplus paste and powder."

PSG 5.2.2 Preparation for formwork

Add the following:

"Construction joints shall be positioned as shown on the drawings."

PSG 5.2.5 Removal of formwork

Add the following subclause:

"PSG 5.2.5.7 The Contractor shall make provision for the continued support of beams and slabs while the formwork is being removed and/or for back propping of beams and slabs."

PSG 5.3 HOLES, CHASES AND FIXING BLOCKS

Add the following:

"Cover blocks for reinforcing and fixtures may be placed into the concrete provided that neither the strength nor any other desirable characteristic (such as the appearance) of the concrete section is affected or impaired in the opinion of the Engineer.



DESCRIPTION:

131

The holes or cavities left by ferrule heads in the concrete of water-retaining structures shall be filled with an approved non-shrink grout applied strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications."

PSG 5.4 PIPES AND CONDUITS

Add the following:

"All pipes passing through concrete floors, walls or slabs shall be cast into a concrete member simultaneously with the casting of the member. Openings for pipes shall only be left in concrete members when so directed by the Engineer or when shown on the drawings. Pipes shall be installed in such openings according to the details shown on the drawings.

If water tightness is a requirement where pipes are cast into walls, floors and slabs, the Contractor shall ensure water tightness where smooth-surfaced pipes are used by using an approved method such as tape wrapping the pipes prior to casting in. The cost of such method will be deemed to be included in the rates tendered for item PSG 8.14."

PSG 5.5 CONCRETE

PSG 5.5.1 Quality

PSG 5.5.1.5 Durability

The exposure conditions of the concrete are classified as "severe".

PSG 5.5.3 Mixing

PSG 5.5.3.2 Ready-mixed concrete

Add the following:

"Ready-mixed concrete may be used on the Site. The Contractor shall take samples for testing from every load delivered to the Site."

PSG 5.5.5 Placing

Add the following:

"Concreting of the wall between horizontal construction joints shall be carried out in both directions from a point on the wall in order to close the gap with fresh concrete."

PSG 5.5.7 Construction joints

Add the following:

"Horizontal construction joints are permitted in structure walls in positions indicated on the drawings or approved by the Engineer. Vertical construction joints in the walls are subject to the written approval of the Engineer and the cost of all such vertical or horizontal construction joints will be deemed to be included in the rates for cast-in-situ concrete. This also applies to the preparation of concrete to form construction joints in flume walls as specified on the drawings.



DESCRIPTION:

132

The construction joints in water-retaining structures shall be made strictly in accordance with the details shown on the drawings. The joints between screeds and concrete floors shall be regarded as construction joints and the surface of the floor shall be prepared as described for construction joints.

Should the Contractor's method of construction necessitate the placing of a construction or other joint in a position not shown on the drawings, such method of construction and position of the joint shall be approved by the Engineer in writing. The cost of such joint shall be included in the tendered rates and shall include scabbling of the concrete where steel reinforcement is continuous.

The walls shall be cast in lifts of a height that permits each lift to be poured without interruption in one continuous operation during normal working hours.

It is the Contractor's responsibility to ensure that construction joints are watertight. The Contractor's proposed method for ensuring the water tightness of such joints shall be submitted to the Engineer for his approval.

For construction joints at kickers all additional costs for concrete, preparation, etc will be deemed to be included in the rates tendered for concrete in walls or sides and kicker joints or construction joints will not be measured separately."

PSG 5.5.8 Curing and protection

Add the following:

"The curing methods of retaining the formwork in place or covering with a waterproof membrane are strongly recommended. Concrete will not be paid for unless properly cured and proof of curing is continuously visible on site."

PSG 5.5.10 Concrete surfaces

Add the following subclauses:

"5.5.10.4 Where the surfaces of the concrete are to be additionally hardened or protected, the positions of such surfaces and the method to be used will be shown on the drawings and will be scheduled. Materials or products with a ferrous content will not be allowed.

PSG 5.5.18 Soilcrete

Where soilcrete is specified for filling under floor slabs, the soilcrete shall comply with the requirements of subclause PSDB 3.5(d) of section 1200 DB as amended and shall be placed as specified in the subclause.

PSG 6 TOLERANCES

PSG 6.2 PERMISSIBLE DEVIATIONS

PSG 6.2.3 Specified permissible deviations

Add the following:



DESCRIPTION:

133

"Degree-of-accuracy II is applicable.

Every specified permissible deviation is binding in itself. The cumulative effect of permissible deviations will not be considered. The maximum permissible vertical deviation is subject to the other permissible deviations."

Replace subclause 6.2.3(d)(5) with the following:

Permissible deviation

Degree of accuracy

III II I

mm mm mm

"Vertically, per metre of height .....................................................

subject to a maximum of ............................................................. 5

50 3

30 2

10

PSG 7 TESTS

PSG 7.1 FACILITIES AND FREQUENCY OF SAMPLING

PSG 7.1.1 Facilities

Add the following:

"The Contractor shall provide sufficient storage capacity for the concrete cubes and shall arrange to have them tested by an approved laboratory.

The cost of all testing, including the cost of sampling, storage and transport of samples shall be included in the rates tendered for concrete work."

PSG 7.3 ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR STRENGTH CONCRETE

Add the following:

"Test results obtained from the supplier of ready-mixed concrete will not be accepted for evaluation in terms of subclause 7.3, but samples for testing shall be taken of such concrete at the point of placing."

PSG 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PSG 8.1 MEASUREMENT AND RATES

PSG 8.1.1 Formwork

Delete "or splays over 20 mm x 20 mm" from the first line of paragraph 8.1.1.2. Add the

following to paragraph 8.1.1.2:

"Splays up to and including 25 mm x 25 mm will not be measured separately and will be deemed to be included in the formwork costs."

Add the following paragraphs:



DESCRIPTION:

134

"8.1.1.7 For construction joints at kickers, all additional costs for formwork to edges up to 300 mm high will be deemed to be included in the rates tendered for vertical formwork to sides of walls and will not be measured separately in narrow widths.

8.1.1.8 No formwork will be measured to edges of blinding layers under structures, and the cost

thereof (if needed) will be deemed to be included in the rates tendered for concrete in blinding layers.

8.1.1.9 Back-shuttering or formwork to top revealed surfaces of sloping or conical formwork will only be measured to surfaces of over 40° and up to 85° to the horizontal.

8.1.1.10 Formwork to horizontal surfaces in pump stations, valve chambers, manholes or sumps can

either be removed through the manhole cover opening or the Contractor may use permanent formwork at his own cost as no claims in this regard will be considered."

PSG 8.1.2 Reinforcement


"The unit of measurement for steel bars shall be the ton of reinforcement in place, in accordance with the drawings or as authorised by the Engineer.

The unit of measurement for welded steel fabric shall be the kilogram of fabric reinforcement in place, and the quantity shall be calculated from the net area covered by the mesh, excluding overlaps.

Clips, ties, separators, stools and other steel used for positioning reinforcement will not be measured, unless these are shown on the bending schedules.

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the supply, delivery, cutting, bending, welding, placing and fixing of the steel reinforcement, including all tying wire, stools, supports and waste."

PSG 8.1.3 Concrete

Delete ", or the plan size of the excavation where additional excavation is provided to facilitate erection of forms" from the second line of paragraph 8.1.3.1(c).

PSG 8.5 JOINTS

Replace "Unit: m" with "Unit: m or m²".


"PSG 8.9 MISCELLANEOUS WORK OTHER THAN METALWORK... Unit: as scheduled

Separate items will be scheduled for each type of miscellaneous work. The tendered rates shall include full compensation for providing all labour, materials and equipment required to carry out the work, for all preparatory work, for constructing the work



DESCRIPTION:

135

scheduled in a workmanlike manner and for finishing off and cleaning up when the work has been completed.

PSG 8.14 CASTING IN PIPES WITH OR WITHOUT PUDDLE FLANGES

(a) Up to 300 mm nominal bore:

(i) Through (description and thickness of structural elements) ......... Unit: number

(b) Over 300 mm up to 600 mm nominal bore:

(i) Through (description and thickness of structural elements) ......... Unit: number

(c) Etc. for other nominal bores in increments of 300 mm

The unit of measurement shall be the number of each size of pipe installed.

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for installing the pipe where new pipes are used (with or without a puddle flange) in the exact position as shown on the drawings, for splitting or cutting the formwork where required, for ensuring water tightness where required and for all additional costs required to install the pipes specified or shown on the drawings.

New pipes shall be measured under the items of the relevant section of the specifications.

(b) Solvent-free abrasion-resistant coating and primer to a

minimum thickness of 3 mm on:

(i) (Description of structural element stated)............................................. Unit: m²

(ii) Etc. for other structural elements

The unit of measurement shall be the square metre of surface protected against corrosion.

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for surface preparation for supplying and applying the materials as specified, for all labour, equipment and appurtenant materials necessary to carry out the work and for all waste and cleaning up after the work has been completed.



DESCRIPTION:

136

PSHA STRUCTURAL STEELWORK (SUNDRY ITEMS)

(a) PSHA 3MATERIALS

PSHA 3.1 STRUCTURAL STEEL

Add the following:

"Where stainless steel is to be used, the grade of stainless steel shall be grade 304L."

(b) PSHA 5CONSTRUCTION

PSHA 5.2 FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY

(c) PSHA 5.2.4 Welding

The Contractor shall submit with his shop drawings full details of welding procedures. All welds shall be continuous. Unless otherwise approved no longitudinal or overhead welding shall be carried out on site. Under no circumstances will cutting and welding of grid covers and frames be permitted on site.

Welders undertaking manual welding of permanent steelwork shall be experienced and competent artisans.

PSHA 5.2.6 Handrails

Add the following:

"Handrail stanchions shall be spaced at 1 300 mm centres unless otherwise indicated on the drawings or approved by the Engineer in writing. Handrails and stanchions shall be of the material as scheduled and all stanchion anchors shall be 12 mm diameter unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings."

PSHA 5.2.7 Ladder and step irons

Add the following:

"Ladders and step irons shall be galvanised mild steel with corrosion protection coatings as specified."

PSHA 5.2.8 Open grid floors

Add the following subitem:

"PSHA 5.2.8.3 All open grid floors and frames shall be galvanised mild steel with corrosion protection coatings as specified.

All open grid floor panels shall be open-ended as specified, except where bonding is specified on the Drawings. Cut outs shall be provided where indicated on the Drawings"



DESCRIPTION:

137

PSHA 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

PSHA 8.3 SCHEDULED ITEMS

PSHA 8.3.1 Structural steel (type of structure indicated)

Change “Unit: t” to “Unit: t or No".

Add the following after the last sentence:

"Alterations to existing structural steelwork will be described in the schedule and measured in number. Rates for these items shall include full compensation for all labour tools, storing, additional steelwork, reinstallation, cleaning up, grinding, etc as described in the schedule and shown on the drawings."

PSHA 8.3.2 Handrails

Replace subitem (c)(3) with the following:

"(c)(3) Extra over rails for bends, end closures and accessories:

(i) (Description of item stated) .................................................................. Unit: No.

(ii) Etc for other descriptions"

PSHA 8.3.3 Ladders, complete and installed (Drawing number or type and length stated)

Replace this item with the following:

"PSHA 8.3.3 Ladders, complete and installed (Drawing number or type and length stated)

Separate items will be scheduled for ladders of different materials, dimensions and height.............................................................. Unit: No.

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for the cost of supplying the specified or scheduled ladders complete, including welding where applicable."

PSHA 8.3.4 Flooring, complete and installed with frames (Drawing number stated)


PSHA 8.3.4 Flooring, complete and installed with frames:

(a) Open grid floors .................................................................................... Unit: m²

(b) Floor-plate floors............................................................................. Unit: m² or t

(c) Frames and kerbs for flooring ................................................................ Unit: m

Separate items will be scheduled for grid floors, floor-plate floors, frames and kerbs of different materials, dimensions, weight and different methods of fixing.



DESCRIPTION:

138

The tendered rates shall include full compensation for the cost of supplying the specified or scheduled types of flooring, frames or kerbing complete, including welding where applicable."

PSHA 8.3.6 Corrosion protection


"PSHA 8.3.6 Corrosion protection ....................................................................... Unit: Sum

Separate items will be scheduled for different systems of corrosion protection. Separate subitems will also be scheduled for different elements to be coated/protected.

The tendered sums shall include full compensation for all material, preparation, etc, related to the specified corrosion protection system in accordance with the Particular Specification PQ." (d)

PSL: MEDIUM-PRESSURE PIPELINES

PSL 2 INTERPRETATIONS

PSL 2.1 REFERENCES

PSL 2.1.2 Supporting specifications

ADD THE FOLLOWING PARTICULAR SPECIFICATIONS AFTER (g):

h) Directional Drilling

i) General Mechanical Requirements

j) Operation and Maintenance Manuals

k) General Corrosion Protection for Pipelines, Water and Waste Water Works

l) Design and Manufacture of Medium-Pressure Steel Specials

m) Laying and Jointing of Medium-Pressure Steel Pipes and Specials

n) Valves for Water and Wastewater Installations

o) Corrosion Protection for Valves

p) Air Valves for Air Release and Vacuum Break on Pipelines

q) Water Meters for Pipelines, Water and Waste Water Works

The above Particular Specifications shall take precedence over any other Specification for the Project."



DESCRIPTION:

139

PSL 3 MATERIAL

PSL 3.1 GENERAL

Add the following paragraphs:

"Each type of pipe delivered to the Site shall be of a standard length corresponding to the standard lengths offered by the pipe manufacturer in his catalogue, with a maximum permissible variation in length of ± 2%.

A pipe that is shorter or longer than the defined standard will be rejected by the Engineer, except when such non-standard lengths are required in terms of the Contract and have been specifically manufactured or cut as such by the pipe manufacturer or supplier."

PSL 3.7 OTHER TYPES OF PIPES

PSL 3.7.1 mPVC pipes

Add the following:

"Pipes used shall be class 16 pipes and shall comply with SANS 966 Part 2."

PSL 3.7.2 Polyethylene pipes


"Polyethylene pipes shall be HDPE type IV pipes with compression fittings and shall comply with SANS ISO 4427 PE 100, PN 16 or as scheduled."

PSL 3.9 CORROSION PROTECTION

PSL 3.9.2 Steel pipes

PSL 3.9.2.1 Steel pipes of nominal bore up to 150 mm

Add the following:

"Steel pipes shall be galvanized where shown on the Drawings."

PSL 3.9.2.2 Steel pipes of nominal bore over 150 mm

Add the following:

"Steel pipes shall be hot-dip galvanized where shown on the Drawings and as specified in sub- subclause 3.9.2.1."

PSL 3.9.6 Corrosive soil

Add the following:

"Where shown on the Drawings, steel pipes in contact with corrosive soil shall be wrapped with Densopol 80 HT or an equivalent approved product, strictly in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions."



DESCRIPTION:

140

PSL 3.10 VALVES


"Valves shall comply with the following requirements:

(a) They shall close clockwise and shall have a non-rising spindle and handwheel.

(b) They shall be class 16 valves complying with SANS 664.

(c) They shall comply with the requirements of SANS 1123 table 1600.

PSL 5 CONSTRUCTION

PSL 5.6 VALVE AND HYDRANT CHAMBERS

PSL 5.6.1 General

Replace the words "drawing L-1" in the second line with "the Drawings".

PSL 5.6.2 Construction of chambers

Replace the words "drawing L-1, L-2 and L-3" in the fourth line with "the Drawings".

Add the following subclauses:

"PSL 5.11 STANDPIPES

Standpipes shall be erected in the positions and to the details shown on the Drawings.

PSL 5.12 MARKER BLOCKS

Type 1 and Type 2 marker blocks shall be manufactured and positioned as shown on the Drawings.

PSL 5.13 PIPELINE ROUTE MARKERS

Route markers for the various water pipelines shall be erected in the positions and shall be manufactured according to the details shown on the Drawings.

PSL 7 TESTING

PSL 7.3 STANDARD HYDRAULIC PIPE TEST

PSL 7.3.1 Test pressure and time of test

PSL 7.3.1.2The maximum working pressure for the different pipes is indicated by the class of the pipe.

PSL 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PSL

8.2 SCHEDULED ITEMS

PSL 8.2.11 Anchor blocks/Thrust blocks and pedestals



DESCRIPTION:

141

Insert "concrete" before "and" in the last line of the last paragraph. Add the

following:

"The tendered rates shall also include the wrapping of uPVC pipes and fittings with Densopol 80 or a similar approved material where the pipes and fittings come into contact with concrete."


"PSL 8.2.16 ............................................................................................. Standpipes complete:

(a) (Give description with reference to drawing)..........................................Unit: number

(b) Etc. for other descriptions

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all excavations for the pipe, for the drain, if required; the base of the concrete pedestal (for the tap); the supply and installation of all pipework and fittings including a 1,2 m long section of the supply pipe measured from the rising pipe; the supply and installation of the taps; backfilling the drain with stone, and the trench with approved backfill material; all formwork and concrete, and; all equipment, labour and diverse material required to complete the standpipe as shown on the Drawings.

PSL 8.2.17 Marker blocks:

(a) (Give description with reference to drawing)..........................................Unit: number

(b) Etc. for other descriptions

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for all excavation and backfill, labour, equipment and materials to manufacture and install the blocks as shown on the Drawings.

PSL 8.2.18 Connection to existing main supply pipe .........................................Unit: number

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for the cost of excavation, connection to existing supply pipe, removal of surplus material, all labour and equipment necessary to make the connection and all liaison with the local authorities."



DESCRIPTION:

142

PSLB: BEDDING (PIPES) PSLB

3 MATERIALS

PSLB 3.1 SELECTED GRANULAR MATERIAL


"Selected granular material shall be material of granular nature, with less than 35% fines, that is singularly graded between 0,6 mm and 13 mm and is free draining."

"Selected granular material shall have a PI not exceeding 6 and shall be free from sharp-edged particles exceeding 19 mm."

PSLB 3.2 SELECTED FILL MATERIAL


"Selected fill material shall be material of granular nature, with less than 35% fines, that is free from vegetation, free from lumps and free from stones > 30 mm."

PSLB 3.3 BEDDING

Add the following:

"mPVC and HDPE pipes are deemed to be flexible pipes for the purposes of this subclause."

PSLB 3.4 SELECTION

PSLB 3.4.1Suitable material available from trench excavation

Replace the words "(but is not required)" in the fifth line with the words "(at his own cost)".

PSLB 8 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT PSLB

8.1 PRINCIPLES

PSLB 8.1.5Disposal of displaced material


"Material displaced by the pipeline and by imported material from sources other than trench excavation, shall be disposed of at an approved site furnished by the Contractor. No haulage is payable for such material."

PSLB 8.1.6Free-haul

Delete the words "of 0,5 km" in the first line of this subclause.



DESCRIPTION:

143

PSLB 8.2 SCHEDULED ITEMS

PSLB 8.2.2Supply only of bedding by importation

PSLB 8.2.2.2 From borrow pits

Delete the words in brackets in the first four lines. Add the

following:

"The opening up of borrow pits and the removal of overburden are paid for under item 8.3.4 of SANS 1200 D."

Add the following item:

"PSLB 8.2.6 Extra over items 8.2.1 and 8.2.2 for bedding stabilized with 5% cement...................................................................... Unit: cubic metre (m³)

The tendered rate shall include full compensation for selecting, mixing, backfilling and compacting the stabilized material to 90% of modified AASHTO density.”

PSLD SEWERS

SANS 1200 LD Sewers is amended as follows:

PSLD 3.5 MANHOLES, CHAMBERS, ETC

PSLD 3.5.2 Precast concrete sections

Add the following:

"Sectional spun-concrete cylinders shall be manufactured from dolomitic aggregate."

“Joints will be sealed with an approved sealant and tape”. The Contractor shall submit details during the construction phase.

PSLD 3.5.7 Step Irons

Delete the contents of this sub-clause and substitute with the following:

"Step irons shall be of the copolymer polypropylene type with a 12 mm dia. high tensile steel reinforced core and shall be of length suitable for fixing in brick, precast concrete or reinforced fiber cement as applicable."

PSLD 5.11 BACKFILLING AROUND MANHOLES

Add the above sub-clauses as follows:

Material used to backfill around manholes that fall within the road reserve must comply with SABS 1200 / SANS 1200 LB sub-clause 3.1. Material used to backfill around other manholes must comply with SABS 1200 / SANS 1200 DB sub-clause 3.5.



DESCRIPTION:

144

Material adjacent to the walls of the manholes must be watered and mixed to its optimum moisture content, and compacted in layers not exceeding 150 mm in the compacted state. Compaction must be minimum 100% modified AASHTO for non-cohesive material, and minimum 93% of modified AASHTO density for cohesive materials.

Backfilling around the structure must be carried out in even layers to avoid uneven side forces."

PSLD 7.1 GENERAL

PSLD 7.1.6 Water tightness of Manholes

Replace “one of the following” with “one or all of the following”

PSLD 7.2 TESTS AND ACCEPTANCE/REJECTION CRITERIA

PSLD 7.2.6 Water tightness of Manholes

Add the following:

"Manholes will be inspected at the end of the first rain after completion. No ingress of groundwater into the manhole will be allowed.

Should any manhole fail to pass the inspection to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the fault or faults shall be made good by the Contractor at his own expense according to methods approved by the Engineer and the work shall be inspected again. The cost of all extra work and inspection shall be borne by the Contractor."

PSLD 8.2 SCHEDULED ITEMS

PSLD 8.2.6 Erf Connections

Replace the contents of the two paragraphs with the following:

"(a) Connections to sewer ........................................................................ Unit: No.

Separate items will be listed for connections measured at different depths. The depth will be that of the main sewer at the point of connection. The size, type, class and treatment of the junction and bend shall be the same as for the connection pipe.

The rate shall cover the cost for excavation in all materials, bedding and backfilling (including importation of suitable material if required), disposal of surplus, supply and installation of a junction with erf connection entering the main sewer line flush with the soffit of the main sewer, 45 °C bend and the end cap complete.



DESCRIPTION:

145

C3.4.2.2: MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

2.1 General

In this document where the term “Main Contractor”, Building Contractor”, “Builder” or “Sub- Contractor” is used, it shall mean the Contractor appointed in terms of this document.

2. 2 Applicable documents and Drawings

The supply and installation of the mechanical systems are subject to the following documents forming part of this specification:

1. Part T1 - Tender Procedure

2. Part T2 - Returnable documents

3. Part C1 - Contract data

4. Part C2 - Scope of Work

5. Part C3 - Pricing Schedule

6. Part C4 - Drawing schedule

7. The Occupational Health and Safety Act, Act No. 85 of 1993.

8. The latest issue of SABS 1091: “national colour standards for paint”.

9. SABS 044 1963 as amended, Welding parts I-VII.

10. SABS 1S0 9000 to 4, Quality Management and Quality Assurance Standards.

11. The Department’s Standard Specification for the Electrical Equipment and Installation for Mechanical

Services, as amended.

12. The Contractor shall note that all relevant clauses of all applicable standard specifications not specifically

mentioned herein, shall also apply.

13. All specifications as listed in Part IV

14. SABS 0238: Welding and thermal cutting processes – Health and safety.

2.3 Scope of Contract

The work to be carried out includes the upgrading of the new purification plant, sizing new pumps for water pump station and new sewer pump stations as well as making the screens for the sewer stations.

.

Repair, replace and supply

his part of the specification shall be considered supplementary to the standard specifications as All information in t described in Part 1 of this document, and shall be read as forming part of same.



DESCRIPTION:

146

2.4 Design condition and parameters

(a) Ambient Conditions

Equipment should operate normally and deliver the specified capacities at the following ambient conditions:

1.1 Altitude .......................................: ± 1337 m

1.2 Summer Ambient .......................: 33°Cdb and 20°Cwb

1.3 Winter Ambient ..........................: -1.0 °Cdb and -1.61°Cwb

(b) The power supply on site shall be a three-phase/single phase supply, with nominal voltage of 400 / 230 V – 50

Hz.

2.5. General requirements

(a) Site Supervision by Subcontractor

The Subcontractor is responsible for supervision on this contract. A complete CV of the person responsible for the site supervision shall be submitted to the Engineer. The Engineer may require an interview with the proposed supervisor. The final choice of the supervisor shall not in any way alter the final tender amount on this subcontract. The Subcontractor shall replace the supervisor at his own cost if the aforementioned supervisor is unable to perform his duties satisfactorily. The submission of the supervisor’s CV is required only after the Subcontractor has been appointed.

(b) Standard Specifications

Refer to Part 1. The mechanical installations as described in this document shall conform to all the standard and SABS specifications as listed in Part 1.

2.6 Submissions by Subcontractor

(i) Submissions with Regards to Equipment

(ii) The Subcontractor should take note that all equipment selections approved (or not rejected) by the

Engineer shall not free the Subcontractor to comply with the specification.

(iii) The following information with regards to equipment selections shall be submitted to the Engineer:

Manufacture, name and model

Motor capacity

Power consumption

Diagrams, tables, and graphs to explain the functioning of equipment, where applicable



DESCRIPTION:

147

Applicable pamphlets or catalogue information

Name and address of manufacturer and/or distributor

Number of years that equipment is available in RSA

Any other relevant information required by the Engineer.

(iv) The above submissions are required after appointment of the Subcontractor and in accordance with

the requirements of the main contract programme. The following submissions are required:

indicated equipment by the Engineer

(v) (v) Marked-up Drawings

The subcontractor shall submit three copies of the builder’s work drawings and three copies of the workshop drawings to the engineer for approval before installation can commence. The workshop drawings shall consist of the following:

Equipment layout and sections including layout and sections where applicable

Piping layout and sections and piping schematic drawings

Electrical wiring and control circuits

Builders work drawings

Installations and Replacements of the Mechanical Equipment

1. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the drawings and information supplied by him, whether they have been approved by the Engineer or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors and omissions are not due to incorrect drawings or inaccurate information furnished to the Contractor in writing by the Employer or Engineer.

2. The Contractor shall, at his own expense carry out alternations or remedial work necessitated by reason of such

discrepancies, errors or omissions for which he is responsible and modify the drawings and information accordingly, or, if the same be done by or on behalf of the Employer because of the Contractor’s failure to undertake the same, the Contractor shall bear al costs reasonably incurred therein.

3. The successful Subcontractor shall verify that provision have been made for all openings, wooden frames, sleeves,

plinths, electrical distribution boards, conduits, etc., as described above and that such openings, frames, etc. are in the correct position before any concrete casting or building work is done.

(i) The Subcontractor shall be informed at a later stage if any other samples are required.

(ii) Local Altitude

All specified capacities are based on site conditions

(iii) (iii) Performance of Systems and Equipment



DESCRIPTION:

148

The system, equipment and layout designed by the Engineer shall conform to his requirements with regard to installation and performance and in accordance with the Specification. This suggests that the performance of the equipment in the system supplied and installed by the Subcontractor, shall be in accordance with the design and performance figures as published by the manufacturers and/or suppliers. The efficiency of the design of the specified system is not the responsibility of the Subcontractor. It is, however, the responsibility of the Subcontractor to see to it that the quality of the workmanship and the installation of the equipment shall conform to the requirements of the Engineer and to the satisfaction of the supplier/manufacturer.

It is furthermore accepted that the Subcontractor has assured himself that all equipment supplied and installed under this contract, shall perform within the given limits, as stated by the supplier/manufacturer, to conform to the specification.

Protection, Cleaning, Adjustments, Commissioning, tests and Operating Maintenance Manuals

(i) The Subcontractor shall be responsible for the running of the installation, including the maintenance and

replacement of worn parts, from the start-up date until it is handed to the Owner.

(ii) The Subcontractor shall allow for 12 months of complete maintenance on the installation after the installation has been handed over to the Owner.

(iii) The Subcontractor shall explain fully, in the presence of the Engineer, the working of the system to the Owner or his representative.

Guarantee

The Subcontractor shall guarantee all material, equipment and workmanship for a period of twelve (12) months. The guarantee shall commence from the day the system is considered complete and in good working order by the Engineer, i.e. from first hand over.

The installation as a whole shall be guaranteed against faults caused by shortcomings in the design and equipment, excluding design faults by the Engineer. Normal wear and tear are also excluded from the guarantee. The guarantee shall make provision for the replacement of defective parts and fittings during the guarantee period without any cost whatsoever to the Main Contractor, Engineer and Owner. Poor workmanship shall be rectified free of charge. The Subcontractor shall cede the remaining part of the guarantee, if any, after the twelve-month guarantee period to the Owner.

The sub-contractor shall allow for extension in the guarantee of any equipment if any such equipment is not guaranteed by the supplier for twelve (12) months after the first hand over.



DESCRIPTION:

149

PARTICULAR SPECIFICATION PB: MECHANICAL INSTALLATION

PB 1 GENERAL

PB 1.1 SABS STANDARD

All materials used and the standards of workmanship employed for the execution of the Works shall comply with the appropriate SABS Standard and or Code and if they do not carry the SABS mark, the Contractor shall obtain a certificate from SABS stating that the items comply with the appropriate SABS standard.

PB 1.2 THE OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY ACT

All apparatus and material supplied and all work carried out shall comply in all respects with the “The Occupational Health and Safety Act (No 85 of 1993)” with Machinery Regulations, as amended (ACT). This particularly applies to the guarding or provision of guards for plant and apparatus as well as code of practice and approval.

PB 1.3 HOLDING DOWN BOLTS, FASTENERS AND ANCHORS

The Contractor shall supply all holding down bolts, fasteners and anchors required for all equipment to be installed.

PB 1.4 PAINTING AND MARKING

The Contractor shall mark on the piping size, purpose and direction of flow so that the correct labels can be stenciled onto each pipe.

All duct work of which the inside is visible, shall be painted with Flat Black Paint for as far back as is visible.

All exposed pipes, fans, pumps, motors, equipment and other surfaces shall be painted as specified under Section 60 of the Standard Specifications to the colours an coding laid down by the applicable sections of the “The Occupational Health and Safety Act (No 85 of 1993)” with Machinery Regulations. All metal work is to be treated for moderately corrosive environments, Clause 60.11, unless otherwise stated.

PB 1.5 PROTECTIVE LAYERS OF PIPES AND FITTINGS

Unless otherwise indicated on the Drawings or stated in the Schedule of Quantities, pipes, specials and fittings shall be protected in accordance with Clause PL 4.12 in the Particular Specifications.

PB 1.6 NAME PLATE

Provide name plates under each gauge, meter, instrument, indication pilot lamp and on each remote-control switch, motor controller and other equipment mounted on panels, indicating which equipment is controlled.

Name plates : Screwed on



DESCRIPTION:

150

Lettering : White lettering on engraved black Ivorine sandwich sheet Inscription : As required and approved by Engineer

PB 1.7 CHARTS

Furnish diagrammatic charts showing essential features of each piping system with all valves and controls. Also furnish list of all valves and controls giving location and function compiled in collaboration with the Engineer.

PB 1.8 NOISE AND VIBRATIONS

Make necessary corrections in an approved manner without additional charge for noise or vibration in excess of specified limits and for excessive transmission of noise or vibration due to faulty equipment or workmanship.

PB 1.9 GUARDS AND RAILINGS

Provide readily removable guards or railings for belt drives and rotating machinery in accordance with the requirements of the Government Inspectors.

Guards: 18 SWG steel frames

Fronts: 20 SWG galvanized perforated steel with covered tests openings for r/min readings of motor and

rotating equipment without removal of guards.

Supports: Galvanized steel angles or channels and brace to maintain clearances of belts and sheaves.

Guards to include allowance for motor adjustments.

Railings: 30mm pipe and rail fittings.

PB 1.10 MOTORS

Motors shall be built in accordance with BS or SABS except where otherwise noted. Motors shall be tested in accordance with the relevant standards of SABS or BS and shall conform thereto for insulation resistance and dielectric strength.

All motors shall be provided with adequate starting and protective equipment as specified or required and conduit terminal boxes of sizes adequate to accommodate the necessary conduits.

The capacity of the motor shall be sufficient to drive the associated device under all conditions of operation and load without overloading and power shall not be less than that indicated.

The Tenderer shall also clearly state the number of starts per hour the motors are rated at. All motors shall be rated for a minimum of six starts per hour.



DESCRIPTION:

151

All motors except those forming part of, or provided integrally with equipment, shall be of the same manufacture.

PB 1.11 TEMPORARY USE OF EQUIPMENT

No equipment intended for permanent installation shall be operated for temporary purposes without the written permission of and in complete agreement with stipulations as set forth by the Engineer.

PB 1.12 CONTRACTOR’S DRAWINGS AND DETAIL

Notwithstanding anything provided for in the NEC and GCC, the contractor shall provide fully dimensioned detailed drawings as well as details of imposed loads by the equipment which will enable the engineer to finalize the civil structure, co-operation between the contractor and the engineer is essential.

PB 1.13 PERMANENT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR ALL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIED

UNDER THE CONTRACT

The Contractor shall, at the time of delivery of all equipment supplied under the Contract, compile and provide one copy for the Engineer’s approval, drafts of the following for all the equipment provided: -

Operating instructions shall include:

Index

Pre-start check list

Step by step description of the approved procedures for all modes of operation of equipment

Description of required safety checks

Maintenance manuals shall include:

Index

Pre-start check list

Step by step description of the approved procedures for all modes of operation of equipment

Description of required safety checks

Drawings of the equipment, detailing all part numbers and materials, and, if required by the

Engineer, detailed drawings showing the complete installation.

A complete spare list.



DESCRIPTION:

152

A lubrication and maintenance schedule showing all maintenance and lubrication operations, their

recommended frequency and the grades of lubricant required.

A maintenance brochure describing all maintenance, adjustment and replacement procedures

Operating manual describing the operation of the equipment with performance curves where

applicable.

A manual detailing all dismantling and reassembly procedures

A manual detailing the maintenance procedure for the corrosion protection painting system.

The instructions shall be written for application to the particular equipment installed and shall be submitted to the Engineer in draft form for approval before being issued to the Site. “Typical” and “Generalized” instructions may be rejected as inadequate. The Contractor shall amplify and amend such drafts until the Engineer is satisfied that they will provide adequate instructions for the Employer’s staff to operate and maintain the installation. The drawings shall be up-dated for record purposes to show the installation as built. Once the drafts of all manuals, drawings, etc have been approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall prepare suitably bound copies and one sepia of each drawing and deliver them to the Engineer.

The manuals shall be drawn for up in English.

In addition to the above, the Contractor, and where necessary the suppliers of equipment, will be required to instruct the operating personnel in the proper and correct operation of the equipment installed for a maximum period of 1 working days. The timing of this training will be determined in consultation with the Employer and the Engineer.

PB 1.14 INSTALLATION OF EQUIPMENT

PB 1.14.1 General

All skilled erector shall be in charge of the work at all times and any instructions and explanations which the Engineer shall give to him shall be deemed to have given the Contractor.

The work shall be neat and workmanlike true to line and level, plumb and in proper working order.

Where any item of plant is mounted on a frame or bed plate, packers of 10mm minimum thickness machined to size shall be provided and fitted by the Contractor to ensure accurate alignment.



DESCRIPTION:

153

Where required to correct alignment, all mounted units shall be shimmed with non- corrosive metal shims. Shims must be the shape and size as the contact area of the parts and slotted so that the shims can be removed without removing the mounted bolts. All cut edges shall be without burrs. Shims with wrinkles in the material will not be permitted.

Only small lugs shall protrude after completion.

All equipment shall be properly assembled and mounted to avoid the setting up of initial stresses in the materials and to ensure perfectly free running of all moving parts.

PB 1.14.2 Safety

In particular, during erection or installation, the Contractor shall observe Regulation D16 of the Factories, Machinery and Building Work Act, 1941 (Act 22 of 1941), every opening that is accessible to the public or whereby the safety of persons may be endangered shall be:

Adequately protected by a barrier or fence of height at least 600mm and as close to the excavation as practicable, and provided with red warning lights at night.

The Contractor shall submit, in writing, the member of his staff whom he nominates as the person responsible for the observance of the Factories, Machinery and Building Work Act of 1941 (as amended) in terms of Regulations C.1, Responsible persons.

PB 1.15 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

PB 1.15.1 Testing The Contractor shall be responsible for the completed installation passing any tests specified or required by the relevant Local Authority or ACT. The Engineer will be entitled to be present at such tests and the Contractor shall give the Engineer reasonable notice of the dates of the tests. Where tests certificates are required in terms of any clause of the Specifications or ACT, such certificates shall be submitted to the Engineer immediately after the relevant tests have been completed and before the tested equipment is delivered, installed or commissioned as the case may be.

PB 1.15.2 Commissioning

The Contractor shall be responsible for commissioning the equipment which shall comprise putting it into operation, testing calibration, proper adjustment of the equipment, and thoroughly running in the whole of the installation after completion under all sections of the Contract. When all this has been carried out and, in the opinion of the Engineer, the plant is operating satisfactorily and will be considered to have been commissioned.

The plant shall be taken over by the Employer when it has been satisfactorily tested and commissioned and the maintenance period will commence unless otherwise specified in the Project Specification.



DESCRIPTION:

154

PB 1.16 SERVICING

Without limiting in any way, the obligations of responsibilities of the Contractor for maintenance, the Contractor shall make regular quarterly visits to the plant during the maintenance period to supervise the maintenance of the plant. During these visits he shall make all adjustments and do everything necessary to ensure the proper running of the plant. After each supervising visit to the Site, the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer a report on:

the condition of the equipment and the servicing work carried out, and

any adjustments which may have been made, and

any further instruction to the operator, and

the degree to which who has become conversant with the equipment

The last servicing visit shall be carried out during the last week of the maintenance period during which visit the Contractor’s representative shall carry out full checks on the equipment to ensure that the alignment, clearances and any other necessary settings are correct and he shall carry out any adjustments necessary.

The maintenance period will not terminate until the Engineer is satisfied that the Contractor has finally checked the adjusted equipment. The Final Certificate will not be issued until the last servicing visit has been carried out and a report thereon received to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

PB 1.17 TOOLS AND SPARES

As part of the equipment supplied, the Contractor shall supply all special tools or keys required for adjustment to any parts of such equipment.

The Contractor shall supply a set of standard spanners covering the full range of bolts and nuts used in the installation together with a suitable wall mounted cabinet. The Contractor shall supply such spares ordered by the Engineer.

PB 1.18 PAYMENT

Payment for particular items scheduled shall confirm to the payment clauses of the Conditions of Contract as amended by the following:

PB 1.18.1 General

The tendered rates or sums shall cover the cost of drawings and instructions and for anything not specially mentioned but obviously required, (e.g. all ancillaries, including all bolts, fastenings and brackets, safety guards and any work or material required for proper installation of such equipment, in complete working order), to enable the equipment as described to be installed and/or function safety and correctly as specified. The Completion Certificate will not be issued until the documents required in terms of PB 1.13 have been lodged with and accepted as satisfactory by the Engineer.



DESCRIPTION:

155

No claims whatever for extras will be allowed on the grounds that a necessary piece of equipment or a part thereof is not specifically mentioned in the Schedule of Quantities.

PB 1.18.2 Supply items

The tendered rates shall cover the cost of supply of the goods including metal protection if the case where it is factory applied, testing as required by the ACT, the provision of tests certificates certifying compliance of the goods with SABS, drawings and details, all special tools and keys and preparing, amending and delivering the bound copies of the operating and maintenance instructions including the cost of transport of goods.

PB 1.18.3 Installation items

The tendered rates shall cover of all necessary site-oriented activities such as handling at the Site, storing, sorting and erecting and for all metal protection where it is applied on Site, including all costs of transport of personnel and their erection gear to Site.

PB 1.18.4 Testing and commissioning items

The tendered rates shall cover the cost of testing and commissioning as specified including all costs of transport to and from Site, and Site accommodation of personnel and their gear. The cost of testing and commissioning shall be included in the rates tendered installation.

PB 1.18.5 Servicing items

Servicing will be measured as scheduled by the number of visits. The tendered rate shall include the cost of providing lubricants and the cost of servicing visits and operation as specified in Clause PB 1.16.

PB 1.18.6 Tools and spares

The cost of special tools and keys shall be covered by the tendered rate or price for the Supply Items or the relevant equipment.

Payment for spares and standard spanners and cabinet(s) will be made out of the Prime Cost Sum allowed in the Schedule of Quantities for such items. The Contractor’s profit, administration and delivery charges will be paid at the tendered percentage of the actual purchase price of the goods.

PB 1.18.7 Interim storage

Interim storage of goods on the order of the Engineer will be paid under the items allowed in the Schedule of Quantities.

Payment shall cover the cost of providing storage in the ordered or approved store, insurance, protecting, maintaining and handling the goods in and out of the said store, and labeling and packing.



DESCRIPTION:

156

PB 1.18.8 Prerequisite for Payment

Before becoming entitled to any of the above payments, the Contractor shall lodge with the Engineer a detailed invoice showing the amount claimed as well as a claim form in triplicate completed by item as scheduled in a format approved by the Engineer.

PB 2.1.2 Tests by an independent Institution

Tests by an independent institution are not required. Test at the manufacturer’s works will be acceptable. The manufacturer will be required to provide proof of the suitability of his test bed and the accurate calibration of measuring equipment.

PB 2.2.1 Raw Sewerage Pumps

The pumps will deliver raw treated effluent from the new Waste Water Treatment Works to the oxidation tank of the Nature Reserve.

PB 3.1 WORK DONE BY OTHERS

Electrical supply cables and connection will be done under the electrical scope of work. A separate provisional pay-item is provided for Independent Performance Tests. The Client may require performance testing of pump/motor units to be carried out by an independent institution such as the South African Bureau of Standards. In such instances, a separate item for performance testing will be provided in the Schedule of Quantities. The rate tendered will be per pump/motor tested and the rate will include for transporting and from the institution, off-loading, handling, etc. as well as all fees payable to the institution.

PB 3.2 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

Measurement and Payment for item PB 4 will be made as per Standard Specification under the Electrical Engineer. The specified instrumentation will be included in the rates. Switchgear and electrical cabling and connections will also be done by others.

PB 4 PB 4.1 WORK DONE BY OTHERS

Electrical supply cables and connection will be done by the Electrical (sub) Contractor. (SECTION B)

PB5 ANCILLARY PIPEWORK AND VALVE

Discharge Assembly

The discharge assembly shall be installed complete according to the details on Drawing. Pipework for the discharge assembly shall consist of flanged steel pipes. The coating of steel pipes shall be according to SABS 1200L 3.9.2.2 paragraph b(i) and the coating shall be Copon EPD 2300, applied as described in the paragraph to a minimum thickness of 150 microns.



DESCRIPTION:

157

Welding of steel pipes on site shall not be allowed without the Engineers approval and SABS 1200L 5.2.3. All flanges shall be according to SABS 1123, working pressure 2500 kPa and SABS 1200L 3.8.3. No paint will be removed from mating faces of flanges and they shall be separated with an insertion piece according to SABS 1200L and 5.2.2.

Scour Valves

Scour valves shall comply in all respects with SABS 664. Valves shall be same size; class and type of discharge assembly as shown on the Drawings and shall have non- rising spindles. Valves shall be supplied complete.

Air Valves

All air valves shall be double Orifice valves: these are required to be of the double orifice type approved by the Engineer, have a large controlled orifice for the release and admission of air at low pressure during filling or emptying the pipeline and a small lever controlled orifice for the release of air under high pressure. A screwed BSP Fullbore cock to ISO R7, may be used to isolate the air valve.

Measurement of payment

All equipment should be installed according to the relevant manufacturer’s specifications. Sizes of bases and plinths should be as prescribed by their instruction. Civil work should be constructed as per the applicable specifications.

PB6 SEWER PUMPSTATION

The sewer pump station will be constructed complete according to Drawing. All structural steelwork shall comply with SABS 1200 H and SABS 1200 HC.



DESCRIPTION:

158

C3.4.2.3: ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING PART II

STANDARD SPECIFICATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:

INDEX

Clause No.: Page No.

A1. Verification of Drawings ............................................................................................. A1

A2. Variations .................................................................................................................. A1

A3. PC Sums ................................................................................................................... A1

A4. Contingencies ............................................................................................................ A2

A5. Preliminary Work ....................................................................................................... A2

A6. Temporary Builder's Supply ....................................................................................... A2

A7. Storage and Protection .............................................................................................. A2

A8. Contract Period .......................................................................................................... A3

A9. Inspection of Site ....................................................................................................... A3

A10. Contractor's Plant ...................................................................................................... A3

A11. Satisfactory Installation ............................................................................................. A3

A12. Quality of Work ............................................... ............................................................ A3

A13. Materials and SABS Mark .......................................................................................... A4

A14. Maintenance .............................................................................................................. A4

A15. Guarantee ................................................................................................................. A4

A16. Rectification of Defects, Making of Tests and Taking of First Delivery ....................... A4 A17.

Extraordinary Demands on Engineer ......................................................................... A5

A18. Responsibility for Adjustment and Settings to Plant ................................................... A5 A19. Buildings

Work ........................................................................................................... A6

A20. Notices ...................................................................................................................... A6

A21. Provisional Sums ....................................................................................................... A6


REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER

BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR

HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

159

PART II

STANDARD SPECIFICATION - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A1. VERIFICATION All drawings and layouts shall be regarded as diagrammatic and all

OF DRAWINGS: positions and dimensions shown on drawings shall be verified on site. The Sub-Contractor shall check with the Principal Contractor before putting work in hand on any section of the work that he is in possession of the latest drawings, and should any discrepancy be found between the Sub-Contractor's drawings as issued by the Engineer and those in possession of the Principal Contractor, the matter shall be referred to the Engineer for clarification. No extra will be allowed for alterations or making good resulting from lack of verification.

A2.

VARIATIONS:

.1

Submissions and Checking: The Sub-Contractor shall submit full details of all variations, complete with prices and rates, for all completed work by not later than 21 days after completion of such work. Con-currently with details for extras the Sub- Contractor shall submit fully detailed and priced relevant omissions wherever such omissions are applicable.

.2 Cost Details: If requested by the Engineer to do so, the Sub- Contractor

shall submit for perusal or examination by the Engineer all relevant documents including invoices, costing schedules, measurements and calculations to substantiate and support any claims for variations which are not covered by exact scheduled rates and for the supply of materials or equipment or provision of any work not already included in the net tendered installation prices. Similar cost details shall be made available on request to the Engineer in assessment of omissions from the Contract. No Day works rates shall be included on the Schedule of Rates for Variations

A3.

PC SUMS:

.1

Discount: Where any Prime Cost (PC) sums are specified they will include 5% Sub-Contractor's discount.

.2 Profit: If the Tenderer requires a profit in addition to the discount stated in

A3.1 above, then he shall enter the percentage profit so required in the space provided therefore in the Form of Tender and Bill of Quantities.

.3 Expenditure: The Engineer will select such material and

equipment forming part of the PC Sums and will instruct the Sub-Contractor to purchase from any particular supplier or suppliers, and will also specify the net price at which the




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

160

material or equipment is to be purchased. The Sub-Contractor shall pay for all such material and equipment. The Engineer reserves the right to vary the quantity and type of material or equipment to be supplied, and such variations will be based on the net cost of the material and equipment subject to the percentage profit submitted by the successful tenderer in his tender.

.4 Handling, Installation and Responsibility: The Sub-Contractor shall include in his net installation price for assuming full responsibility, receiving, checking, handling, storing, protecting against damage, cleaning, assembling, installing, connecting, handing-over in working condition, and providing guarantees for any material and equipment supplied under this Clause. All such material and equipment shall become integrated into the Contract Works and the Specification and all conditions of the Contract shall apply thereto.

.5 Payment: Payment to the Sub-Contractor in respect of any materials and equipment supplied under this clause will be made in accordance with actual quantities installed on site.

A4. CONTINGENCIES:

Where a sum for contingencies is included in the Schedule of Tender Prices, expenditure out of this sum shall only be made with the authority of the Engineer. The contingency sum shall be deducted from the final amount, wherein all variations shall be fully detailed.

A5. PRELIMINARY .1 General: In the event of any work having been done or

materials or WORK: equipment installed by others prior to the appointment of the successful

tenderer to the Sub-Contractor, the Sub-Contractor shall take over all such preliminary work which shall then be deemed to be part of the Sub-Contract Works.

.2 Payment: Tenderers shall in all cases include in their tender price for the entire Sub-Contract Works as specified. The value of such preliminary work as may have been carried out will be deducted from the Sub-Contract Sum at scheduled rates. Payment for such work shall be made by the successful tenderer on instructions by the Engineer and the difference between such payment and the value of the work in accordance with the successful Tenderer's Scheduled Rates will be treated as a variation to the Sub-Contract Sum.

.3 Claims for Defective Work: The preliminary work will be deemed to have

been correctly executed in terms of the Sub- Contract documents unless the successful tenderer notifies the Engineer in writing within 30 (thirty) days from commencement of the Sub-Contract, giving full details of any




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

161

defects. No claim for extras arising out of any defective work will be considered unless these days are received within the stipulated period of 30 days.

A6. TEMPORARY Where the Principal Contractor requests the Sub-Contractor to

provide BUILDER'S Contractor to provide a temporary power supply, and any other work SUPPLY: for building operations, all such work shall fall outside the scope of this Sub-

Contractor, and the Sub-Contractor shall arrange for payment direct from the Principal Contractor.

A7. STORAGE AND The storage and safekeeping of all materials and equipment delivered

PROTECTION: to site shall be the responsibility of the Sub-Contractor until hand-over. He shall take adequate precautions to protect such materials and equipment from damage, theft and weather. The complete contract works shall be handed over in a clean and tidy state.

A8. CONTRACT PERIOD: The service will be a Direct Contract. The contract period shall

be as set out in the Preliminaries and General as inserted by the QS. First delivery must be affected within the period stated.

The contract period will commence from the date of the official notification of handing over of the site.

A9. INSPECTION Before tendering, Tenderers should visit the site and satisfy themselves

OF SITE: as to the local conditions and accessibility of the site, the full extent and nature of the operations, the supply and conditions affecting labour, carriage, carting, unloading, storage and safe custody of materials, workshop accommodation, the scaffolding, tackle and tools necessary for the proper execution of the contract generally. Claims on the grounds of Want of Knowledge in such respect or otherwise will not be entertained.

A10. CONTRACTOR'S Tenderers shall include for the supply of all scaffolding ladders,

trestles PLANT: and everything necessary for the proper performance of the Contract and

for clearing away all rubbish due to the work and for the protection of the work from damage due to building operations, or to other Contractors and from weather.

In existing buildings, Contractors shall in particular, take adequate precautions to the satisfaction of the Engineer/Client or their representative, to prevent damage to existing parts of the building or existing apparatus during operations. Any such




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

162

damage caused due to the negligence by the Contractor shall be made good at his expense.

A11. SATISFACTORY The whole of the installation shall be carried out in accordance with:

INSTALLATION: (a) The Standard Regulations for the Wiring of Premises as issued by

the South African Institute of Electrical Engineer and the Code of practice for the Wiring of Premises SANS 10142-1993, as amended.

(b) The Factories, Machinery and Building Works Act of 1941, as

amended.

(c) The Municipal By-Laws and any special requirements of the Supply Authorities of the area or District concerned. Contractors are to complete all documentation such as commencement forms, etc. as required by the Supply Authorities at the commencement of the Contract.

(d) Local Fire Regulation.

No claims for extras will be entertained due to the Contractor failing to comply with any of the above clauses.

A12. QUALITY OF WORK: The Client or their representative shall have the right to visit the site at any reasonable time and inspect the progress of the work and materials used and reserves the right to reject:

(a) Any work which in his opinion is not to Specification, or Standard and which is badly or incorrectly carried out.

(b) Any materials which are considered not to Specification or are of an

inferior quality.

For the full duration of the Contract, the work shall be carried out under the supervision of a skilled and competent representative of the Contractor, who will be able to receive and carry out instructions on his behalf.

A sufficient number of workmen shall be employed at all times to ensure such progress as is commensurate with the progress of the building.

A13. MATERIALS AND All materials shall be of the best quality of the respective kinds hereinafter

SABS MARK: described. Where there is a SABS Standard Specification for materials, such materials shall bear the SABS mark. Where such mark bearing materials are not available and at the




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

163

discretion of the Engineer/Client, the materials shall comply with the latest SABS Standard Specification or Code in force at the time of tendering. In such cases, such proof of compliance as may be required by the Engineer/Client shall be produced at the expense of the Tenderers.

A14. MAINTENANCE: The maintenance period shall be for 12 months from date of

Handover Acceptance. During the period stated, the Contractor shall maintain the installation completed by him, make adjustments, alterations or replacements which may become necessary at no cost whatsoever to the Client.

The maintenance period shall commence from the date of first delivery and shall continue until the Engineer/ Client or their Engineer is satisfied that the installations satisfactory when final delivery will be taken. The maintenance period of 12 months may therefore be exceeded.

Final payment will only be made when the installation is considered satisfactory and final delivery taken.

A15. GUARANTEE: The Contractor shall guarantee the whole of the installation, completed by him under this contract, with regard to quality of materials and workmanship for a period of twelve (12) months from the date of taking first delivery.

Any fault which may develop within this period due to faulty workmanship or materials, shall be rectified by the Contractor at his own expense.

A16. RECTIFICATION On completion of the installation as specified and prior to any OF

DEFECTS, arrangements being made for the taking of first delivery, a full MAKING OF TESTS inspection of the works shall be carried out by the Engineer/Client AND TAKING OF inspectorate staff in conjunction with the Contractor and a

complete

FIRST DELIVERY: list of any omissions, defects and/or deviations from the Specification, which may be found, shall be drawn up in writing and a copy handed to the Contractor for his attention. Requests for the taking of first delivery will not be considered until all items as listed have been rectified.

The Contractor shall carry out such tests as may be specified and shall provide all equipment and instruments that may be necessary except if otherwise specified. Such tests for acceptance of the installation must be carried out in the presence of the Engineer or his nominated representative.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

164

The Contractor shall be responsible for advising the Engineer or his representative that the installation is ready for making the necessary delivery. In order that the Engineer is not needlessly called to the site due to the work not being ready for first delivery, the Contractor shall ensure before making the above-mentioned arrangements that:

(a) The work has been fully completed as specified.

(b) All omissions, defects, etc. as listed in the pre-delivery inspection

have been satisfactorily attended to.

(c) All equipment and instrumentation necessary for the specified tests are on site and ready for use.

(d) He has carried out prior tests on his own and made all adjustments

found necessary to ensure that the first delivery tests will be satisfactory.

On satisfactory completion and acceptance of the specified tests and the works as a whole by the Engineer, first delivery will be taken and the maintenance period specified in Clause A14.

A17. EXTRAORDINARY If extraordinary demands on the Engineer's time arise or should any

DEMANDS ON additional tests be required from failure to comply with the Clauses A12 ENGINEER: and A16 or with the Specification, or delays, neglect, lack of

diligence or incompetence on the part of the Contract, then due notice will be given to the Contractor of the intention to charge for such extra expenses as may be incurred by the Engineer/Client and the appropriate deductions will be made from any monies due to the Contractor.

A18. RESPONSIBILITY Should the Contractor at any time, either before or after first delivery has FOR ADJUSTMENT been taken, have to carry out any adjustments and/or alter any settings AND SETTINGS to the plant or to controls, his staff responsible for making such

adjustment TO PLANT: or altering any settings shall remain on the site and take full responsibility

for the plant until such time as the said adjustment or alterations have been proved correct and are operating satisfactorily to the satisfaction of the Engineer or hiss nominated representative. Under no circumstances shall the responsibility of altering such adjustments or settings or of making further adjustments passed on by the Contractor staff to any persons employed by the Client or his representative.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

165

The responsibility for any damage to or malfunctioning or the plant due to failure to comply with the above requirements shall rest with the Contractor up until final delivery has been taken.

A19. BUILDING WORK: The Contractor shall notify the building works supervisor and

the Building Contractor of the position and sizes of any holes, sleeves, recesses, chases, etc., that will be required in good time to enable these to be provided during the course of building construction in order that no unnecessary expense may be incurred, except where otherwise specified, the cost of the above and of all such cutting away and making good will not form part of this contract but will be executed by the Building Contractor under arrangements forming part of the general building contract.

When building is already in existence, cutting away and making good will be arranged by the Engineer unless otherwise specified.

The Contractor will be held responsible for the sizes and positions of holes, sleeves, recesses, chases, etc., required. Any alterations to these after they have been provided by the Building Contractor or Client or any additional cutting and making good to finished walls, floors, etc., due to the Contractor's negligence, will be to his account.

A20. NOTICES: Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor shall supply and install notices

as required in accordance with Regulation C52 of the Factories, Machinery and Building Work Act and Regulations. The notices shall be approved by the Engineer/Client or his representative prior to installation.

A21. PROVISIONAL SUMS: Provisional Sums are indicated to allow for work which may or may not be required and Variation Orders may be issued to deduct in whole or in part the particular Provisional Sum.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

166

PART II STANDARD

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION INDEX

Clause No.: Page No.:

B1. General ................................................................................................................... B1

B2. Quality ................................................................................................................... B1

B3. Alternatives ............................................................................................................ B1

B4. Approval ................................................................................................................ B1 B5. Tendering

Information Required ............................................................................ B2

B6. Site Location .......................................................................................................... B2

B7. Switchgear Panels ................................................................................................. B2

B8. Circuit Breaker Cubicles ........................................................................................ B3

B9. Isolator Cubicle ...................................................................................................... B4

B10. Current Transformer .............................................................................................. B4

B11. Protection Relays ................................................................................................... B5

B12. Ammeters .............................................................................................................. B5

B13. Voltage Transformer .............................................................................................. B5

B14. Voltmeter ............................................................................................................... B6

B15. kVA Meter .............................................................................................................. B6

B16. Test Block .............................................................................................................. B6

B17. "Cable Alive" Indications ........................................................................................ B6

B18. Earthing Bar ........................................................................................................... B6

B19. Control Wire ........................................................................................................... B6

B20. HV Panel Tests ...................................................................................................... B6

B21. Distribution Transformers ....................................................................................... B7

B22. HV Cables ............................................................................................................. B7

B23. LV Cables .............................................................................................................. B7

B24. Control Cables ....................................................................................................... B8

B25. Cable Sleeves ........................................................................................................ B8

B26. Trenching ............................................................................................................... B8

B27. Cable Installation and Jointing ............................................................................... B9

B28. LV Switchboards .................................................................................................. B11

B29. Main Earth ........................................................................................................... B16

B30. Earthing ............................................................................................................... B17 B31. Mains

Diagram HT and LT Distribution ................................................................ B17 B32. Plantrooms

.......................................................................................................... B17

B33. Labelling .............................................................................................................. B18

B34. Warning Notices .................................................................................................. B18




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

167

PART II STANDARD

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION

B1. GENERAL: This section of the Specification covers the standards of materials, equipment and workmanship and general methods and procedures to be employed in the execution of the Contract Works, and forms part of the Sub-Contract documents.

B2. QUALITY: .1 General: The whole of the Contract Works shall be carried out with the best possible materials, equipment and workmanship and shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer who reserves the right to demand the alteration, without extra charge, of any work which, in his opinion, is not carried out in a neat and workmanlike manner and in accordance with best engineering practice. No extra payment will be allowed where materials, equipment or methods of execution, not approved by the Engineer, are found unsuitable and have to be replaced or altered.

.2 Standards: All materials and equipment shall be new and of most recent design, and shall comply with the requirements and recommendations of the relevant SABS Standards, or with BSI or IEC specifications where no SABS standards exist. Where materials or equipment is available with the SABS mark, such mark-bearing materials shall be used.

In addition, all installation shall comply with the Factories Machinery and Building Act and Regulations, the local Municipal By-laws and the local Fire Regulations.

.3 Skilled Supervision: All work shall be carried out under the constant skilled and competent supervision of a responsible representative of the Sub-Contractor. This representative shall have authority to receive instructions on behalf of the Sub-Contractor. All workmen shall be specialists in the work on which they are employed.

B3. ALTERNATIVES:

Tenderers wishing to offer alternative makes of materials and equipment to those specified below or elsewhere in the specification, may qualify their tenders with a covering letter, stating the difference in price to their tender between the specified item and the alternative offered.

The successful Tenderer who wishes to supply any alternative makes must obtain prior approval in writing from the Engineer.

B4. APPROVAL:

The term "approval" shall mean approved by the Engineer in writing. The terms "or equal and approved" and "or other approved” shall mean that prior written approval must be obtained by the Sub-Contractor for the use of any unspecified alter-natives. Where the terms "suitable", "substantial",




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

168

"adequate" and similar words denoting quality in a general sense are used, it shall be understood that such terms are applicable in the opinion of the Engineer.

Approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract, the guarantee, or compliance with requirement of Authorities having jurisdiction.

B5. TENDERING Tenderers shall submit with their offer the full technical details of the INFORMATION switchgear to be supplied, together with any relevant descriptive REQUIRED: literature, illustrations, standard drawings and documents, as listed

in the schedule of Technical Information.

B6. SITE LOCATION: This is as specified in the detail specification. The switchgear shall be installed in the area shown on the accompanying drawings and Tenderers shall satisfy themselves at the time of tendering that adequate space exists to accommodate the equipment offered.

B7. SWITCHGEAR .1 General: The switchgear shall be housed in metal clad vermin- proof PANELS: cubicles of folded steel construction. Each cubicle shall be a free standing

fully extendable panel designed to withstand successfully the electro-dynamical forces which will occur under fault conditions.

.2 Busbars: These shall consist of hard drawn high conductivity copper bar of suitable cross section in order to carry the rated current continuously, with machined ends for jointing.

The busbars shall be air insulated and shall be supported on substantial insulators which are designed to withstand all electrical and mechanical stresses which may arise.

.3 Cable Compartment: The cable compartment shall be easily accessible and provide ample space for connecting the specified cable. Cable clamps and terminations for the above cables are to be provided, together with a removable gland plate.

.4 Relay Compartment: The relay panels shall be accessible from the front

and mounted on the top portion of the cubicle all in one line. All relays and instruments specified shall be flush mounted on the door of the panel and neatly arranged and shall match any existing instrumentation.

.5 Finish: All metal parts of switchgear, frames, distribution panels etc. which

are not plated or inherently corrosive resistant shall be painted to the following specification:

(a) Post-Treatment: All metal parts must be treated before painting by a process requiring degreasing, followed by a rinse, then by a hot acid de-rust, followed by a rinse, after which the metal is to be phosphated, rinsed and then specially treated to passivate the surface.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

169

(b) Painting: The above process must be followed up within 48 hours by spray painting the surface with a high-quality Red Oxide Zinc Chromate Epoxy primer.

The finishing coat shall be good quality Alimo/ Alkyo baking enamel, or epoxy finish.

Finished paint work shall have a minimum film thickness of 0,0505mm and an impact resistance of 10kg.25mm and a scratch resistance to with-stand 200 grams.

The finishing colour of frames, doors and panels shall be electrical orange external and white inside.

B8. CIRCUIT .1 Design and Construction: The circuit breaker cubicle shall be of

BREAKER the metal clad horizontal or vertical isolating type and so arranged CUBICLES: that the movable portion, incorporating the circuit breaker and

secondary plugs can be withdrawn with a minimum amount of effort. The design shall also make provision for positions of the circuit breaker carriage as follows:

(a) Fully racked-in;

(b) Test isolated;

(c) Cable earthing; and

(d) Fully withdrawn.

All HV compartments shall be provided with suitable pressure release vents to operate in such a manner as to protect the operating personnel.

.2 Isolating Contacts: The isolating contacts shall be of the self- aligning type, spring tensioned and suitably rated as specified.

.3 Circuit Breaker: The circuit breaker shall be as specified in the detail section

of the specification and is to be designed for the required ratings and, where specified, shall be equipped with a DC motor wound spring charged operating mechanism which can also be manually operated and which must embody an "OFF" and "ON" indicator. The operating mechanism shall also be provided with DC operated tripping and closing coils, which are to be energised by means of one "CLOSE" and one "TRIP" push button mounted on the front of the relay panel and with auxiliary contact for remote indication (O.C.B. open - closed - tripped). The operating mechanism is to be so designed that it would be impossible to hold the circuit breaker in the "closed" position under fault conditions, the arcing tips of the contacts being in the tripping position before the main contacts close.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

170

The circuit breaker contacts shall be of the candle and tulip type and shall be constructed in high conductivity electrolytic copper with replaceable tungsten arcing tips and rings. The contacts shall be housed inside a self-compensating explosion type arc control pot provided with suitable means of checking the insulating oil level and colour.

.4 Automatic Shutter: Suitable shutters shall be provided to close all access to

the busbars or cable compartments of the switchgear cubicle. The shutters shall have provision for padlocking in the closed position.

.5 Mechanical Safety Interlocks: Mechanical safety interlocks shall be

provided to ensure the following:

(a) That no accidental contact be made with any live parts.

(b) That the circuit breaker carriage cannot be racked in or out unless the main contacts are first opened.

(c) That it will not be possible to operate the circuit breaker unless the

secondary control wiring plug is secured in the proper operating position and the carriage is locked in any of the four positions, namely "fully racked in", "test", "earthed", "fully withdrawn".

.6 Cable Earthing: Suitable means shall be provided to earth the cable through the circuit breaker contact.

B9. ISOLATOR CUBICLE: .1 Design and Construction: The isolator cubicle shall be of the fixed type. Access to the busbars and cable compartments shall be from the front of the cubicle through removable or hinged panels which will be bolted, or locked into place after assembly of the complete board.

.2 Isolator: The isolator shall be oil or air insulated and it shall be capable of

breaking the rated load current and of closing a circuit onto the rated fault level without visible damage to the main contacts, in particular, all on-load isolators shall be able to withstand the full short time current for 3 seconds and the fuse switches main contacts must be able to withstand the cut- off current of H.R.C. fuses.

The isolator shall be provided with a gang type mechanism, manually operated but spring assisted so as to render the speed of the closing and opening operations independent from the operator. Where specified the mechanism shall also be equipped with a shunt trip coil of the specified operating voltage, and also with at least two pairs of N.O. and N.C. auxiliary contacts. Facilities for padlocking shall be provided in all operating positions.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

171

All fuse switches shall be provided with a striker-pin mechanism to ensure that all three phases open simultaneously when any one fuse blows.

.3 Cable Earthing: The isolator shall also be equipped with cable earthing

blades suitably interlocked with the main contacts in order to prevent earthing of the busbars.

.4 Mechanical Indication: A conspicuous indication shall be given by

mechanical means that the main contacts are "open" or "closed", and that the cable is "earthed" or "free". Furthermore, it shall be possible to verify such conditions by looking through portholes situated on the front of the cubicle at a convenient height.

.5 Mechanical Interlocks: Mechanical interlocks and suitable barriers shall be

provided to ensure the following:

(a) That no accidental contact be made with any live parts.

(b) That the cable cannot be earthed unless main contacts are opened.

(c) That main contacts cannot be closed unless the cable is free.

(d) That the front door of the cubicle cannot be opened (for changing H.R.C. fuses or other maintenance work) unless the cable is earthed.

(e) That the cable earthing blades cannot be freed unless the front

door is closed.

B10. CURRENT All current transformers shall be manufactured to B.S. 3938-1973 as

TRANSFORMERS: amended and shall be matched to the instruments and relays as specified. The correct VA load bore size, loop length of connection knee point voltage and current ratio must be taken into account when sizing the current transformers.

All CTs shall be designed for an impulse voltage of 95kV at sea level for use on systems voltages of 600 volts to 12kV and shall be ring or epoxy encapsulated type or equal and approved.

They shall also be selected according to the following classes: Application:

Class:

Indicating Instruments 5 or 3

Metering (up to 600A Primary Current) 1 or 0,5

Metering (600A and over) 0,2

Protection 10P10 or 10P5




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

172

Balance Protection (differential Bus Zone, Pilot Wire) X

Full details of the current transformers shall be supplied at time of tendering.

B11. PROTECTION RELAYS: All relays shall be suitable for operation with current transformers with 5amps secondaries and shall be equipped with a flag indicator for each element with hand reset from the outside of a dust proof housing with glass front. The relay contact shall be of the circuit closing type, self-resetting with two electrically independent tripping circuits. All relays shall comply with BSS 142.

(a) Overload and Earth Fault Relays: These relays shall be of the

definite minimum time inverse induction type, with adjustable current range from 50% to 200% for the overload relays and from 10% to 40% for the earth fault relays in seven equal steps. Instantaneous high - set elements shall be incorporated where specified.

(b) Line Protection Relays: These shall be of the balance type with pilot

wires equal to similar to Solkor type "R" for feeder protection.

(c) Transformer Protection Relays: These shall consist of auxiliary flag relays with provision for Buchholz alarm and Buchholz trip indication which are to be energised by the Buchholz relays supplied with the distribution transformers.

B12. AMMETERS: Ammeters shall be of the moving iron type and shall comply with BSS 89 for first grade accuracy. The ammeters shall be connected via selector switches with the three phases and one "OFF" positions. They shall also be suitable for operation form 5-amp current transformer secondaries.

B13. VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER: Where specified three phase voltage transformer shall be designed for an output of 100 VA per phase with an accuracy in accordance with BSS 3941, Class 1,0, and shall be of the draw-out type, with a secondary voltage of 110 Volts, star-star connected, complete with high voltage fuses and current limiting resistors. The fuses shall only be accessible after the voltage transformer has been isolated. When the VT is withdrawn the secondary winding shall be isolated automatically and an automatic shutter shall cover the spouts on the high voltage side. The VT shall be busbar or cable connected as specified, and the connections shall be fully insulated for the primary rated voltage. Precaution shall be taken to prevent corona discharge.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

173

B14. VOLTMETER: Where specified voltmeters shall be of the moving iron type suitable for connection to the secondary winding of the voltage transformers. The connections shall be made via a selector switch permitting three positions "Phase to Phase", one "off" position, and three positions "Phase to Neutral".

B15. kVA METER: kVA Maximum Demand/kWh Meter: Where specified kW Hour Meter shall be of the two element type suitable for 3 phase, 3 wire, unbalanced load and equipped with kVA maximum demand thermal indicator, similar or equal to Sangamo Meter Type CYLP, and shall be suitable for connection to 110 volts and 5 amp Secondary windings of voltage and current transformers.

B16. TEST BLOCK: All current and voltage transformer circuits shall be wired to a suitable test block equipped with terminal strips and links for performing the various short circuiting and bridging functions.

B17. "CABLE ALIVE" Where specified the switchgear cubicle shall be equipped with "Cable

INDICATIONS: Alive" indication. This will consist of three neon lights mounted on the front of the cubicle, one for each phase. The lights shall be energised by condenser bushings mounted on the cable side of the switchgear. Each light shall be shunted by a suitable resistor or non-linear resistor located immediately adjacent to the condenser bushing to prevent dangerous potential appearing in the event of lamp failure, and to protect the lamp against voltage surges.

B18. EARTHING BAR: An earthing bar for the framework consisting of hard-drawn high conductivity copper of minimum cross section area of 70mm5 shall be provided for each cubicle. The earths of all cubicles shall be connected together upon assembly of the board by means of 10mm. Brass screws and additional such screws shall be provided for connecting the board to the earth of the sub-station.

B19. CONTROL WIRING: All control LT wiring for the circuit breaker coils, relays and instruments shall be of 2,5mm5, 600 Volts grade, standard single core copper wire, PVC insulated, neatly installed inside the cubicle in specially arranged ducts, suitably coloured for phase identification

(Grey for DC) and provided with numbered ferrules at each end. Wires for external connection shall be terminated at a suitable terminal block mounted at the rear of the cubicle in an easily accessible position, where provision shall be made for terminating the control cables.

B20. HV PANEL TESTS: The complete HV Switchboard, consisting of one or more switchgear panels, shall be fully tested in the manufacturer's




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

174

works prior to despatch in the presence of the Engineer. The following tests shall be performed:

(i) Power-Frequency withstand voltage: A voltage with RMS value

equal to 2,5 times the rated voltage of the switchgear, at the standard frequency of 50 Hz, shall be applied for 1 minute between:

(a) The open contacts of the switchgear with the fixed contacts connected to earth.

(b) The three phases and the auxiliary LT wiring including secondaries of instrument transformers, and earth.

(c) Each phase and the remaining phases and earth.

(ii) Auxiliary LT Circuits: A voltage of 2000V RMS shall be applied for 1 minute between all auxiliary LT wiring, including secondaries of VT's and CT's, and earth.

(iii) Primary Injection Test: The rated current shall be injected into each phase of the switchgear in order to verify the ratio of current transformers. During this test the accuracy of the indicating ammeters will also be checked.

(iv) Trip Test: During the "Primary Injection Test" the current injected into

the switch-gear shall be slowly raised above the settings of the protection relays and the full trip voltage shall be applied, to control wiring in order to check the proper operation of the protection circuits.

(v) Mechanical Interlocks: The operation of all mechanical safety

interlocks shall be tested to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B21. DISTRIBUTION These shall be as specified in Section D of the detailed specification. TRANSFORMERS:

B22. HV CABLES: The HV Cable shall be a 3-core 11 kV high conductivity copper paper insulated, lead covered, served, double steel taper armoured, served and compounded, in accordance with SABS 97 of 1970, in all respects.

The make and type of the cable is to be approved in writing by the Engineer before ordering.

B23. LV CABLES: .2 PVCA Copper Cable: Plastic insulated cable shall be to SABS 150-1957 and addenda thereto and shall consist of PVC insulated copper conductors, PVC bedding, galvanised steel wire armouring, and a PVC sheath.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

175

.2 PVCA Cable Terminations: These shall be of an approved make, bearing the SABS mark and shall be of the type recommended by the manufacturers of the cable. Neoprene shrouds shall be used in all instances to cover the junction of the cable and the base of the glands. Where waterproof terminations are required, as eg. underground, outdoors, and in damp ambient conditions, inner seals shall be used in the cable glands to provide effective internal water-proofing of the cable bedding in addition to the external neoprene shroud specified above.

.3 Earth Continuity for PVCA Glands: The armouring of the cable shall be terminated in the cable gland and clamped thereto in a manner to provide good earth continuity. All surfaces of gland plates or sheet-metal casing of boards, etc. shall be thoroughly cleaned and all nuts securely tightened to ensure good electrical contact. All terminations shall be tested by the Sub-Contractor for earth continuity after completion. Where the Supply Authority permits the use of the armouring in the cable as earth continuity conductor, the cable gland shall in addition be fitted with an earth-tag ring which shall in addition be fitted with an earth-tag ring which shall be bonded to the earth bar or earth terminal by means of a copper jumper of adequate current rating. Where strip aluminium armouring is permitted by the Supply Authority as the earth continuity conductor, the armouring shall be terminated in a cable lug in the manner recommended or specified by the cable supplier, and terminated at the earth bar or terminal.

B24. CONTROL The contractor shall supply and install all cables for control wires

CABLES: required by the system. These cables shall be PVC armoured cable suitably insulated and sized.

B25. CABLE SLEEVES: .1 General: The Contractor shall supply and install all the sleeves for the underground routes of the cable shown on Tender drawings, or otherwise stated in the Bill of Quantities.

.2 Cable Sleeves: These shall be rigid PVC sleeves. The diameter shall be

150mm for the HV cables and 75mm minimum for the pilot wires cable. Each cable shall be installed into its own sleeve.

After the cable installation all sleeves entering into buildings shall be sealed to avoid the entrance of water or moisture. The sealing is to be done in a way approved by the Engineer before installation.

B26. TRENCHING: .1 General: The Contractor shall provide all trenching and back filling required for the installation of the cable sleeves described in the above clause.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

176

.2 Trenching: The Contractor shall, before trenching commences, familiarise himself with the route and conditions on site, and will be provided with such information as is known to the Engineer regarding site conditions and other plant and services along the route, to enable the Contractor to ensure that every effort is made to avoid damage to existing plant and services. Should he damage any of these he shall be liable for their repair and reinstatement with a minimum of delay. Where relevant survey pegs of the route are not apparent, the exact location of the trench shall be approved on site. The surveyor shall provide pets at regular intervals in sight of each other, and the Contractor shall allow in his price for the detailed pegging and positioning of the route, later to be shown on the "as installed" drawings.

The use of power-driven mechanical excavators is to be approved in advance by the Engineer.

Trenches shall be kept as straight as possible and each trench shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 0,8m from the finished level of the surrounding area. Minimum width of the trench shall be 0,5m and the trench shall be timbered where necessary to avoid subsidence and damage. The bottom of each shall be firm and of smooth contour.

Where a change of level takes place in a trench, the bottom of the trench shall rise or fall gradually to the approval of the Engineer.

If, during the course of excavating, obstructions are encountered which necessitate alterations to the trench, or the adoption of a special form of trench, such trenching must receive the prior approval of the Engineer.

The material excavated from each trench shall be placed adjacent to the trench in such a manner as to prevent nuisance or damage to adjacent hedges, trees, ditches, drains, gateways and other property, and shall be stacked so as to avoid undue interference with traffic.

Where, owing to certain considerations, this is not permissible, the excavated materials shall, with the approval of the Engineer, be removed from the site and returned for refilling the trench on completion of laying. Surplus material shall be disposed of by, and at the cost of, the Contractor.

Unless otherwise agreed, provision shall be made during excavation and until interim restoration has been completed for reasonable access of persons and vehicles to property or places adjacent to the route.

Where excavations for trenches have been accurately executed, notice shall be given by the Contractor to the Engineer to enable an inspection and measuring up to the trench to be carried out without undue delay.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

177

Cables shall be laid on a 75mm thick bed of sifted soil and be covered with a 150mm layer of sifted soil above the top of the cable.

Where HV cables are installed in trenches, approved concrete covers are to be installed 150mm above the cable. In all cases cable warning tape shall be installed at a depth of 200mm below ground level.

Back-filling after bedding is to be carried out with a proper grading of the material to ensure settling without voids, and the material is to be tamped down after the addition of every 150mm. The surface is to be made good as required.

Back-filling of cable trenches must not be commenced until they have been inspected and passed by the Engineer. Where the Contractor fails to observe this requirement he may, at the discretion of the Engineer, be required to re-open such trenches for inspection at his own expense.

B27. CABLE .1 General: The Contractor shall supply and install all the cables INSTALLATION required. AND JOINTING: Any special instructions relating to the installation of the cable

offered must be included with the tender.

Tenderers must submit with their tender one copy of the relevant jointing instructions.

The Contractor shall provide three copies of the jointing instructions for approval by the Engineer. These instructions shall include a sequence of operations for jointing and fully dimensioned working drawings of each type of joint.

The Contractor shall provide a complete list of the jointing materials supplied for each type of joint associated with the contract works. This list shall be forwarded prior to despatch of the joints from works.

.2 Cable Routes: These are indicated on the Tender Drawings and shall be

confirmed with the Engineer on site.

.3 Cable Installation: The Contractor shall install the cable using special approved precautions to prevent twisting of cables or damage at pipe or duct entries during laying and pulling. When cable is being drawn off the drum the inner end shall be loosened to permit slack to be released through the flange hole and after rotation the inner end shall be re-secured to the side of the drum.

The Contractor shall provide the equipment necessary to do the work including cable rollers cable drums, jacks and draw- in gear and rollers. Transport of cable drums to the points of use shall be carried out by the Sub-Contractor by means of cable trailers or other approved means provided by himself.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

178

Cables shall always be laid so that the free end from one drum is jointed to the drum and from another drum. No crossing of cores in through joints will be permitted.

.4 Jointing: Every run of cable shall be continuous without joints. However, where the length of cable exceeds a practical drum length approved joints will be permitted.

Jointing shall be carried out strictly in accordance with the "jointing instructions" approved by the Engineer (Refer to Clause B27.1). Personnel employed on cable jointing shall be thoroughly experienced and competent in HT cable jointing and shall be adequately supervised to ensure the highest standard of workmanship.

The Contractor shall give timeous notice to the Engineer before commencing jointing work or making off end boxes so that the Engineer may be present during execution of the work if he so desires.

Each joint shall be numbered and referred to by such number on the diary sheet. A full report in each joint, including all the information required by the Engineer, shall be submitted.

.5 Sealing of Cable Ends: Where cables are cut and not immediately made

off, the ends must be sealed without delay. If cables are cut and the ends not immediately made off or sealed, the cable may be rejected and the Contractor required to replace it at his own expense.

.6 Terminations: All cable shall be terminated in an approved manner. Cable

core numbers shall be painted in the cable compartment in the colours which the cores represent eg. 1 (Red), 2 (Yellow) and 3 (Blue).

.7 Connection of Cables to Equipment: The Sub-Contractor shall connect the

cable cores, coloured PVC tails, switchgear and transformer terminals together as shown on the following table:

Phase Core Switchgear Terminal Transformer Colour: No.: (Facing back Terminal

of board) Marking: Red 1 Right A Yellow 2 Centre B Blue 3 Left C Black 0 Neutral N

If the PVC tails are not coloured, they shall be marked with coloured non-adhesive taped, with tape ends properly secured.

In high voltage through joints, crossing of cores shall be avoided and the cores simply connected at most convenient. The corresponding core numbers shall be noted by the jointers




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

179

and shown on the diary sheet. Any crossing required shall be done in end boxes.

.8 Cable Tests:

(i) Work Tests: Work tests shall be carried out on each drum of cable by the manufacturer at his works in accordance with the relevant standard specifications. The results of these tests, together with any other tests carried out during normal production, shall be recorded on test certificates which shall be submitted in triplicate by the Sub-Contractor to the Engineer for his approval. Test certificates shall, in particular, record conductor resistance, insulation resistance and high voltage test results including leakage current readings.

(ii) Site Tests: Site tests, which shall form the required acceptance

tests for the HV cable installation, shall be carried out after installation is completed but the Contractor is advised to carry out his own moisture and insulation tests prior to installation and jointing of the cables.

The results of all site tests shall be submitted in triplicate by the Sub-Contractor to the Engineer for his approval. The site tests shall be as follows:

(a) Polarity/Core Identification: This test, with a suitable 6-volt

bell/buzzer or LV mustimeter resistance tester, shall show that all connections have been correctly made and that the core numbers at each end of a jointed cable correspond with each other and also with the required phase sequence. Record all test results.

(b) Insulation Resistance: Using a 2500-volt insulation resistance tester measure and record, for every cable between cores and between each core and earth. The insulation resistance in all cases shall not be less than infinity.

(c) HV Test: In accordance with SABS 97-1970 all cable shall

withstand for 15 minutes a test voltage between conductors and between any conductors and the sheath in accordance with Table D-1.

Note: HV tests shall be carried out with the cables connected to the sub-stations and, prior to testing the Contractor shall confirm in writing to the Engineer that the cables will not be damaged by the test.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

180

B28. LV SWITCHBOARDS: .1 Specialist Manufacturers: All switchboards and distribution boars shall be made by approved specialist manufacturers, who shall also install and fit the switchgear and equipment and carry out all internal wiring. An approved list of specialist board manufacturers is specified elsewhere.

.2 General Construction: All board shall be constructed of folded sheet steel,

minimum thickness 11,6mm or of structural steel framework with sheet steel enclosures. All metalwork and welds shall be ground smooth and rendered free from blemishes. Self-threading screws may not be used in the construction of boards, nor for fixing of any panels.

All front panels in main boards, sub-main and free-standing boards shall be fixed by means of locating pins at bottom and flush square-key operated catches at top edge of panel.

Where necessary from consideration of space of accessibility boards shall be made up in sections which shall be assembled on site, and the Sub-Contractor shall furnish the board manufacturer, at the time of tendering, and at all other times with all the necessary information as regards sized, access, thickness of walls and other local conditions or restrictions affecting the construction of the board.

Where Supply Authority's metering panel or equipment is to be incorporated on boards efficient space and provision shall be made.

.3 Barriers: Non-combustible barriers shall be provided:

(a) to separate sections of boards which are fed from different transformers or sources of supply;

(b) to isolate each main incoming circuit breaker where the fault current

exceeds 15 kA.

A group of 3 phase or single-phase busbars or single core conductors crossing a ferrous metal barrier shall do so through a common opening. Under no circumstances shall a single conductor be surrounded by continuous ferrous metal.

.4 Fault Currents: Boards and shall components shall be constructed to be able to withstand fault currents in accordance with any specified or implied values.

.5 Ventilation: All boars having a main isolator rating of 100A or more (except

dust-tight boards) shall be suitably ventilated by means of louvres in the front panels (and doors where applicable) at high and low level. All such openings shall be fitted inside with fine metal mesh wire screening.

For coastal areas the screening may not be spot welded.

.6 General Design:




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

181

(a) Free Standing Boards: These shall be of the cabinet or cubicle type of construction, with a recessed plinth. The height of boards shall generally be made 2 000mm.

.7 Front Panels and Mounting of Equipment: Equipment shall be chassis-mounted flush behind a removable front panel. This front panel shall have returned edges to give it greater rigidity and shall be secured to the frame of the board at a minimum number of fixing points by means other than self-tapping screws. Approved handles or knobs shall be provided on the panel to facilitate removal.

Where panels on any board are accidentally inter-changeable the fixings, e.g. locating pins, shall be arranged and staggered in such a way as to make it impossible to interchange such panels accidentally.

The chassis shall be arranged for adjustment in depth and for plumb alignment. No equipment shall be mounted on the front panel, except as provided for below. The front panel shall be fitted with plastic windows in front of kWh meters, and other instruments which are arranged for chassis mounting.

Time switches shall have a hinged flap to allow ample access for adjustment of time switch and or operation of by-pass switches without the front panel having to be removed.

Where resettable instruments or meters are specified, e.g. maximum demand indicating, suitable cut-outs shall be provided in the front panel to permit resetting without opening or removing the panel.

Equipment feeding a common load e.g. kWh meter and controlling MCB or MCBs fed from contactors on earth leakage units shall be mounted adjacent to each other under a common panel.

Instruments and other equipment which is designed for panel mounting only, shall be mounted on a hinged front panel, and the wiring thereto laced together and having sufficient slack to allow full opening of the hinged panel. Slack wiring shall be neatly clipped to back of panel.

Where switchgear or equipment is specified to be supplied by others, the Sub-Contractor shall obtain the equipment and hand over to the board manufacturer in good time for incorporation in the boards.

Unless otherwise specified, motor starters shall have push buttons protruding through the front panel unattached thereto. However, push buttons, having mechanical push rod operation, may be attached to the front panel, provided the front panel can be freely removed and re-installed.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

182

.8 Provision for Future Equipment and Extensions: Where space for future equipment is called for, the front of the panel shall be correctly punched out, approved blanking dummies or covers provided, and the chassis and busbars (where applicable) shall be adequately extended and pre-fitted for the reception of the specified future equipment. Where boards are specified to be extensible, this shall mean that the side panel(s) shall be removable, and the framework pre-fitted for the addition of a matching extension to the board. Where necessary busbars shall likewise be pre-drilled for future extensions.

.9 Doors: Where doors are specified, they shall be fitted with concealed

hinges and shall be flush with the architrave. The doors must be easily removable without the use of tools. Doors shall be of not less than 1,2mm thickness with double returns rigidly constructed and reinforced or stiffened to give a flat smooth front appearance. Single doors shall not exceed 700mm in width.

All doors shall be fitted with neat flush mounted CP catches and doors for flat distribution boards may be of a simplified construction and need not be detachable. Locking facilities shall be provided where specified and shall be either by separate flush cabinet type locks or locks incorporated in the catches. Each lock shall have two keys, and where more than one locked board sis specified, the locks shall be in one master series. All keys plus one master key shall be handed to the Employer, and a receipt shall be obtained for these keys. In addition, one master key shall be handed to the Engineer, suitably tagged with the name of the Sub-Contract. All keys submitted by the Sub-Contractor shall likewise be suitably tagged with the board designation and locality.

.10 Painting: Refer to Clause 2.7.5.

.11 Busbars: All boards shall be equipped with copper busbars of current rating not less than that specified for the main switch or isolator. Rating for busbars shall be in accordance with Tables A1 and A2 of SABS 784-1965 (as amended) except that current ratings of busbars shall not exceed 1,5 amps perm5. Busbar cross section may not be reduced without the approval of the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified busbars having a rating of 500 amps or more may have a neutral bar reduced to not less than half the cross-sectional area of the phase bars for 3 phase and neutral application.

Busbars shall be of hard-drawn copper of high purity, tinned after fabrication. Where specified, or specifically approved, aluminium busbars shall be 99,5% pure aluminium extrusion, of bright finish.

Busbar supports shall comply fully with Clause 3.5 of SABS 784-1965 (as amended). Clearances between all bars and any attachments, bolts, etc. thereto shall, however, be not less than




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

183

35mm between bars, and between bars and any earthed metal. In multiple parallel busbar arrangements, the space between bars of the same phase shall be equal to the thickness of each bar.

Bolts for supporting or jointing busbars shall be of high tensile phosphor bronze or high tensile plated steel, not less than size M8, provided with wide flat plated washers at each end and spring back washers under the nuts.

Jointing of and connections to aluminium bars (where specified) shall comply with Appendix B of SABS 784-1965 (as amended).

Tinned copper or brass neutral bars of sub-circuit distribution shall be provided of sufficient size to accommodate a neutral conductor for each way (including spares) specified, and conductors shall be connected to bars by means of double grub screws.

All busbars and any other uninsulated connecting links shall be taped or sleeved with heat-shrunk material by the board manufacturer except at joints and take-offs. The latter including cable lugs shall be taped after installation of boards and connection of cables thereto. Colour coding of busbars shall be strictly observed.

Earth bars of tinned copper shall be provided in all boards of cross-sectional area equal to that of the phase busbar, up to a maximum of 160mm5. Earth bars must be efficiently bonded to the metal framework of the board, and shall be of sufficient size to accommodate a separate earth wire for each circuit requiring one.

.12 Wiring: All boards shall be internally wired by the board manufacturer.

Connections between all switchgear and the busbars shall consist of heavy duty coloured PVC insulated stranded annealed copper conductors of cross section and current rating not less than that of the switch-gear connected, complete with crimping lugs bolted in position, or with solid high-conductivity copper bars of ample cross-section taped with coloured PVC tape. The colours to be sued in all instances shall be Red, White and Blue for phase connections and Black for neutral connections.

The wiring of control and instrument circuits shall be carried out in heavy duty PVC insulated 2,5mm5 stranded annealed copper wire. These circuits shall be marked with numbered ferrules, to facilitate circuit identification.

Looping of wiring connections between switchgear phase or neural terminals is not permitted. All connections and jumpers must be run individually from the appropriate busbars, or neural bars or neutral terminal blocks.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

184

In small boards all connections and wiring shall be neatly laced and arranged to run horizontally and vertically and shall be supported and fixed at suitable intervals. In the larger boards PVC wiring at suitable intervals. In the larger boards PVC wiring channel with removable covers shall be used.

.13 Provisions for Wiring and Cable Terminations:

(a) Wiring Terminals: Where wiring terminals are specified, they shall be of nylon or similar durable plastic material, mounted on metal rail and amply rated for duty. Provisions shall be incorporated for the insertion of suitable labels on the terminals.

(b) Gland Plates: The glands of armoured cables shall be terminated

into the metal housing or framework of the boards or on substantial mild steel gland plates which shall be bolted to the board framework and positioned to facilitate the termination of the cables. These plates shall be provided in removable sections of manageable lengths where a number of cable terminations are involved. Gland plates shall be electrically continuous and bonded to the framework or earth conductor.

(c) Proper Provisions for Specified Cable Terminations: Board

manufacturers shall ensure that full and proper provisions are made at switchgear terminals, busbar, etc., for the reception of the type of cable and connection specified.

.14 Lightning or Surge Arrestors: The Sub-Contractor shall supply and install

on the main board lightning arrestors or surge diverters of approved manufacture and bearing the SABS mark, one for each phase of the incoming supply. The lightning arrestors shall be mounted inside the main board case in an approved manner. The supply side connections shall be made to the main phase busbars, and earth side connections to earth terminal of main board case.

.15 Current Transformers: Polarity must be strictly observed. CT must be

installed on the load side of feeder switches or circuit breakers. For labelling of CT ratios refer also to Clause B8.

Phase colour coding must be provided and strictly observed for all wiring to CTs.

Numbered ferrules, or other suitable identification at both ends of wiring connection to CTs and instruments, shall be provided.

At commissioning all CTs and meters operated therefrom shall be




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

185

FUSES"

tested, phase to phase, ie. each phase tested individually to neutral, by means of dummy loads or secondary injection of test currents.

.16 Spare Fuse Cartridges: Whenever HRC or other cart-ridge fuses are

specified, the board shall be fitted with a compartment or other approved facilities for housing one third of all fuse cartridges specified, with a minimum of one set (ie. 3 phases) of fuses of each size specified and all such spare fuses shall be provided inside the compartment on handing over. The compartment shall be clearly labelled:

"SPARE FUSE CARTRIDGES - REPLACE USED-UP

.17 Phase Distribution and Balancing of Load: In multi-phase boards, all single-phase sub-circuits shall be wired evenly balanced in respect of electrical loading over the three phases. Each class of sub-circuit, e.g. lighting, switched socket, heaters, etc. shall be individually distributed over the phases. Final balancing of the load shall be carried out by the Sub- Contractor after completion of the board installation and wiring of sub-circuits on site.

.18 Labelling: All boards shall be fully labelled as regards the following:

(a) Name or designation of the board, e.g. "Sub-Main Board 1", "Dis Bd 1F", etc.

(b) Source of supply and size of feeder, e.g. "Fed from SMB.1 with 2 x 6mm5 in 25mm conduit", or": "Fed from Main Board with 300mm5 x 4 core aluminium cable".

(c) Each item of switchgear shall be labelled as regards the board or circuit which it feeds, and the location of such board or circuit fed, e.g. "db MA-Supermarket", or "Lights: West Wing". In the case of SP MCBs feeding sub-circuits, a suitable legend with numerical cross reference will be acceptable.

(d) CT operated instruments or meters shall be clearly labelled with the CT ratio and multi-plying factor on each instrument or meter, e.g. CT Ratio 150/5 Reading x30.

The Current Transformers themselves shall be clearly labelled or installed in such a manner that their CT ratio indication and polarity markings on any nameplate are clearly visible.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

186

(e) All MCBs and ACBs shall have the current ratings of their trip settings clearly marked either on the handle or on the panel adjacent to the handle.

Labels shall be of sandwich type or other approved plastic board, fixed level to the frame panel and neatly by means of blunt ended screws or rivets or by gluing into metal label holders. Lettering shall be not less than 5mm in height, and labels shall be mounted centrally below items of switchgear, and generally in approved positions.

Where it is not feasible to label each separate item MCBs, fuses and light switches shall be numbered and a legend typewritten on stiff paper or cardboard provided in a cardholder frame under optically clear plastic, such frame being fixed to the door of the board, or on panel where there is no door.

.19 Drawings: As soon as reasonable after commencement of the Contract

dimensioned drawings of the proposed and construction of all boards specified shall be obtained by the Contractor from his board manufacturer for approval by the Contractor and the Supply Authority where required. In addition, copies of such drawings shall be sent in duplicate to the Engineer for comment. The Contractor shall check all details and sizes in respect of location and accessibility and shall ensure compliance with the Specification. Comments made by the Engineer on drawings and layouts shall not relieve the Contractor from any obligations in terms of the Specification.

The Contractor shall also submit to the Engineer for comment the proposed dimensioned layout of the Main Board and main LV switchgear in the LV chamber, where applicable.

.20 Inspection of Board: The Engineer will at his option inspect boards either

during manufacture or on completion at works and/or on site.

B29. MAIN EARTH: The type of main-earthing shall be required by the Supply Authority.

Where required an earth mat is to be provided of the minimum size, unless otherwise specified, being 1m x 1m, and shall consist of a 2mm copper tape at 230mm centres, brazed at all intersections. Alternatively, or additionally earth rods or trench earths may be required, as the Engineer may direct, and installed according to his instructions.

The earth plate or mat shall be buried at least 2m below ground level in close proximity to the main board and shall be buried in a 150mm layer of wood charcoal. The use of coke breeze will not be permitted.

A galvanised water pipe, 2m long x 40mm diameter, with eight 3mm holes, two in each of the four sides of the pipe, drilled at




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

187

25mm centres, from the bottom and buried upright from the centre of the earth plate or mat, with 150mm of piping protruding above ground level and fitted with a screw-on cap.

All earth electrodes and connections thereto must be approved in situ by the Engineer before backfilling.

The electrical installation shall not be earthed by means of the lightning arrestor earth electrodes, if such is included in the installation, but may be bonded thereto.

An earth shall be installed only if specifically called for in the detailed specification.

B30. EARTHING: General: The installation shall be effectively earthed in accordance with SANS 10142-1981 as amended and to the requirements of the Supply Authority.

B31. MAINS DIAGRAM HT The Contractor shall include in his net tender price for the supply and AND LT DISTRIBUTION: mounting of the Mains Diagram. A print of the diagram shall

be obtained by the Contractor from the Engineer for mounting in a wooden frame behind clear perspex. The frame shall be mounted in the LV chamber at a height of 1m from floor to bottom of the frame.

B32. PLANTROOMS: .1 General: The plantroom sizes, locations and general layout will be as shown on the tender drawings.

Tenderers shall ensure that the plantrooms, access, etc. are suitable for the equipment offered.

The layout shown on the above drawings is to be regarded as indicative. As specified in Part 1, the successful tenderer shall supply the drawing of the proposed layout.

.2 Cable Trenching: Tenderers shall indicate on their builder's work drawings all trenches required in the plantroom floors. The tenderers shall also allow for all covers over floor trenches.

.3 Painting: All equipment shall be thoroughly descaled, cleaned and painted at

the time of hand-over.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

188

LV & MV CABLE INSTALLATION

PART III

SECTION C

DETAIL SPECIFICATION

SCOPE OF CONTRACT, ELECTRICITY SUPPLY AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

INDEX

C1. Electricity Supply......................................................................................... C2

C2. Scope of Contract........................................................................................ C2

C3. Point of Supply............................................................................................. C2

C4. Site Location............................................................................................... C2

C5. Building Programme.....................................................................................C2

C6. Liaison.......................................................................................................... C3

C7. Specialized Personnel..................................................................................C3

C8. Tendering Information.................................................................................. C3

C9. Special Tools Equipment and Spares.......................................................... C3

C10. Responsibility for HV System...................................................................... C3

C11. Completion................................................................................................... C3

C12. Labelling of Apparatus................................................................................. C3

C13. Making Good................................................................................................ C3

C14. Distribution Kiosks........................................................................................C4

C15. Bill of Quantities Notes................................................................................. C6

C16. Testing General............................................................................................C6

C17. As Built Drawings......................................................................................... C6

C18. Luminaires....................................................................................................C6

C19. Registration.................................................................................................. C7




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

189

C20. Materials.......................................................................................................C8 C21.

Environment Management & EIA................................................................. C8

C22. Variation Order............................................................................................. C8

C23. LV & MV Cable Terminations....................................................................... C8

C24. Cable Tests.................................................................................................. C8

C25. Cable Routes............................................................................................... C8

C26. Cable Sleeves.............................................................................................. C8

C27. Cable Manholes........................................................................................... C9

C28. Trenching and Backfilling............................................................................. C9

C29. Cable Markers.............................................................................................. C9

C30. Contractors...................................................................................................C9




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

190

PART III

SECTION C



SCOPE OF CONTRACT, ELECTRICITY SUPPLY AND SPECIAL CONDITIONS:

C1. ELECTRICITY SUPPLY: General: The main incoming supply will be an 11kV, 3- phase, 50Hz.

supply fed from the Medium Voltage grid that is within the Supply Authority of Eskom.

C2.

SCOPE OF CONTRACT:

This contract comprises the Taking Delivery of, installation terminating and handing over in full working order the Low and Medium voltage Cable Reticulation, Reticulation Distribution Kiosks, Ancillary Services Reticulation, Combi Courts, General and Parking Lighting Installation

The Contractor shall include for in his Tender Price for all prescribed tests and commissioning checks that are required to be carried out as specified in Section B.

All Medium Voltage Equipment shall be supplied and installed by the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring correct installation of equipment inclusive of phase rotation, voltage levels and earthing compliance.

C3.

POINT OF SUPPLY:

The point of supply will be provided by Eskom. The point will be determined on site and the contractor shall be responsible for the connection of the Medium Voltage cable

C4. SITE LOCATION: The site is the remainder (of), SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE

C5. BUILDING PROGRAMME:

The Contractor shall ensure that all work that is completed is to comply

with the Main Contractor’s Programme.

The Contractor shall ensure that all work is completed timeously as no delay will be entertained. Details of lead times and delivery shall be qualified at the time of tender.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

191

C6. LIAISON: The Contractor shall at all times be required to liaise with other contractors - namely, the specialist grassing contractor and in particular, the principal contractor, in order to ensure that no clashes occur and that all work is completed timeously.

C7.

SPECIALIZED PERSONNEL:

Tenderers are to note that only Personnel specializing in Cable installation and termination are to be utilized on this project. Contractors may be required to produce proof of qualifications of an artisan or assistants if called upon to do so.

C8. TENDERING

INFORMATION: The Tenderer shall be required to complete the Schedule of Rates in full. Failure to do so shall render the Tender unacceptable. Tenderers are also required to furnish any other relevant information, descriptive literature, etc., at the time of tendering. In addition to the aforementioned items, the successful tenderer shall submit, within two weeks of acceptance of the tender, all drawings in triplicate, indicating the general layout, schematic diagram and overall dimensions and details of equipment. Manufacture and supply shall commence prior to the approval of the drawings by the Engineer.

C9.

SPECIAL TOOLS EQUIPMENT AND SPARES:

The successful tenderer shall provide all special tools and equipment

required for the operation and installation.

C10. RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORKS:

Until such time as the Works has been handed over in its entirety to the Client for first delivery, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the complete contract works, whether being installed during tests or being used by the Client.

C11. COMPLETION: On first delivery of the contract works, the guarantee period of 12 months shall commence and the Contractor shall render free assistance to the Client/Engineer in all matters relating to maintenance during this period.

C12. LABELLING OF APPARATUS:

All apparatus shall be suitable and correctly labelled by means of engraved labels (white letters on black), which are either bolted or screwed to the equipment panel, or fitted in channeling provided.

C13. MAKING GOOD: Any damage which may be done to the plaster work, floors, ceilings, wood and paintwork, or other equipment in the building, etc. during the progress of the Cable installation shall be made good by the Contractor to the Architect's and Engineer's satisfaction.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

192

C14. DISTRIBUTION .1 The Distribution Kiosks shall be free standing fibreglass kiosks coloured

KIOSKS: green. The kiosks shall come with front and back doors with lockable catches. The kiosks shall have a fibreglass base which shall be bolted onto a concrete plinth as supplied and installed by the successful Sub-Contractor. The base shall be semi recessed below finished ground level. The enclosure shall be internally divided by means of a hardwood board the full height of the kiosk. The front shall be used for Electrical Installation and the back for Ancillary Installation.

All incoming isolators, outgoings MCBs and busbars shall be mounted in the front LV side of the Kiosk. No live parts shall protrude to the rear portion of the kiosk and no bolts/screws etc used for mounting onto the hardboard shall be live and protrude to the rear portion of the kiosk

It shall be possible to remove the top portion of the kiosk leaving the hardwood dividing board in place on the base for ease of working on the kiosk.

All equipment is to be of the Merlin and Gerin type

The colour finish of the Kiosks front panels shall be painted as follows:

Non-Essential front panel - Electrical Orange

Essential Section - Signal Red

.2 SEE ATACHED SINGLE LINE DIAGRAM

C15. BILL OF QUANTITIES

NOTES: The Bill of Quantities is a re-measured Provisional Bill as the quantities may vary due to changing site conditions, to Town Planning and subsequent design enhancements. No additional claims for changes to Bill of Quantities will be entertained

C16.

TESTING GENERAL:

A certificate of each test carried out by the Contractor shall be supplied to the Engineer in duplicate.

Final testing and commissioning of the entire installation shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer.

All commissioning tests shall be carried out by a qualified Engineer.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

193

C17. AS BUILT DRAWINGS: Three (3) copies of all ‘As Built Drawings’ shall be handed over to the

Engineer at time of first delivery.

C18.

LUMINAIRES:

.1 General: The Contractor is responsible for the purchase, delivery and safe storage of all luminaires required for this project. The contractor shall confirm with the Electrical Engineer the exact numbers and types for each specific luminaires before placing confirming orders with the suppliers

All luminaires supplied shall comply with the following SANS Specifications where applicable:

Luminaires - Fixed general purpose -SANS IEC 60598 – 2 – 1 to 25

Flood Lighting - SANS 1279 Interior Discharge Lamps - SANS 1278 Interior Fluorescent Lamps - SANS 1119 Electrical Safety of Luminaires - SANS 1464 1 - 25

C19. REGISTRATION: The Contractor shall submit proof of professional Registration with their

respective Association-Electrical Contracting Board (ECB). Please do note

that under no circumstances will work to continue unless the ECB registration is submitted to the Electrical Engineer.

In accordance with the OHS ACT, 1993-Electrical installation clause 4(2). An accredited person (and not single-phase tester) shall exercise general control over all electrical installation work being carried out and no person shall allow such work without such control. It must be emphasized that failure to comply with the above the above requirements would render not only the electrical contractor liable for prosecution, but also the client and the main contractor.

In addition, it is not acceptable to place the responsibility for the electrical installation on the electrical consultant as he/she is merely acting on behalf of the client and ensuring that the installation is carried out in accordance with the design. The consulting engineer is not an accredited person in terms of the regulations so he/she cannot control the work being carried out.

C20. MATERIALS: All materials and fittings used shall be approved and conform to those

from these specified in the schedules of this specification. Any variance

standards will not be allowed, except with the written consent of the Engineer prior to closing of tender.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

194

In all cases, reference shall be made to the relevant S.A.N.S. specifications where such specifications apply and are available for general application.

materials and

The Electrical Contractor shall place orders for specified

equipment promptly upon being awarded the contract. No excuse or proposed substitution will be considered for materials and equipment due to unavailability unless proof is submitted that firm orders were placed within 14 days of the contract being awarded.

Delay in the works owing to non-delivery of materials will be considered as a cause for delay in completing the contract works.

The Electrical Contractor shall, if called upon to do so, submit samples of materials, equipment or individual components for examination or testing to the Engineer and/or other parties as instructed.

C21. ENVIRONMENT The complete installation shall be carried out in accordance with the

MANAGEMENT & EIA: National Environmental Management Act (Act 107 of 1998)

with the said

The Electrical Sub-Contractor shall familiarize himself/herself

Act and shall as far as possibly take reasonable measures to prevent any negative impacts to the Environment.

C22. VARIATION ORDERS: Under no circumstances will claims for extras be paid for unless the Client approves a Variation Order. The Tenderers are advised to acquaint with the whole document and site conditions as no claims on the grounds of want of knowledge will be entertained.

C23. LV CABLE TERMINATIONS: The cable terminations shall be in accordance with the Code of Practice for the Wiring of Premises SANS 0142 as amended. The Contractor shall allow to supply and install cable identification tags to both cable ends. Both the source distribution board and feeder distribution board details shall be engraved on the cable tags.

C24. CABLE TESTS: All cables shall be tested in accordance with SANS 1507.

C25. CABLE ROUTES: All cable routes shall be confirmed with the Engineer on site prior to installation thereof.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

195

C26. CABLE SLEEVES: All cable sleeves shall be installed by the Contractor as detailed on thedrawings. All sleeves shall be left with at least one draw- wire per sleeve. The draw-wires shall be included in the rates for the sleeves as specified in the Bill of Quantities.

The Contractor shall ensure that the sleeves are installed timeously and in the correct positions as shown on the Site Plan.

C27. CABLE MANHOLES: The Contractor shall allow to build brick manholes for the cables as detailed on the drawings. The metal covers shall be cast iron manufactured covers.

The Contractor shall ensure that the manholes are installed timeously and in the correct positions as shown on the Site Plan.

C28. TRENCHING AND The Contractor shall allow for trenching and backfilling. He

shall allow to BACKFILLING dig trenches along the cable routes as shown and to backfill

these trenches once the cables are installed. Before backfilling the Contractor shall contact the Engineer for inspection of the cables. The trenching and backfilling shall be in accordance with the General Specification.

Included in the rate for trenching and back filling, the Contractor shall allow for cable marker tape along the cable route at a depth of 300mm below ground level.

C29. CABLE MARKERS: Cable Markers shall be provided along LV Cable routes. Cable

Markers shall consist of FLUSH MOUNTED Concrete Blocks of 150mm x 250MM

Brass plates shall be cast into the top of the blocks in such a manner that they cannot be prized loose. The wording “ELECTRIC CABLE/ELEKTRIESE KABEL” shall be stamped on the brass plates as well as the direction arrows and the cable voltage rating.

C30. CONTRACTORS: THE CONTRACTOR TO NOTE THAT CO-ORDINATION WILL BE REQUIRED BETWEEN THE HIGHMAST CONTRACTOR AND THE

LAND SCAPING, BULIDING AND CIVIL WORKS CONTRACTORS WHICH, MIGHT IMPACT ON THE HIGHMAST INSTALLATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE ALLOWANCE FOR THIS REQUIREMENT IN HIS/HER PRICES BILL OF QOUNTITIES.All metalwork, including brackets, hangers, platforms, piping, etc. shall be thoroughly descaled, cleaned and painted with one coat zinc chromate corrosion protection. This applied to equipment installed outside the plantrooms as well.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

196

Plantrooms floors and bases shall be painted with a durable paint after installations are complete and handed over. Tenderers shall also allow for a final coat of paint on internal walls and ceilings where applicable.

B33. LABELLING: All circuits, apparatus, switchgears, equipment, etc. shall be suitably and correctly labelled by means of engraved plastic labels (white lettering on black) which are to be either bolted or screwed to the equipment panel.

The labelling is to be submitted, in detail, to the Engineer for approval before installation.

B34. WARNING NOTICES: Clearly legible and indelible warning notices made of non- corrodible and non-deteriorating material, preferably plastic, shall be mounted on the doors of the plantrooms. These notices shall comply with the Factory Machinery and Building Act and Regulations, the local by-laws and the Supply Authority requirements.

In addition, on the door of each plantroom a similarly made notice shall indicate the name of the room e.g. "HV Switch room" and "Transformer Room" etc.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

197


PART III

SECTION D


LOW AND MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE RETICULATION

INDEX Page No.

D1. General....................................................................................................... D1 D2. Low &

Medium Voltage Cables.................................................................... D1

D3. Cable Installation .................................................................................. D1 D4.

Schedule of Cables and Related Work........................................................ D1

D5. Cable Ladders and Sleeves......................................................................... D2

D6. Cable Tests.................................................................................................. D2 D7. Final

Testing and Commissioning................................................................ D2




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

198


PART III

SECTION D


LOW AND MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE RETICULATION

D1. GENERAL: The Contractor shall supply and install all the necessary cabling, joints, cable slabs, marker tape exclusive of trenching and backfilling, for the complete Low and Medium Voltage Cable Reticulation. This shall be as specified and shall follow the routes as indicated on the relevant Drawings.

NB: All External cable installation must comply fully with the requirements of Eskom. These requirements must be allowed for at the time of Tender and be included in the Tender Price.

NO ADDITIONAL COSTS WILL BE APPROVED FOR REQUIREMENTS NOT INCLUDED IN THE TENDER PRICE.

D2. LOW & MEDIUM VOLTAGE These cables shall be as follows and shall comply in every respect

CABLES: with the cable specifications of the supply authority, Eskom.

These shall be suitable for use on an earthed 1000 VOLT system for LV System.

These shall be suitable for use on an earthed 11 000 VOLT system for MV System.

D3. CABLE INSTALLATION: General: Cables are to be installed in accordance with Clause B27 of this Specification.

All cable trenches shall be supplied by the Contractor. The Contractor shall also be responsible for the supply and installation of the ancillary services 50mmØ sleeves between main ancillary manholes and the distribution kiosks as well as the 50mmØ sleeves between manholes/distribution kiosks and the buildings.

D4. SCHEDULE OF CABLES The Schedule of cables is as per the supplied LV & MV table below.

AND RELATED WORK:




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

199

Schedule of Cables

From To Cable Size

Non-Essential

Eskom KIOSK KIOSK1 1 x 25mm² 4 core ECC LVCable

ESKOM KIOSK KIOSK 2 1 x 35mm² 4 core ECC Cable

ESKOM KIOSK KIOSK 3 1 x 25mm² 4 core ECC Cable

Existing kiosk in the purification plant

To gen 1 x 35mm² 4 core ECC Cable

Essential

Generator Gen kiosk 1 x 35mm² 4 core ECC Cable

Gen kiosk Purification DB 1 x 16mm² 4 core ECC Cable

Gen kiosk Chlorination DB 1 x 10mm² 4 core ECC Cable

D5. CABLE LADDERS

AND SLEEVES: All cables other than those installed in ground or cable sleeves and be installed and adequately fixed to cable ladder as detailed on the drawings.

Allowance shall be made in the Tender Price to supply and install cable ladder and fixing supports specified.

Where cables are run in cable sleeves, these sleeves shall be installed by the contractor as detailed on the drawings.

D6. CABLE TESTS: All cables shall be tested in accordance with SANS 10142-1 (refer Clause B27.8). The Engineer shall be informed prior to the tests being undertaken and shall be issued with full results of each of the cable tests.

D7. FINAL TESTING & COMMISSIONING:

All testing shall be done in accordance with Clause B27 of this

specification.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

200

VOLUME 3: PART B

STANDBY GENERATOR INSTALLATION


INDEX

Clause No. Page No.

B1. Scope of Contract …………………………………………………………………. 3/B1 B2. Site Location and

Conditions ………………………………………………………… 3/B1 B3. Approval and Substitution of

Materials………………………………………………. 3/B1 B4. Specialist Firms

…………………………………………………………………..3/B1 B6. Standby Plant

Requirements ………………………………………………………… 3/B2 B7. Fuel Storage and Handling

…………………………………………………..……… 3/B2 B8. Control Panel

………………………………………………………… 3/B3 B9 Exhaust Gas System

………………………………………………………………….. 3/B6 B10. Acceptance of Load

………………………………………………………………….. 3/B6 B11. Feeder Cables

…………………………………………………………. 3/B7 B12. Cabling Wiring and

Piping ………………………………………………………… 3/B7 B13. Manual Operation

…………………………………………………………………. 3/B7 B14. Sound Attenuation

…………………………………………………………………. 3/B7 B15 Guarantee and Maintenance

………………………………………………………… 3/B7 B16. Drawings

………………………………………………………………………….. 3/B7 B17. Site

Liaison ………………………………………………………………………….. 3/B7 B18. Testing and Commissioning

………………………………………………………….. 3/B7 B19.

Painting…………………………………………………………………………………… 3/B7 B20. Schedule of Technical

Information…………………………………………………… 3/B7 B21. Foreign

Exchange……………………………………………………………………… 3/B7




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

201

VOLUME 3: PART B



B1. SCOPE OF The Contract shall be for the manufacture, supply, delivery, CONTRACT: installation including rigging, testing, commissioning and

handing over in proper working order of a 40kVA Standby Diesel Generating Plant as specified in Clause B7.

B2. SITE LOCATION The site of the development is located at Sandveld nature reserve.

CONDITIONS: Access to the generator room shall be from the parking area directly into side of the building. Craneage and rigging must be allowed for.

The following site conditions can be expected and all equipment offered and supplied shall be suitable for operation under these conditions:

(i) Altitude : 907m

(ii) Temperature : Maximum ambient air temperature is 30ºC

B3. APPROVAL AND

SUBSTITUTION OF MATERIALS:

Where materials or articles are specified in the Detailed Specification, it is to indicate the quality and type of materials or articles required. Where the term "or equal and approved" and "or other approved" is used in conjunction therewith, it shall mean that no substitution will be permitted unless written authority has been obtained from the Engineer before tenders close.

Approval by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations under the Contract, the guarantee, or compliance with the requirements of the Authorities having jurisdiction.

B4. SPECIALIST FIRMS: Tenderers are to note that only firms specialising in Standby Generating Plant and with local branches for back-up service will be considered. Tenderers may be required to produce proof of previous contracts completed.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

202

Any additional information is to be clearly stated at time of tender.

B5. STANDBY PLANT The main offer shall be for the supply, delivery to site, REQUIREMENTS: installation and commissioning as follows:

(a) 40 kVA Standby Diesel Generator Plant at 0,80 PF continuous 400/230V 3PH 50Hz.

(b) Fuel Tank 12 hour - Day Tank for the set preferably located in the

base frame.

(c) Control panel consisting of circuit breakers, Main circuit breaker and all controls as specified.

(d) All cables between plant and control panel.

(e) Exhaust System to be 3Cr12 stainless steel and include cladding inside the Plant Room. Allow 10m of external plant room exhaust. Final position to be determined on site.

(f) The Control Systems must include facilities to down load data to a

central BMS Unit – a minimum of alarms as per Clause B12.7. (Connection to BMS will be by others).

(g) Should the rating of the unit 40kVA not form part of the Standard

Range then the next highest rating shall be priced as THE OFFER.

B6. FUEL STORAGE .1 General: The Standby Contractor shall supply and install a AND HANDLING fuel tank as detailed below as well as Electric Fuel Transfer

pumps, sensors of fuel level for automatic operation, pipe work, fittings and valves required for the storage and handling of the fuel for the Standby Diesel Generators. The whole installation shall comply with the SANS Code of Practice for the Storage and handling of liquid fuel issued by the South African Bureau of Standards and with the Local Authority Requirements.

.2 Day Tank: This shall consist of a 12 hour suitably sized tank installed in

the base frame of the set.

The Tenderer shall allow in his Tender Price to provide the first full tank of fuel.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

203

B7. CONTROL PANEL: .1 General: The Control Panel shall be self-standing, mounted at the rear of the set and designed for front access only. The panel shall be generally as per Clause B12 with mains isolator, Generator MCCB and changeover contactors, all sized to suit the maximum rating of the alternator.

The fault current rating of the mains feeder will be 30 kA.

All equipment necessary for the operation, control, protection and supervision of the Standby Plant shall be included in the above panel.

Solid state printed circuitry with plug-in modules for easy maintenance and repair shall be used wherever possible.

The following are the basic items to be incorporated in the generator section of the control console.

.2 Automatic Mains Failure Control Unit: This unit shall contain all components required for the sensing of the normal supply voltage, the automatic and manual starting/stopping operation as well as automatic load changeover operations.

“OFF” - ‘AUTO” - “MANUAL” - “TEST” Mode Selector Switch: This shall provide the following facilities:

(i) “OFF” position: set will be entirely inoperative and isolated.

(ii) “AUTO” position: set will automatically start/stop depending on the status of the mains supply.

(iii) “MANUAL” position: set will start manually (push button) for maintenance allowing mains supply to load but will not transfer the load in the event of power failure.

(iv) “TEST” position: set will start automatically bypassing the

automatic control to test the starting sequence and alarm circuitry without switching onto the standby busbars. However, in the event of power failure the generator has to take the load.

.3 Alarm/Shut Down System for Faulty Conditions: This system is to be

battery operated and shall consist of a set of alarm annunciators and shutdown devices with test facilities. Any faulty condition in the system shall cause a luminous alarm with clear indication of the specific fault. The luminous alarm must persist until the faulty condition is rectified.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

204

An acoustic alarm shall also be activated but it will be possible to cancel it by a “cancel” push button.

Certain faulty conditions as listed below shall cause the automatic shutdown of the generator when the fault reaches pre-set (adjustable) values.

The following alarm annunciators and “shutdown” devices are to be supplied:

Fault/Conditions Alarm Shutdown

High Engine Temperature x x

Low Oil Pressure x x

Overspeed x x

Under speed x x

Low Radiator Water Level x x

High A.C. Volts x x

Low A.C. Volts x x

Emergency Stop x

Start Failure x

Fuel Bulk Tank Low Level x

Jacket Heater Faulty x

Fuel Day Tank Low Level x

Warning Indications

Set not in Auto Flashing L.E.D.

Manual Start Flashing L.E.D.

Manual Stop Flashing L.E.D.

Mains Available L.E.D.

Load on Mains L.E.D.

Alternator Available L.E.D.

Load on Alternator L.E.D.

Battery Charge Failure L.E.D.

Lamp test facilities are to be included in the system




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

205

Programming Controller: This shall allow the following parameters of the system to be programmable on site:

Mains low volt sense level

Mains high volt sense level

Alternator low volt sense level

Alternator high volt sense level

Start Delay 0.5 - 60 sec

Crank delay 0.5 - 30 sec

Run up delay 0.5 - 30 sec

Run up timer 0.5 - 30 min

Mains return timer 0.5 - 30 min

Load transfer delay 0.5 - 60 sec

Engine under speed 0001 - 4900 RPM

Engine over speed 0001 - 4900 RPM

Number of start attemptS 1 - 20

Low battery level 08.0 - 50.0 V

High engine temperature sensor N/O - N/C

Low oil pressure sensor N/O - N/C

Low fuel sensor N/O - N/C

Manual stop sensor N/O - N/C

Manual start sensor N/O - N/C

Emergency stop sensor N/O - N/C

Low water level sensor N/O - N/C

The controller shall be protected against lightning hazards, power surges, mains borne and other noise interference to prevent malfunctioning of the system. The suppressor shall be as “Powertech Kleen-Line” or other approved.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

206

Logging of Events: All events relating to the status of the generator set shall be logged with date time in a non-volatile memory (which can retain information for a period of 60 days in the absence of power to the controller).

The user must be able to obtain a hard copy of these events on site which are based on the above system configuration i.e.

Mains available Date Time

Mains phase low Date Time Start attempts 1

Alternator on load Date Time Mains on load Date Time

Unit switched off Date Time

Unit mode - manual Date Time Emergency stop Date Time

All fault conditions etc. Date Time

Reverse Power Relay: In the event of the reverse power flow this relay will isolate the set from system.

Battery Charger: This shall be of the solid-state type with fully automatic voltage and current control.

Remote Monitoring: All the above alarm/status condition shall be wired to a relay board, each relay having potential free changeover contacts NO/NC wired to terminals for connecting to a Building Management System (BMS).

In the event that a BMS System is not eventually installed by the Client, the Standby Generator Contractor shall allow in his Tender Price for all the above alarm conditions to be wired to a common remote alarm panel to be located in the Security Room. Allow 150m cable length

All wiring relays and terminals shall be clearly identified in accordance with the relevant wiring diagrams.

All wiring relays and terminals shall be clearly identified in accordance with the relevant wiring diagrams.

B8. EXHAUST GAS SYSTEM: The Standby Contractor shall supply and install a highly efficient residential type exhaust gas system for the diesel engine. The piping shall be made of Grade 3Cr12 stainless steel complete with Silencer.

All pipes and bends to be thermo-insulated.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

207

Allow 10m of external to plant room exhaust. Final position to be

determined on site.

B9.

ACCEPTANCE OF LOAD:

The time from the initiating of the starting operation of the engine and the switching of the total essential load to standby supply shall not exceed 15 seconds.

This shall be set at time of Commissioning.

B10. FEEDER CABLES: The cables between the Generator and the Main LV Board shall not form part of this contract.

Cognisance must be taken into account of the number of cables and the Generator Main Boards shall be constructed with sufficient space to accommodate the termination of these cables. Incoming and outgoing cables shall be bottom entry.

B11. CABLING WIRING AND PIPING:

General: With the exception of the above, all cabling, wiring, piping, cable trays, etc. required to interconnect the various components of the system shall be supplied and installed under this Contract.

Earthing: All items of equipment are to be earthed with 95mm² copper conductors.

B12. MANUAL OPERATION: It must be possible to manually operate the plants by switching the generator set from automatic to manual control

The changeover switches for this facility are to be installed in the Control Panel.

B13. SOUND ATTENUATION: Tenderers shall allow to supply both inlet and outlet acoustic sound attenuators ensuring a noise level not more than 75 dbs at 7m. Air outlet and inlet louvres shall be aluminium Trox type and supplied by the Standby Contractor for installation by the Builder. Tenderers shall allow to supply to the Builder for installation a single acoustic door as part of the acoustic equipment.

B14. GUARANTEE AND MAINTENANCE:

Refer to Clause B9.

B15. DRAWINGS: The Standby Generating Contractor’s attention is drawn to Clause B5 and all drawings are to be submitted timeously for approval prior to manufacture.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

208

B16.

B17.

SITE LIAISON:

TESTING AND

Tenderers shall allow in their Tender for regular Site Visits and liaison with the Main Contractor and Engineer to ensure all builders work is fully in accordance with their requirements.

The entire installation shall be tested and commissioned in

COMMISSIONING: the presence of the Engineer.

On completion and handover, three (3) sets of Operating and Maintenance Manuals and ‘As Built Drawings’ shall be handed over to the Engineer.

B18. PAINTING: The complete Standby Plant shall be painted to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

B19. SCHEDULE OF The Schedule of Technical Information must be completed

TECHNICAL INFORMATION:(Part C) in full and returned at the time of tender submission.

B20. FOREIGN EXCHANGE: The Schedule of Foreign Exchange shall be returned at time of Tender (Part D)




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

209

VOLUME 3: PART C


SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION

INDEX

Clause No. Page No.

C1. Engine and Ancillary Equipment ............................................................... 3/C1

C2. Generator and Ancillary Equipment .......................................................... 3/C3

C3. Standby Plant Switchboard ...................................................................... 3/C3

C4. Control Console ........................................................................................ 3/C3

C5. Starter and Control Battery ...................................................................... 3/C3

C6. Dimensions and Masses........................................................................... 3/C4

C7. Delivery Periods ....................................................................................... 3/C4

C8. Inlet Acoustic Louvre ................................................................................ 3/C4

C9. Exhaust Acoustic Louvre ......................................................................... 3/C4




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

210

VOLUME 3: PART C


SCHEDULE OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION

C1. ENGINE AND ANCILLARY .1 Manufacturer ...................... EQUIPMENT:

.2 Country of Manufacture ......................

.3 Manufacturer's Engine Model No. ......................

.4 Name of Engine Agencies in RSA ......................

.5 Continuous sea level rating after reduction for fan and/or ancillaries ........kW at ......°C

.6 Continuous site net rating at specified conditions ........kW at ......°C

.7 Percentage of rated load they may be applied at start up? .....................

.8 Balance of load to be applied after? .....................

.9 Nominal speed ...................rpm

.10 Number and arrangement of the cylinders ......................

.11 State V angle ......................

.12 Recommended fuel ......................

.13 Fuel Tank Capacities: (a) Day Tank (litres) .....................l

.14 Fuel Consumption:

(a) Full Load .......grams/kW/hr

and

..................l/hr

(b) 3/4 Full Load .......grams/kW/hr

and

..................l/hr

(c) 1/2 Full Load .......grams/kW/hr

and

COTRACT NO.: DPWFS (T) 009 /2021



HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

211

..................l/hr

.15 Air quantity required for adequate cooling of engine and generator at site conditions ..................m³/h

.16 Recommended gross cross-section area of ventilation air outlet louvres from standby plant room ..................m²

.17 Air quantity required for combustion at

full load at site atmospheric conditions..................m³/h

.18 Recommended gross cross-sectional area of ventilation and combustion air inlet louvres into standby plantroom ....................m²

.19 Recommended Make and Model No. of

outlet air louvres ......................

.20 Velocity of air flow from outlet louvres...................m/s

.21 Is a turbocharger fitted? ......................

.22 Is a jacket water heater fitted? ......................

.23 If so, make and type of jacket water

heater fitted ......................

.24 Rating of jacket water heater ......................

.25 Method of protection against high

engine temperature ......................

.26 Method of protection against low engine

oil pressure ......................

` .27 Range of mechanically driven running hours

indicator (smallest unit shown on

dial to be one hour) ......................

.28 Make and type of coupling between engine

and generator ......................

.29 Is a torsional analysis carried out? ......................

.30 Is engine fitted with individual cylinder

heads? ......................

.31 State type and class of engine governor......................




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

212

.32 State material used in cylinder head and crankcase

construction ......................

.33 Number of valves per cylinder head .....................

.34 Model of fuel injection chamber ......................

.35 Guaranteed unlimited light load ......................

.36 Type of exhaust valve material ......................

.37 Type of bearings ......................

.38 Is it necessary to shut down engine to

change lubricating oil and fuel oil filters?......................

.39 Recommended interval, in engine running hours, for:

(a) Air filter oil change ...................hrs

(b) Oil filter element change ...................hrs

(c) Lubricating oil change ......................

(d) Decarbonising and top overhaul......................

C2. GENERATOR AND ANCILLARY .1 Manufacturer .....................

EQUIPMENT:

.2 Country of Origin .....................

.3 Manufacturer's Generator Model No. .....................

.4 Continuous sea level rating at 0.8 PF

lagging .....................kVA

.5 Continuous site rating at 0.8 PF lagging....................kVA

C3. STANDBY PLANT .1 Manufacturer .....................

SWITCHBOARD:

.2 Is board Floor, wall mounted or set

mounted? .....................

.3 Make and rating of Mains Isolator .....................

.4 Make and rating of Generator ACB .....................

COTRACT NO.: DPWFS (T) 009/2021 009/2021



HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

213

.5 Make and rating of Changeover Switch.....................

.6 Make of By-pass switch .....................

.7 Make of control equipment .....................

C4. CONTROL CONSOLE: .1 Manufacturer .....................

.2 Manufacturer's Generator Model No. .....................

.3 Continuous sea level rating at 0.8 PF

lagging .....................kVA

.4 Continuous site rating at 0.8 PF lagging....................kVA C5.

STARTER AND CONTROL .1 Manufacturer

.....................

BATTERY:

.2 Country of Origin .....................

.3 Manufacturer's Battery Type No. .....................

.4 Ampere hours of battery (10 hours rating) ..................Ah

.5 Ampere hours of battery (1-hour rating) .....................Ah

.6 Battery voltage (as supplied across starter

motor) .....................Volts

C6. DIMENSIONS AND MASSES: .1 Engine Generator and Skid Base Unit: This shall include the

radiator but shall exclude radiator ducting, exhaust gas pipework, etc.

(a) Overall length .....................m

(b) Overall width .....................m

(c) Overall height .....................m

(d) Mass in operating condition

with full oil sump and radiator .....................kg

.2 Day Fuel Tank for Plant

(a) Width .....................m

(b) Depth .....................m




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

214

(c) Height .....................m

(d) Mass of full fuel tank .....................kg

(e) Volume .....................l

C7. DELIVERY PERIODS: .1 Delivery

(a) Diesel/Alternator Set .....................

(b) Electrical Control Panel .....................

(c) Sound Attenuation Equipment .....................

C8. INLET ACOUSTIC LOUVRE: .1 Overall length .....................m

.2 Overall width .....................m

.3 Overall height .....................m

.4 dbA Reduction .....................m

C9. EXHAUST ACOUSTIC .1 Overall length .....................m

.2 Overall width .....................m

.3 Overall height .....................m

.4 dbA Reduction .....................dbA

TENDERER’S SIGNATURE:.…………………………PRINT: …………………………………………

COMPANY: ………………………………………………………………………………………………… ADDRESS:

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

……………………......……………………………………………………………………….

…………………………………………………………………………………………………

.

TELEPHONE: ………………………………………… FAX: …………………………………………… DATE:

………………………………




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

215

C3.4.3: PART C: PROVISION OF THE TEMPORARY WORKFORCE CONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION

C1 SCOPE C2 INTERPRETATIONS C3 PERMITTED SOURCES OF TEMPORARY WORKERS C4 EMPLOYMENT RECORDS TO BE PROVIDED C5 VARIATIONS IN WORKER PRODUCTION RATES C6 TRAINING OF THE TEMPORARY WORKFORCE C7 RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION PROCEDURES C8 TERMS AND CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO THE EMPLOYMENT OF THE

TEMPORARY WORKFORCE C9 LABOUR RELATIONS AND WORKER GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES C10 THE SUBCONTRACTORS’ WORKFORCES C11 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

C1 SCOPE

This Specification covers the provisions and requirements relating to the provision of the temporary workforce.

C2 INTERPRETATIONS

C2.1 Supporting documents

The Tendered Rules, Conditions of Contract, Standard and Construction Specifications, Drawings and statutory minimum requirements relating to the employment and remuneration of labour shall inter alia be read in conjunction with this Specification.

C2.2 Definitions and abbreviations

For the purposes of this specification, the definitions given in the Conditions of Contract, the Standard Specifications and the Construction Specifications, together with the following additional definitions shall, unless the context dictates otherwise, apply:

(a) "Key Personnel" means all contracts managers, site agents, materials and survey technicians, trainers,

supervisors, foremen, skilled plant operators, artisans and the like, and all other personnel in the permanent employ of the Contractor or Subcontractor who possess special skills and/or who play key roles in the Contractor's or Subcontractor's operation.

(b) "Project Committee" means a committee consisting of the Employer, the Engineer, the Contractor, (or their nominated representatives) as well as representatives of the temporary workforce, which is convened from time to time at the discretion of the Engineer, for the purposes of acting as an avenue for effective communication and liaison between all the parties referred to, in all matters pertaining to the Contract.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

216

(c) "Subcontractor" means any person or group of persons in association, or firm, or body corporate (whether formally constituted or otherwise) not being the Contractor, to whom specific portions or aspects of the Works are sublet or subcontracted by the Contractor in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

(d) "Worker" for the purposes of this Specification means any person, not being one of the Contractor's key personnel, nor any key personnel of any Subcontractor, who is engaged by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or the Employer to participate in the execution of any part of the Contract Works and shall include unskilled labour, semi-skilled and skilled labour, clerical workers and the like.

(e) "Workforce" means the aggregate body comprising of all workers and shall, unless the context dictates otherwise,

include the workforces of the Contractor and all Subcontractors.

(f) "Liaison Officer" means a representative from the temporary workforce, duly elected by them, to act on their behalf and through whom all matters pertaining to the temporary workforce can be channelised.

C2.3 Status

Where any provisions or requirements of this Specification are in conflict with anything elsewhere set out in the Contract, the provisions and requirements of this Specification shall take precedence and prevail.

C3 PERMITTED SOURCES OF TEMPORARY WORKERS

The Contractor shall as far as possibly make optimum use of the human resources outside his own workforce and the workforces of all Subcontractors. The temporary workforce which is to be used in the execution of the Works in terms of Part A may consist of the workers of various communities, and shall not be bound to one particular community.

C4 EMPLOYMENT RECORDS TO BE PROVIDED

The Contractor shall maintain accurate and comprehensive records of all workers engaged on the Contract and shall provide the Engineer at monthly intervals from the commencement of the Contract, with interim records substantiating the actual numbers of employment opportunities which have been generated to date and the amounts actually paid in respect thereof. Such interim records shall be in a format approved by the Engineer.

The Contractor shall, on completion of the Contract, and as a pre-requisite event to the release of any retention money in terms of the Conditions of Contract, provide the Engineer with copies of the Terms of Employment as well as independently audited documentary evidence of the total number of temporary and permanent employment opportunities actually generated during the Contract.

C5 VARIATIONS IN WORKER PRODUCTION RATES

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary as may be stated in or inferred from any other provision of this Contract, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional payment or compensation whatever, in respect of any differences as may result between the production rates actually




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

217

achieved by workers in the course of the execution of the Contract Works and those production rates on which he has based his Tendered.

C6 TRAINING OF THE TEMPORARY WORKFORCE

Selected members of the workforce are to be provided with structured training in accordance with the provisions of Part D.

The Contractor shall make all necessary allowances in his programme of work to accommodate and facilitate the delivery of such structured training and shall comply fully with the requirements of Part D. The provision of structured training as described in Part D shall not relieve the Contractor of any of his obligations in terms of the Conditions of Contract and the Contractor shall remain fully liable for the provision, at his own cost, of all training of the workforce, additional to that as provided for in Part D, as may be necessary to achieve the execution and completion of the works strictly in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

C7 RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION PROCEDURES

The Contractor shall be fully responsible for the recruitment and selection of workers to constitute the temporary workforce.

The Contractor shall advise the Engineer in writing of the numbers of each category of temporary worker which he requires, together with the personal attributes which he considers desirable that each category of worker shall possess (taking due cognisance of the provisions of the Contract relating to training).

The Contractor shall, at his own cost, take all necessary actions to advertise within the communities comprising the personnel resources, the fact that temporary employment opportunities exist and the time and place where recruiting will occur. This shall include making contact with the local ward councillors and or labour forums that may exist. Delays in obtaining temporary workers shall not be accepted as reasonable grounds for seeking an extension of time claim.

The Contractor shall record in writing, the details of all persons applying for employment, including inter alia:

(a) Name, address, age and sex (b) Marital status and number of dependants (c) (c) Qualifications and previous work experience (whether substantiated or not) (d) (d) Period since last economically active (e) (e) Preference for type of work or task.

The Contractor shall make his selection of workers from amongst the applicants, taking due cognisance of his requirements for the workforce and the provisions of the contract in regard to the provision of training to the workforce and in accordance with the following principles:

(a) No potential temporary worker shall be precluded from being employed by the Contractor on the execution of the Works, by virtue of his lack of skill in any suitable operation forming part of the Works, unless –




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

218

(i) (all available vacancies have been or can be filled by temporary workers who already possess suitable skills, or

(ii) the Time for Completion allowed in the Contract, or the remaining portion of the Contract Period (as the case may be) is insufficient to facilitate the creation of the necessary skills.

(b) Preference shall be given to the unemployed and single heads of households.

(c) The Contractor shall, in so far as is reasonably practicable, give priority to accommodating the applicants' expressed preferences regarding the types of work for which they are selected.

(d) The selection process shall not be prejudicial to youth (over the age of fifteen years) and women.

After making his selection, the Contractor shall advise the Engineer thereof, in writing and the Engineer shall, without undue delay, ratify the Contractor's selection.

The provisions of this clause shall apply mutatis mutandis in respect of the selection of additional or replacement members of the workforce as may be necessary from time to time during the Contract.

The Contractor shall, after selecting his temporary workforce, arrange at his own cost for the appointment of the Liaison Officer as representative of the workforce to act on their behalf with regards to all matters pertaining to the workforce.

C8 TERMS AND CONDITIONS PERTAINING TO THE EMPLOYMENT OF THE TEMPORARY WORKFORCE

C8.1 All temporary workers engaged in accordance with the provisions of the Construction Specifications, shall be employed on the terms and conditions of employment as are consistent with those as set out in this Contract. The Contractor shall implement and adhere strictly to such terms and conditions relating to the employment of the temporary workforce, and subject only to the provisions of this Contract, shall not employ any temporary worker on terms and conditions which are less favourable to the worker or inconsistent with the standards and norms generally applicable to temporary workers in the Civil Engineering Industry and applicable to the particular area.

C8.2 The Contractor shall pay to all temporary workers engaged in terms of Part A of the Construction Specifications,

not less than the minimum rate of remuneration as specified by the Department of Labour for the Gauteng area.

C9 LABOUR RELATIONS AND WORKER GRIEVANCE PROCEDURES

The Contractor, as the Employer of the workforce, shall be fully responsible for the establishment and maintenance at his own cost, of satisfactory labour relations on site and the resolution of all grievances of temporary workers as may occur. The Contractor shall at all times adhere to the accepted norms and standards of labour relations prevailing generally in the Civil Engineering Construction Industry and shall conduct himself in a




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

219

fair and reasonable manner, within the constraints as may be imposed upon him by the terms of the Contract.

In the event of any temporary worker engaged by the Contractor in terms of the Contract, being aggrieved with regard to his terms of employment, working conditions and training, he shall have the right, at his discretion, to be supported in any inquiry or disciplinary hearing or investigation instituted by the Contractor by one member of the temporary workforce and one member of the Project Committee, which persons shall be nominated by the worker.

In the event of any grievance not being satisfactorily resolved through the application of normal dispute resolution procedures, then either the Contractor or the worker concerned may require that the matter be referred to the Project Committee for further consideration, with a view to facilitate the resolution thereof.

C10 THE SUBCONTRACTORS' WORKFORCES

The provisions of this Part F shall apply mutatis mutandis to the workforces employed by all Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor and the Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring, at his own cost, that the terms of every subcontract agreement entered into are such as to facilitate the application of these provisions in respect of the workforces of all Subcontractors.

The Contractor shall at his own cost and to the extent necessary, assist and monitor all Subcontractors in the application of the provisions of this Specification, and shall, in terms of the Conditions of Contract, remain fully liable in respect of the acts, omissions and neglects of all Subcontractors, in respect of the application of the provisions of this Specification.

C11 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

The Contractor will not be separately reimbursed or compensated in respect of the provision of the workforce and creation of temporary employment opportunities and all the Contractor's costs associated with compliance with the provisions of this part of the Construction Specifications shall, except to the extent provided for in Part D as relevant, be deemed to be included in the rates tendered for the various items of work listed in the Bill of Quantities.

PLEASE NOTE: Local Labour Work force are to be paid according to the SAFCEC rates, the tender is expected to allow for such in the rates of the various item, provision should be made for the annual increase expected in September 2019.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

220

C3.4.4: PART D PROVISION OF STRUCTURED TRAINING CONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION

D1 SCOPE D2 INTERPRETATIONS D3 ENGINEERING SKILLS TRAINING D4 ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS TRAININ D5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

D1 SCOPE

This specification covers the requirements for the provision of the following training:

(i) Specified structured training to selected members of the workforce and small, medium and micro enterprises

(SMME's) by a selected Subcontractor as appointed by the Employer.

(ii) Additional training deemed necessary by the Contractor, to members of the workforce and small, medium and micro enterprises (SMME's).

D2 INTERPRETATIONS

D2.1 Supporting documents

The Tendered Rules, Conditions of Contract, Standard, Supplementary and Specific Specifications and Construction Specifications and drawings shall inter alia be read in conjunction with this specification.

D2.2 Application

The provisions of this specification shall apply in respect of all workers and small, medium and micro enterprises other than the Contractor's key personnel, who are engaged on the execution of the works.

D3 ENGINEERING SKILLS TRAINING

The Contractor shall, from the commencement of the contract, implement a structured training programme comprising of the training delivered by the Selected Subcontractor and any additional training as provided for by the Contractor, in which the various skills required for the execution and completion of the works are imparted to the workers, and where applicable, small, medium and micro enterprises engaged thereon, in a Programmed and progressive manner. Selected workers shall be trained progressively throughout the duration of the contract in the various stages of a particular type of work.

D3.1 Training programme

The skills training programme to be implemented by the Selected Subcontractor shall comply with the following minimum standards:




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

221

(i) Be accredited by the Civil Engineering Industry Training Scheme (CEITS) or other institution recognised by the Department of Labour, as being appropriate for application on this project. Accredited training refers to both the trainers as well as to the training materials.

(ii) Be delivered by suitably qualified and experienced trainers accredited to do so.

D3.2 In house training

The Contractor shall provide with his Tender, full details of any additional accredited and in-house training, viewed to be necessary by the Contractor, which he intends to implement at his own cost. These details shall include the following:

(i) The name of the accredited training institution and programme (ii) The various aspects of each type of training comprised in the programme (iii) The manner in which the training is to be delivered (iv) The numbers and details of the trainers to be utilised.

D3.3 Additional training

The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of the following necessary for the delivery of the specified and additional skills training programme, including the following:

(i) Sufficient skilled, competent and accredited trainers to deliver the additional training programme to

workers in accordance with the training programme (ii) A suitably furnished venue (iii) Transport of the workers as required (iv) Tools, equipment, and teaching aids (v) Stationery and all other necessary materials.

D3.4 Selection of candidates

Members of the workforce will be selected by the Engineer, assisted by the Contractor and the Liaison Officer, to receive specific training as approved by the Engineer. The following will be taken into account in the selection of the workers to receive the specified training:

(i) Previous experience (if any) (ii) Previous courses completed (if any) (iii) Module specific requirements.

D3.5 Duration of training

The Contractor shall allow in his programme for the selected members of the workforce to be engaged in the specified training modules.

Provision must also be made by the Contractor for members of the workforce to receive any additional training as provided for by the Contractor.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

222

D3.6 Training hours

All specified skills-related training shall take place only during normal working hours and the Contractor shall ensure that the selected workers are available at the appropriate times to undergo such training. D3.7 Approval of training

Both the Selected Subcontractor’s and the Contractor's additional training programme shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, and if instructed by the Engineer, the Contractor shall alter or amend the programme and course content to suit changing conditions on site and all changes in the Contractor's programme of work.

D3.8 Training record

The Contractor shall keep comprehensive records of the training given to each worker involved in training as well as the nature and number of each task executed by the worker and whenever required shall provide copies of such records to the Engineer.

D3.9 Remuneration during training

Workers shall be remunerated in respect of all time spent undergoing the specified training in terms of Clause D3.2, at the minimum specified wage rate for the area of the Works.

D3.10 Use of workers

The Contractor shall, in so far as it is reasonably feasible, take due cognizance of the nature of the works to be executed at any given time and use trained workers on those aspects of the works for which they have been trained.

D4 ENTREPRENEURIAL SKILLS TRAINING

D4.1 Selection of Candidates

Members from selected small, medium and micro enterprises employed by the Contractor as Subcontractors will be entitled to receive a structured training programme, comprising of training delivered by a Selected Subcontractor and any additional training as provided for by the Contractor, the training will comprise both management skills as well as business development skills.

D4.2 Performance and monitoring

The Contractor shall closely monitor the performance of all the Subcontractors in the execution of their contracts and shall identify all such Subcontractors who, in his opinion, display the potential to benefit from structured training as may be provided for elsewhere in the Contract and where required by the Engineer, and shall make recommendations in this regard. The final list of candidates will be decided between the Contractor, the Engineer and the Project Committee.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

223

D4.3 Delivery of training

The Contractor shall assist in facilitating in the delivery of the training, by instructing and motivating the Subcontractor’s regarding attendance and participation therein.

D4.4 Programming of work and training

The Contractor shall further make all reasonable efforts to co-ordinate the programming of the Subcontractor's work with that of the delivery of the structured training.

D4.5 Training standards The entrepreneurial skills training programme to be implemented by the selected Subcontractor shall comply with the following minimum standards:

(I) Be accredited by the Civil Engineering Industry Training Scheme (CEITS) or other institution recognised by the Department of Labour, as being appropriate for application on this project. Accredited training refers to both the trainers as well as to the training materials.

(II) Be delivered by suitably qualified and experienced trainers accredited to do so.

D4.6 Certificates

Following completion of the structured training, members of small, medium and micro Subcontractors that have demonstrated understanding of and competence in the training material are to be appropriately certified by the accrediting body.

D4.7 In house training and additional training

The Contractor shall provide with his Tendered, full details of any additional accredited and in- house training, viewed to be necessary by the Contractor, which he intends to implement at his own cost. These details shall include the following:

(a) The name of the training institution and programme (b) The various aspects of each type of training comprised in the programme (c) The manner in which the training is to be delivered (d) The numbers and details of the trainers to be utilized.

Details of such additional entrepreneurial training shall be attached to Form H of the forms to be completed by the Tenderer.

D4.8 Provision of entrepreneurial training

The Contractor shall be responsible for the provision of the following necessary for the delivery of the entrepreneurial training programme, including the following:

(a) Sufficient skilled and competent trainers to deliver the additional training programme to trainees in

accordance with the training programme (b) A suitably furnished venue




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

224

(c) Transport of the trainees as required (d) Tools, equipment, and teaching aids (e) Stationery and all other necessary materials.

D4.9 Training hours

All specified entrepreneurial training shall take place within normal working hours.

D4.10 Approval of training

Both the Selected Subcontractor’s and the Contractor's training programme shall be subject to the approval of the Engineer, and if instructed by the Engineer shall alter or amend the programme and course content. D4.11 Training records

The Contractor shall keep comprehensive records of the training given to each Subcontractor involved in training and whenever required shall provide copies of such records to the Engineer. At the successful completion of each course each Subcontractor shall be issued with a certificate indicating the course contents as proof of attendance and completion.

D4.12 Remuneration during training

No remuneration in respect of time spent undergoing specified training in terms of this clause will be made to any of the Subcontractors.

D5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

D5.1 Basic principles

(a) General Measurement and payment for all work executed in terms of this contract shall be measured and paid for in accordance with the principles set out in Clause B1232 of the Construction Specifications, irrespective of whether the work is executed as an integral part of the provision of training in terms of this specification.

(b) Training

The Contractor shall only be reimbursed for the amounts actually paid by the Contractor to the Selected Subcontractors as appointed by the Employer, in execution of the Engineer’s written instruction, plus a percentage as Tendered to cover all his charges and profits.

D5.2 Scheduled items

Payment items are included in the bill of Quantities under Section 1200 for the provision of the specified training by selected Subcontractors only. Any additional training as viewed by the Contractor to be necessary shall be viewed to be included under Section 1300 and shall not be paid for separately.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

225

C3.5 MANAGEMENT

CONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION

C3.5.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION E1000: HEALTH AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS

C3.5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

SECTION F1000: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

226

C3.5.1 HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS

This part of C3.5 Management contains specifications for Health and Safety matters not covered by C3.4 Construction Specifications.

The number of each clause in this specification is prefixed with a E to differentiate these clauses and items.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

227

TABLE OF CONTENTS

1. INTRODUCTION

2. SCOPE OF HEALTH & SAFETY DOCUMENT

3. PURPOSE

4. DEFINITIONS

5. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

5.1. Organisational Structure of EHSMS Responsibilities 5.2. Communication & Liaison

6. NTERPRETATION

7. RESPONSIBILITIES

7.1. Client 7.2. Principal Contractor and Sub - Contractor

8. SCOPE OF WORK

9. HEALTH AND SAFETY FILE

10. SHE OBJECTIVES, MONITORING, REVIEWING AND PERFORMANCE

11. IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS & DEVELOPMENT OF RISK ASSESSMENTS,

12. STANDARD WORKING PROCEDURES (SWP) & METHOD STATEMENTS

13. ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING AND REVIEW

13.1. Monthly Audit by Client and/or its Agent on its behalf

13.2. 12.2 Other Audits & Inspections 13.3. 12.3 Incident Investigation and reporting 13.4. 12.4 Review 13.5. 12.5 Site Rules and other Restrictions 13.6. 12.6 Training 13.7. 12.7 Incident Investigation 13.8. 12.8 SHE Representatives and SHE Committees

14. PROJECT/SITE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

15. OUTLINED DATA, REFERENCES & INFORMATION ON CERTAIN AND/OR

16. SPECIFIC OBLIGATORY REQUIREMENTS TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE

17. THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL DUTIES

18. THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR’S SPECIFIC DUTIES




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

228

19. THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR’S SPECIFIC DUTIES REGARDING HAZARDOUS

20. ACTIVITIES

21. GENERAL NOTES TO THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR

22. HOUSE KEEPING

23. LOCKOUT SYSTEMS

24. INCIDENT INVESTIGATION

25. COVID-19 SPECIFICATION

26. GENERAL

27. IMPORTANT LISTS AND RECORDS TO BE KEPT

27.1. List of Appointments

27.2. List of Record Keeping Responsibilities

27.3. Inspection Checklist

28. ANNEXURES




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

229

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. In terms of Construction Regulation 5(1)(b) of the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act 85 of

1993), Free State Department of Public Works and Infrastructure as the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf, shall be responsible to prepare Health & Safety Specifications for any intended construction project and provide any Principal Contractor who is making a bid or appointed to perform construction work for the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf with the same.

1.2. The Principal Contractor and contractors shall be responsible for the Health & Safety Policy for the site in terms of Section 7 of the Act and in line with Construction Regulation 7 as well as the Health and Safety Plan for the project.

1.3. This ‘Health and Safety Specifications’ document is governed by the “Occupational Health and Safety Act, 1993 (Act No. 85 of 1993), hereinafter referred to as ‘The Act’. It should be noted that no single Act or its set of Regulations be read in isolation. Furthermore, although the definition of Health and Safety Specifications stipulates ‘a documented specification of all health and safety requirements pertaining to associated works on a construction site, so as to ensure the health and safety of persons’, it is required that the entire scope of the Labour Legislation, including the Basic Conditions of Employment Act be considered as part of the legal compliance system. With reference to this specification document this requirement is limited to all health, safety and environmental issues pertaining to the site of the project as referred to here-in. Despite the foregoing it is reiterated that environmental management shall receive due attention.

1.4. Due to the wide scope and definition of construction work, every construction activity and site will be different, and circumstances and conditions may change even on a daily basis. Therefore, due caution is to be taken by the Principal Contractor and contractors when drafting the Health and Safety Plan based on these Health and Safety Specifications.

1.5. Prior to drafting the Health and Safety Plan, and in consideration of the information contained here-in, the contractor shall set up a Risk Assessment Program to identify and determine the scope and details of any risk associated with any hazard at the construction site, in order to identify the steps needed to be taken to remove, reduce or control such hazard. This Risk Assessment and the steps identified will be the basis or point of departure for the Health and Safety Plan. The Health and Safety Plan shall include documented ‘Methods of Statement’ (see definitions under Regulation 1 of Construction Regulations) detailing the key activities to be performed in order to reduce as far as reasonably practicable, the hazards identified in the Risk Assessment.

1.6. Every effort has been made to ensure that this specification document is accurate and adequate in all respects. Should it however, contain any errors or omissions they may not be considered as grounds for claims under the contract for additional reimbursement or extension of time, or relieve the Principal Contractor and contractors from his responsibilities and accountability in respect of the project to which this specification document pertains. Any such inaccuracies, inconsistencies and/or inadequacies must immediately be brought to the attention of the Agent and/or Client.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

230

2. SCOPE OF HEALTH AND SAFETY SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT

The Health and Safety Specifications pertaining to the project; “REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD”

.

These specifications are contained in the index and intend to specify the normal and specific requirements of Upgrade of Water and Sewer Services and Sandveld Nature Reserve Near Hoopstad pertaining to the health and safety matters (including the environment) applicable to the project in question. These Specifications should be read in conjunction with the OHS Act 85, 1993 and its Regulations with specific reference to the Construction Regulations. This will also include any Safety Standards which were or will be promulgated under the Act or incorporated into the Act and be in force or come into force during the effective duration of the project. The stipulations in this specification, as well as those contained in all other documentation pertaining to the project, including contract documentation and technical specifications shall not be interpreted, in any way whatsoever, to countermand or nullify any stipulation of the Act, Regulations and Safety Standards which are promulgated under, or incorporated into the Act.

3. PURPOSE

The purpose of this specification document is to provide the relevant Principal Contractor (and sub-contractor) with any information other than the standard conditions pertaining to construction sites which might affect the health and safety of persons at work and of persons in connection with the use of plant and machinery. It further aims to protect persons other than its employees against any potential hazards to their health and safety arising out of or in connection with the activities of persons at work during the construction work for (Company Name).

3.1. To brief the Principle and Sub Contractor on the significant health and safety requirements and aspects of the

project. This shall include the provision of the following information and requirements namely: (a) safety considerations affecting the site of the project and its environment; (b) health and safety aspects of the associated structures and equipment; (c) required submissions on health and safety matters required from the Principal Contractor (and

Sub Contractor); (d) and the Principal Contractor’s (Sub - Contractors) health and safety plan.

3.2. To serve to ensure that the Principal Contractor (and Sub Contractors) is fully aware of what is expected

from them with regards to the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 85 of 1993 and the Regulations made there-under including the applicable safety standards, and in particular in terms of Section 8 of the Act.

3.3. To inform the Principal Contractor that the Occupational Health and Safety Act, 85 of 1993 in its entirety shall

apply to the contract to which this specification document applies. The Construction Regulations promulgated on 7 February 2014 and incorporated into the above Act by Government Notice R 84, published in Government Gazette 37305 shall specifically apply to all persons involved in the construction work pertaining to this project.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

231

4. DEFINITIONS

“Purpose of the Act” –To provide for the health and safety of persons at work and the health and safety of persons in connection with the use of plant and machinery; the protection of persons other than persons at work against hazards to health and safety arising out of or in connection with the activities of persons at work; to establish an advisory council for occupational health and safety; and to provide for matters connected therewith.

“Agent” –means a competent person who acts as a representative for a client;

“Client” –means any person for whom construction work is performed;

"Construction manager" means a competent person responsible for the management of the physical construction processes and the coordination, administration and management of resources on a construction site;

"Construction site" means a work place where construction work is being performed;

"Construction supervisor" means a competent person responsible for supervising construction activities on a construction site;

"Construction work" means any work in connection with –

(a) the construction, erection, alteration, renovation, repair, demolition or dismantling of or addition to a building or any similar structure; or

(b) the construction, erection, maintenance, demolition or dismantling of any bridge, dam, canal, road, railway,

runway, sewer or water reticulation system; or the moving of earth, clearing of land, the making of excavation, piling, or any similar civil engineering structure or type of work;

“Contractor” – means an employer who performs construction work;

"Designer" means -

(a) a competent person who:

(i) prepares a design; (ii) checks and approves a design; (iii) arranges for a person at work under his or her control to prepare a design, including an

employee of that person where he or she is the employer; or (iv) designs temporary work, including its components;

(b) an architect or engineer contributing to, or having overall responsibility for a design; (c) a building services engineer designing details for fixed plant; (d) a surveyor specifying articles or drawing up specifications; (e) a contractor carrying out design work as part of a design and building project; or an interior designer,

shop-fitter or landscape architect;




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

232

“Health and Safety File” –means a file, or other record containing the information by the Construction Regulations;

“Health and Safety Plan” –means a site, activity or project specific documented plan in accordance with the client’s health and safety specification;

“Health and Safety Specification” –means a site, activity or project specific document prepared by the client pertaining to all health and safety requirements related to construction work;

“Method Statement” –means a document detailing the key activities to be performed in order to reduce as reasonably as practicable the hazards identified in any risk assessment;

"Principal contractor" means an employer appointed by the client to perform construction work;

“Risk Assessment” –means a program to determine any risk associated with any hazard at a construction site, in order to identify the steps needed to be taken to remove, reduce or control such hazard.

5. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY MANAGEMENT

5.1. Roles and organisation of Health and Safety Responsibilities

All responsibilities fall under the legal requirement of legal appointment letters – each responsible person must have an appointment letter.

ROLE RESPONSIBILITIES

Client

Client Agent

The Client and/or its Agent shall ensure that the Principal Contractor, appointed in terms of Construction Regulation 5(1) (l), implements and maintains the agreed and approved Health and Safety Plan. Failure on the part of the Client or Agent to comply with this requirement will not relieve the Principal Contractor from any duties under the Act and Regulations.

CEO – Principle Contractor

The Chief Executive Officer of the Principal Contractor in terms of Section 16 (1) of the Act to ensure that the Employer (as defined in the Act) complies with the Act. The pro forma Legal Compliance Audit may be used for this purpose by the Principal Contractor or his/her appointed contractor.

Person responsible for Health and Safety

Section 16(2)

All OHS Act (85 /1993), Section 16 (2) appointee/s as detailed in their respective appointment forms shall regularly, in writing, report to management on health and safety matters or deviations identified during routine or ad hoc inspections/ audits. All reports shall be made available to the principal Contractor to become part of their site records (Health & Safety File).

233

COTRACT NO.: TBC

DESCRIPTION: REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES AT

SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD

Construction Manager Or Assistant

The Construction Manager and Assistant Construction Supervisor/s appointed in terms of Construction Regulation 8 shall regularly, in writing, report to their managers on health and safety matters or deviations identified during inspections. All reports shall be made available to the principal Contractor to become part of site records (Health & Safety File). This manager must be registered with SACPCMP.

SHE Representatives All Health and Safety Representatives (SHE-Reps) shall act and report as per Section 18 of the Act. She Representatives shall inspect and monitor activities on a daily basis and report finding to the Client and Health and Safety manager immediately. These safety representatives have the right to stop any unsafe work or work due to unsafe conditions and report findings and reason immediately to (Company Name) Management.

Other Legal Appointees

Further (Specific) Supervision Responsibilities for OH&S

Several appointments or designations of responsible and /or competent people in specific areas of construction work are required by the Act and Regulations. The following competent appointments, where applicable, in terms of the Construction Regulations are required to ensure compliance to the Act, Regulations and Safety Standards.

LEGAL APPOINTMENTS AS REQUIRED IN THE CONSTRUCTION REGULATIONS

Item Construction

Regulation Appointment Responsible Person

1. 5(1)(h) Principal contractor for each phase or project Client

2. 7(c)(v) Contractor Principal Contractor

3. 7(2)(c) Contractor Contractor

4. 8(1) Construction Manager Principal Contractor

5. 8(2) Construction Manager sub-ordinates Principal Contractor

6. 8(6) Construction Safety Officer Principal Contractor & Contractor

7. 9(1) Person to carry out risk assessment Principal Contractor & Contractor

8. 9(4) Trainer/Instructor Principal Contractor & Contractor

9. 10(1)(a) Fall protection planner Principal Contractor & Contractor

10. 13(1)(a) Excavation supervisor Principal Contractor & Contractor

234

COTRACT NO.: TBC



11. 13(2)(b)(ii) (bb) Professional engineer or technologist Principal Contractor & Contractor

12. 13(2)(k) Explosives expert Principal Contractor & Contractor

13. 14(1) Supervisor demolition work Principal Contractor & Contractor

14. 14(2) + (3) Demolition expert Principal Contractor & Contractor

15. 14(11) Explosives expert Principal Contractor & Contractor

16. 16(1) Scaffold supervisor Principal Contractor & Contractor

17. 17(1) Suspended platform supervisor Principal Contractor & Contractor

18. 17(2)(c) Compliance plan developer Principal Contractor & Contractor

19. 17(8)(c) Suspended platform expert Principal Contractor & Contractor

20. 17(13) Outrigger expert Principal Contractor & Contractor

21. 19(8)(a) Material hoist inspector Principal Contractor & Contractor

22. 18(1)(a) Rope access supervisor Principal Contractor & Contractor

23. 20(1) Bulk mixing plant supervisor Principal Contractor & Contractor

24. 20(2) Bulk mixing plant operator Principal Contractor & Contractor

25. 21(2)(b) Explosive actuated fastening device expert Principal Contractor & Contractor

26. 21(2) (g) (i) Explosive actuated fastening device controller Principal Contractor & Contractor

28. 22(e) Tower crane operator Principal Contractor & Contractor

29. 23(1)(d)(i) Construction vehicle and mobile plant operator Principal Contractor & Contractor

30. 23(1)(k) Construction vehicle and mobile plant inspector

Principal Contractor & Contractor




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

235

31. 24(d) Temporary electrical installations inspector Principal Contractor & Contractor

32. 24 (e) Temporary electrical installations controller Principal Contractor & Contractor

33. 28 (a) Stacking and storage supervisor Principal Contractor & Contractor

34. 29 (h) Fire equipment inspector Principal Contractor & Contractor

This list may be used as a reference or tool to determine which components of the Act and Regulations would be applicable to a particular site, as was intended under paragraph 3 & 4 of the Chapter “Introduction” (page 4) above. This list shall not be assumed to be exclusive or comprehensive.

5.2. Communication

5.2.1. Communication between the Employer, the Principal Contractor, Sub Contractors, Project manager, Architect and other concerned parties shall take place in the SHE Committee or Project meeting.

5.2.2. In addition to the above, communication may be directed to the Client or Client Agent, in writing, as and when the need arises.

5.2.3. The workforce may consult on Health and Safety matters with their Supervisor or She Representative

5.2.4. The Principal Contractor shall be responsible for the dissemination of all relevant Health and Safety information to Sub Contractors and other Contractors e.g. design changes agreed with the Client and its Agent; instructions issued by the Client agent, exchange of information between Contractors, the reporting of hazardous/dangerous conditions/situations etc.

6. INTERPRETATION

6.1. The Occupational Health and Safety Act and all its Regulations, with the exception of the Construction Regulations, distinguish between the roles, responsibilities and functions of employers and employees respectively. It views consultants and contractors as employees of the “owner” of a construction or operational project, the “owner” being regarded as the employer. Only if formally agreed to by way of the written agreement in this regard between the “owner(s)” and consultant and /or between the “owner(s)” and the contractor(s), will these assumptions be relinquished in favour of the position agreed upon between the relevant parties.

6.2. In terms of the Construction Regulations the “owner”, in terms of its instructions, operates (has to operate) in the role of client as per relevant definition.

6.3. The contractors working for the “client” are seen to be in two categories, i.e. the Principal Contractor and Sub Contractors. The Principal Contractor has to take full responsibility for




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

236

the health and safety on the site of the relevant project / contract. This includes monitoring health and safety conditions and overseeing administrative measures required by the Construction Regulations from all contractors on the project site.

6.4. Sub-Contractors are required to operate under the control (in terms of all health and safety measures which are covered in the Construction Regulations) of the Principal Contractor. Where, for the work the Principal Contractor will have to execute himself, practical health and safety measures are applicable, he will also be subject to the relevant requirements with which Sub Contractors have to comply. The Principal Contractor will, however, not have to actually fulfill such requirements in respect of any of the work / functions of any (ordinary / sub) Contractors on the site for which he has been appointed as Principal Contractor. However, he has to monitor / oversee such processes, ensuring that the requirements are complied with and that the required appointments / evaluations / inspections / assessments and tests are done and that the records are duly generated and kept as prescribed in the Construction Regulations. This has to feature clearly in the Principal Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan.

7. RESPONSIBILITIES

7.1. Client

(a) The Client or the appointed Client Agent will appoint each Principal Contractor for this project or phase/section of the project in writing for assuming the role of Principal Contractor as intended by the Construction Regulations.

(b) The Client or the appointed Client Agent shall discuss, negotiate and approve the contents of the specified project health and safety plan submitted by the Principal and Sub Contractor.

(c) The Client or his Agent will take reasonable steps to ensure that the health and safety plan of the Principle and Sub Contractor is correctly implemented and maintained. Periodical audits agreed between the client and the principal and any contractor (audits to take place at least every 30 days CR5.1(o)) shall be conducted to monitor the compliance.

(d) The Client or his appointed Agent on his behalf, will prevent the Principal Contractor and/or the Contractor from commencing or continuing with construction work should the Principal Contractor and/or the Contractor at any stage in the execution of the works be found to:

have failed to have complied with any of the administrative measures required by the Construction Regulations in preparation for the construction project or any physical preparations necessary in terms of the Act;

have failed to implement or maintain their health and safety plan;

have executed construction work which is not in accordance with their health and safety plan;




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

237

have acted in any way which may pose a threat to the health and safety of any person(s) present on the site of the works or in its vicinity, irrespective of him/them being employed or legitimately on the site of the works or in its vicinity.

7.2. Principal Contractor

(a) The Principal Contractor shall accept the appointment under the terms and Conditions of Contract. The Principal Contractor shall sign and agree to those terms and conditions and shall, before commencing work, notify the Department of Labour of the intended construction work in terms of Regulation 3 of the Construction Regulations. Annexure B of this Specification contains a “Notification of Construction Work” form. The Principal Contractor shall submit the notification in writing prior to commencement of work and inform the Client or his Agent accordingly.

(b) The Principal Contractor shall ensure that he is fully conversant with the requirements of this Specification and all relevant health and safety legislation. This Specification is not intended to supersede the Act nor the Construction Regulations or any part of either. Those sections of the Act and the Construction Regulations which apply to the scope of work to be performed by the Principal Contractor in terms of this contract (entirely or in part) will continue to be legally required of the Principal Contractor to comply with. The Principal Contractor will in no manner or means be absolved from the responsibility to comply with all applicable sections of the Act, the Construction Regulations or any Regulations proclaimed under the Act or which may perceivable be applicable to this contract.

(c) The Principal Contractor shall provide and demonstrate to the Client a suitable and sufficiently documented health and safety plan based on this Specification, the Act and the Construction Regulations, which shall be applied from the date of commencement of and for the duration of execution of the works. This plan shall, as appendices, include the health and safety plans of all Sub-contractors for which he has to take responsibility in terms of this contract.

(d) The Principal Contractor shall provide proof of his registration and good standing with the Compensation Fund or with a licensed compensation insurer prior to commencement with the works.

(e) The Potential Principal Contractor shall, in submitting his tender, demonstrate that he has made provision for the cost of compliance with the specified health and safety requirements, the Act and Construction Regulations. (Note: This shall have to be contained in the conditions of tender upon which a tenderer’s offer is based.)

(f) The Principal Contractor shall consistently demonstrate his competence and the adequacy of his resources to perform the duties imposed on the Principal Contractor in terms of this Specification, the Act and the Construction Regulations.

(g) The Principal Contractor shall ensure that a copy of his health and safety plan is available on site and is presented upon request to the Client, the Client’s agent, an Inspector, Employee or Sub-contractor.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

238

(h) The Principal Contractor shall ensure that a health and safety file, which shall include all documentation required in terms of the provisions of this Specification, the Act and the Construction Regulations, is opened and kept on site and made available to the Client or Inspector upon request. Upon completion of the works, the Principal Contractor shall hand over a consolidated health and safety file to the Client.

(i) The Principal Contractor shall, throughout execution of the contract, ensure that all conditions imposed on his Sub-contractors in terms of the Act and the Construction Regulations are complied with as if they were the Principal Contractor.

(j) The Principal Contractor shall from time to time evaluate the relevance of the Health and Safety Plan and revise the same as required, following which revised plan shall be submitted to the Client and/or his/her Agent for approval.

8. SCOPE OF WORK

These specifications are applicable to the specific scope of work pertaining to the Upgrade of Water and Sewer Services and Sandveld Nature Reserve Near Hoopstad project as detailed in the tender documents.

The Client or its Agent will provide a scope of work in the form of a Gant Chart to the Principal Contractor.

As a result of the inherent generic nature of the Health and Safety Specifications document, specific relevant information on the project must be provided and it may be necessary to draft the required information under this paragraph on a separate attached document.

If at any time after commencement of the project changes are brought about to the design or construction, sufficient health and safety information and appropriate resources are to be made available to the Principal Contractor to execute the work safely. _SERVICE PROVIDERS (Company Name) shall for the duration of the project make available SHE Representatives on a daily basis to inspect the workplace.

According to Construction Regulation 7(1)(c)(ii) all potential contractors submitting tenders must make provision for the cost of health and safety measures during the construction process. When submitting a tender the Principal Contractor shall therefore, make provision for the cost of health and safety measures in terms of their documented Health and Safety Plan and SERVICE PROVIDERS (Company Name) Health and Safety Specifications. The cost shall be clearly specified and quantified within the tender document under a section for health and safety.

THE HEALTH AND SAFETY PLAN IS THEREFORE TO BE INCLUDED WITH THE TENDER DOCUMENTS WHEN TENDERS ARE INVITED FOR THE PROJECT.

9. HEALTH AND SAFETY FILE

The Principal Contractor must, in terms of Construction Regulation 7(2)(b), keep a Health & Safety File on site at all times that must include all documentation required in terms of the Act




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

239

and Regulations and must also include a list of all Contractors on site that are accountable to the Principal Contractor and the agreements between the parties and details of work being done. A more detailed list of documents and other legal requirements that must be kept in the Health and Safety File is attached as an addendum to this document.

IMPORTANT:

The Health and Safety File will remain the property of the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf throughout the period of the project and shall be consolidated and handed over to the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf at the time of completion of the project.

10. OH&S GOALS AND OBJECTIVES AND ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING AND REVIEWING OH&S PERFORMANCE

The Principal Contractor is required to maintain an acceptable disabling incident frequency rate (DIFR) and report monthly on their performance to the Client or its Agent.

11. IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS AND DEVELOPMENT OF RISK ASSESSMENTS, STANDARD WORKING PROCEDURES (SWP) AND METHOD STATEMENTS

The Principal Contractor is required to perform risk assessments, compile Standard Working Procedures (SWP) and Method Statements for each activity executed in the contract or project (see 4. below “Project/Site Specific Requirements”)

The identification of hazards is over and above the hazards identification program and those hazards identified during the drafting of the Health and Safety Plan.

12. ARRANGEMENTS FOR MONITORING AND REVIEW

12.1. Periodical Audit by Client or its Agent

The Client and/or its Agent on its behalf will be conducting Periodic Audits at times agreed with the Principal Contractor to comply with Construction Regulation 7(1)(c)(vii) to ensure that the principal Contractor has implemented, is adhering to and is maintaining the agreed and approved OH&S Plan (audits must be done at least once every 30 days)..

12.2. Other audits and inspections by client or agent.

The Client or its Agent reserves the right to conduct any ad hoc audits and inspections as it deems necessary.

A representative of the Principal Contractor and the relevant Health and Safety Representative(s) (SHE-Reps) must accompany the Client and/or its Agent on all Audits and Inspections and may conduct their own audit/inspection simultaneously. Each party will, however, take responsibility for the results of his/her own audit/inspection results. The Client or its Agent may request a copy of the Principle Contractor SHE Committee meeting minutes, reflecting possible recommendations made by that committee to the Employer for reference purposes.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

240

12.3. Incident Investigation and Reporting

12.3.1. The Principal Contractor shall report all incidents where an employee is injured on duty to the extent that he/she:

dies

becomes unconscious

loses a limb or part of a limb

is injured or becomes ill to such a degree that he/she is likely either to die or to suffer a permanent physical defect or likely to be unable for a period of at least 14 days either to work or continue with the activity for which he/she was usually employed

or where:

a major incident occurred

the health or safety of any person was endangered (this could be a near miss) and

where a dangerous substance was spilled

the uncontrolled release of any substance under pressure took place

machinery or any part of machinery fractured or failed resulting in flying, falling or uncontrolled moving objects

machinery ran out of control,

to the Provincial Director of the Department of Labour within seven days and at the same time to the Client or its Agent.

Refer in this regard to Section 24 of the Act & General Administrative Regulation 8.

12.3.2 The Principal Contractor is required to provide the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf with copies of all statutory reports required in terms of the Act and the Regulations.

12.3.3 The Principal Contractor is required to provide the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf with a monthly “SHE Risk Management Report”.

12.3.4 The Principal Contractor is required to provide a.s.a.p. the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf with copies of all internal and external accident/incident investigation reports including the reports contemplated in 12.7, 12.8.2, 15, 16, 17, 21 and 22 below. As soon as the occurrence of any accident/incident of whatever nature comes to the notice of the Principal Contractor, it shall be reported immediately to any of the following:

Project Manager / Client Agent

Health and Safety Manager.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

241

12.4. Review

The Principal Contractor is to review the Hazard Identification, Risk Assessments and Standard Work Processes at each Construction Planning and Progress Report meeting as the construction work develops and progresses. Each time changes are made to the designs, plans and construction methods and processes. These items must be reviewed.

The Principal Contractor must provide the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf, other Contractors and all other concerned parties with copies of any changes, alterations or amendments as contemplated in the above paragraph.

12.5. Site Rules and other Restrictions

12.5.1.Site OH&S Rules

The Principal Contractor must develop a set of site-specific Health and Safety Rules that will be applied to regulate the Health and Safety Plan and associated aspects of the construction project.

When required for a site by law, visitors and non-employees upon entering the site shall be issued with the proper Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) as and when necessary.

12.5.2.Security Arrangements

The Principal Contractor must establish site access rules and implement and maintain these throughout the construction period. Access control must include the rule that non-employees shall at all times be provided with fulltime supervision while on site.

Additional Access Rules may be imposed by the Project Manager or Client Agent in the interest of the safety of (Company Name) employees, visitors and customers.

The Principal Contractor must develop a set of Security rules and procedures for their allocated site and maintain these throughout the construction period. These security rules must be submitted to the Client for approval. Additional security measures or rules may be specified for risk minimisation purposes.

If not already tasked to the H&S Officer appointed in terms of Construction Regulation 8(6), the Principal Contractor must appoint a competent Emergency Controller who must develop contingency plans for any emergency that may arise on site as indicated by the risk assessments. These must include a monthly practice/testing programme for the plans e.g. January: trench collapse, February: flooding etc. and practiced/tested with all persons on site at the time, participating.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

242

12.6. Training

The contents and syllabi of all training required by the Act and Regulations including any other related or relevant training as required must be included in the Principal Contractor’s Health and Safety Plan and Health and Safety File.

12.6.1. General Induction Training

All employees of the Principal and other Contractors must be in possession of proof of General Induction training

12.6.2. Site Specific Induction Training

All employees of the Principal and other Contractors must be in possession of Site-Specific Occupational Health and Safety Induction or other qualifying training.

12.6.3. Other Training

All operators, drivers and users of construction vehicles, mobile plant and other equipment must be in possession of valid licenses and proof of training.

All employees performing jobs requiring specific training in terms of the OHS Act 85, 1993 and Regulations must submit proof of such training.

Occupational Health and Safety Training Requirements: (as required by the Construction Regulations and as indicated by the Health and Safety Specification Document & the Risk Assessment/s and recommendations by the Health and Safety Committee):

o General Induction (Section 8 of the Act) o Site/Job Specific Induction (also visitors) (Sections 8 & 9 of the Act) o Site/Project Manager o Construction Supervisor o OH&S Representatives (Section 18 (3) of the Act) o Training of the Appointees indicated in 12.6.1 & 12.6.2 above o Operation of Cranes (Driven Machinery Regulations 18 (11) o Operators & Drivers of Construction Vehicles & Mobile Plant

(Construction Regulation 23) o Basic Fire Prevention & Protection (Environmental Regulations 9 and Construction

Regulation 29) o As a minimum basic First Aid to be upgraded when necessary (General

Safety Regulations 3)

o Storekeeping Methods & Safe Stacking (Construction Regulation 28)

o Emergency, Security and Fire Coordinator




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

243

12.7. Incident Investigation

The Principal Contractor is responsible to oversee the investigation of all incidents. This will include first aid, medical treatment by a doctor and hospital or clinic cases. (General Administrative Regulation 9)

All incidents must be recorded in the Accident/Incident Register. (General Administrative Regulation 9)

The Principal Contractor is responsible for the investigation of all incidents as described in Section 24 (1) (b) & (c) of the Act and keeping a record of the results of such investigations including the corrective action to prevent similar incidents in future.

The Principal Contractor is responsible for the investigation of all road traffic accidents relating to the construction site and keeping a record of the results of such investigations including the steps taken to prevent similar accidents in future.

Notwithstanding the requirements of Section 24 of the Act, all incidents shall be investigated and reported on in writing, irrespective of whether such incident gave rise to injury or damage.

12.8. SHE Representative and Committees

12.8.1.Designation of SHE Representatives

Where the Principal Contractor employs more than 20 persons (including the employees of the Sub-Contractors) he has to appoint a minimum of one SHE Representatives, then he must appoint one for every 50 employees or part thereof. (OHS Act85, 1993 - Section 17 and GAR 6; 7.)

These SHE Representatives shall be designated in writing.

12.8.2. Duties and Functions of the H&S Representatives (This is based on the Construction norms and is not an exhaustive list)

The Principal Contractor must ensure that the designated SHE Representatives conduct a formal weekly inspection of their respective areas of responsibility using a checklist. All findings must be reported to the Principal Contractor. The reports shall be submitted to the Health and Safety Committee for action. Record shall be kept in the form of minutes.

SHE Representatives must take part in incident investigations.

SHE Representatives shall be members of at least one SHE Committee and attend all the SHE Committee meetings.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

244

12.8.3. Establishment of H&S Committee(s)

The Principal Contractor must establish H&S Committees consisting of designated H&S Representatives together with a number of Employers Representatives appointed as per Section 19(3) that are not allowed to exceed the number of H&S Representatives on the committee. The persons nominated by the employer on a H&S Committee must be designated in writing for such period as may be determined by him. The H&S Committee shall co-opt advisory (temporary) members (who are not allowed to vote on issues discussed) and determine the procedures of the meetings including the chairmanship.

Legally, the H&S Committee must meet minimum every 3 months but it is advised that they meet at least once a month and consider, at least, the following Agenda for the first meeting. Thereafter the H&S Committee shall determine its own procedures as per the previous paragraph.

Agenda:

1) Opening and determining of chairmanship (only when necessary)

2) Facilities and Hygiene

3) Housekeeping

4) Incidents and incident investigation

5) Inspection checklists and Registers:

(a) H&S Rep. Inspections (b) Matters of First Aid (c) Scaffolding (d) Ladders (e) Excavations (f) Portable Electric Equipment (g) Fire Equipment (h) Explosive Power Tools (i) Power Hand tools (j) Incident Investigation reports (k) Pressure Equipment and vessels under pressure (l) Personal Protective Equipment

6) Safety Statistics

7) Health and Safety Awareness / Training / Posters and Symbolic signs

8) First Aiders and First Aid equipment

9) Demarcation of work- /hazardous-/safe areas/walkways

10) Safety Suggestions

11) Environmental Management

12) General

13) Date of Next Meeting




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

245

14) Closing

13. PROJECT/SITE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS

The following is a list of specific activities and considerations that have been identified for the project and site and for which Risk Assessments, Standard Working Procedures (SWP), management and control measures and Method Statements (where necessary) have to be developed by the Principal Contractor:

(a) Clearing & Grubbing of the Area/Site

(b) Site Establishment including:

Office/s

Secure/Safe Storage and storage areas for materials, plant & equipment

Ablution facilities

Sheltered dining area

Vehicle access to the site

(c) Dealing with existing Structures.

(d) Location of existing Services

(e) Installation and Maintenance of Temporary Construction Electrical Supply, Lighting and Equipment

(f) Adjacent properties and surrounding building exposures

(g) Boundaries and Access control/Public Liability Exposures

(h) Exposure to Noise

(i) Exposure to Vibration

(j) Protection against dehydration and heat exhaustion

(k) Protection from the elements.

(l) Use of Portable Electrical Equipment including:

Angle grinder

Electrical Drilling machine

Skill saw

(m) Excavations including:

Ground/soil conditions

Trenching

Shoring

Drainage

Daily inspections

(n) Welding including:

Arc Welding




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

246

Gas welding

Flame Cutting

Use of LP Gas torches and appliances

(o) Loading and Offloading of Trucks

(p) Aggregate/Sand and other Materials Delivery

(q) Manual and Mechanical Handling

(r) Lifting and Lowering Operations

(s) Driving & Operation of Construction Vehicles and Mobile Plant including:

Trenching machine

Excavator

Roller

Plate Compactor

Front End Loader

Mobile Cranes and the ancillary lifting tackle

Parking of Vehicles & Mobile Plant

Towing of Vehicles & Mobile Plant

(t) Use and Storage of Flammable Liquids and other Hazardous Substances – the client and/or its Agent

on its behalf to be informed of this prior to commencing of the project

(u) Layering and Bedding of trench floor

(v) Installation of Pipes in trenches

(w) Backfilling of Trenches

(x) Protection against Flooding

(y) Use of Explosives - the client and/or its Agent on its behalf to be informed of this prior to commencing of

the project

(z) Protection from Overhead Power Lines

(aa) As discovered by the Principal Contractor’s hazard identification exercise

(bb) As discovered from any inspections and audits conducted by the Client and/or its Agent on its

behalf or by the Principal Contractor or any other Contractor on site

(cc) As discovered from any accident/incident investigation.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

247

13.1. The following are in particular requirements depending on scope of works and will form a basis for compliance audits.

(a) Administrative and Legal Requirements (b) Education, Training & Promotion (c) Public Safety and Emergency Preparedness (d) Personal Protective Equipment (e) Housekeeping (f) Scaffolding, Formwork & Support work (g) Ladders (h) Electrical Safeguarding (i) Emergency Procedures /Fire Prevention and Protection (j) Excavations and Demolition (k) Tools (l) Cranes and other driven machinery (m) Personnel and Material Hoists (n) Transport and Materials Handling (o) Site Plant and Machinery (p) Stacking and Storage Site/ Yards/ Site Workshops Specifics (q) Health and Hygiene (r) 18.Facilities

14. OUTLINED DATA, REFERENCES AND INFORMATION ON CERTAIN AND/OR SPECIFIC OBLIGATORY REQUIREMENTS TO ENSURE COMPLIANCE

14.1. Administrative & Legal Requirements

HS Act Section Subject Requirements

Construction. Regulation 3 & 4

Application for construction work permit Notice of carrying out Construction work

Department of Labour must be notified by the client and by the contractor. Copy of Notice available on Site. Work permit to be displayed at the entrance.

General Admin. Regulation 4

Copy of OH&S Act (Act 85 of 1993)

Updated copy of Act & Regulations available on site. Readily available for perusal by employees.

COID Act Section 80

Registration with Compensation Insurer

Written proof of registration/Letter of good standing available on Site

Construction. Regulation 5(1)

SHE Specification and Program

SHE Spec received from Client and/or its Agent SHE Program developed and updated.

Section 8(2)(d) of the OHS Act and Regulation 5(1) of the Construction. Regulation 7

Hazard Identification & Risk Assessment

Identifications of hazards/Recorded Risk Assessment and – Plan drawn up/Updated Risk Assessment Plan available on Site Employees/Sub-Contractors informed/trained

Section 16(2) Assigned duties Responsibility of complying with the OH&S Act assigned to

248

COTRACT NO.: TBC



(Managers) another person/s by CEO.


Designation of Person Responsible on Site

Competent person appointed in writing as Construction Manager with job description


Designation of Assistant for above

Competent person appointed in writing as Assistant Construction Manager with job description

Section 17 & 18 General Administrative Regulations 6 & 7

Designation of SHE Representatives

More than 20 employees - one H&S Representative, one additional H&S Rep. for each 50 employees or part thereof. Designation in writing, period and area of responsibility specified in terms of GAR 6 & 7 Meaningful H&S Rep. reports. Reports actioned by Management.

Section 19 & 20 General Administrative Regulations 5

Health & Safety Committee/s

SHE Committee/s established. All SHE Reps shall be members of SHE Committees Additional members are appointed in writing. Meetings held monthly; Minutes kept. Actioned by Management.

Section 37(1) & (2)

Agreement with Mandatories/ Sub-Contractors

Written agreement with (Sub-)Contractors List of Sub Contractors displayed. Proof of Registration with Compensation Insurer/Letter of Good Standing (COID) Construction Manager designated Written arrangements regarding SHE Reps and Committee (OHSA Section 17,18) Written arrangements for First Aid (COID)

Section 24 & General Admin. Regulation 8 COID Act Sect.38, 39 & 41

Reporting of Incidents (Dept. of Labour)

Incident Reporting Procedure displayed. All incidents in terms of Sect. 24 reported to the Provincial Director, Department of Labour, within 3 days. (Annexure 1?) (WCL 1 or 2) and to the Client and/or its Agent on its behalf Cases of Occupational Disease Reported Copies of Reports available on Site Record of First Aid injuries kept

General Admin. Regulation 9

Investigation and Recording of Incidents

All injuries which resulted in the person receiving medical treatment other than first aid, recorded and investigated by investigator designated in writing. Copies of Reports (Annexure 1) available on Site Tabled at H&S Committee meeting Action taken by Site Management.

Construction. Regulation 10

Fall Prevention & Protection

Competent person appointed to draw up and supervise the Fall Protection Plan

249

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Proof of appointees’ competence available on Site Risk Assessment carried out for work at heights Fall Protection Plan drawn up/updated and available on Site


Roof work Competent person appointed to plan & supervise Roof work. Proof of appointees’ competence available on Site Risk Assessment carried out Roof work Plan drawn up/updated Roof work inspect before each shift. Inspection register kept Employees medically examined for physical & psychological fitness. Written proof on site


Structures Information re. the structure being erected received from the Designer including:

- geo-science technical report where relevant - the design loading of the structure - the methods & sequence of construction - anticipated dangers/hazards/special measures to construct safely Risk Assessment carried out Method statement drawn up All above available on Site Structures inspected before each shift. Inspections register kept

Construction Regulations 12

Temporary Works Competent persons appointed in writing to: - Inspect structures - Ensure that designs are followed -


Excavations Competent person/s appointed in writing to supervise and inspect excavation work Written Proof of Competence of above appointee/s available on Site Risk Assessment carried out Inspected:

- before every shift - after any blasting - after an unexpected fall of ground - after any substantial damage to the shoring - after rain. Inspections register kept Method statement developed where explosives will be/ are used


Demolition Work Competent person/s appointed in writing to supervise and control Demolition work Written Proof of Competence of above appointee/s available on Site

250

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Risk Assessment carried out Engineering survey and Method Statement available on Site Inspections to prevent premature collapse carried out by competent person before each shift. Inspection register kept

Construction Regulation 15

Tunneling No people permitted to enter a tunnel which has a height dimension of less than 800 millimetres


Scaffolding Competent persons appointed in writing to: - erect scaffolding (Scaffold Erector/s) - act as Scaffold Team Leaders - inspect Scaffolding weekly and after inclement weather (Scaffold Inspector/s)

Written Proof of Competence of above appointees available on Site Copy of SABS 085 available on Site Risk Assessment carried out Inspected weekly/after bad weather. Inspection register/s kept


Suspended Platforms

Competent persons appointed in writing to: - control the erection of Suspended platforms - act as Suspended platforms Team Leaders - inspect Suspended Scaffolding weekly and after inclement weather

Risk Assessment conducted Certificate of Authorisation issued by a registered professional engineer available on Site/copy forwarded to the Department of Labour

The following inspections of the whole installation carried out by a competent person

- after erection and before use - daily prior to use. Inspection register kept The following tests to be conducted by a competent person: - load test of whole installation and working parts every three months - hoisting ropes/hooks/load attaching devices quarterly. Tests log book kept

Employees working on Suspended Platform medically examined for physical & psychological fitness. Written proof available

251

COTRACT NO.: TBC




Rope Access Work Competent person appointed in writing as a rope access supervisor to supervise the activities. Operators must be licensed to carry out their work. A site-specific fall protection plan must be available to the specific site and environment.


Materials Hoist Competent person appointed in writing to inspect the Material Hoist Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site. Materials Hoist to be inspected weekly by a competent person. Inspections register kept.


Bulk Mixing Plants Competent person appointed to control the operation of the Batch Plant and the service, maintenance and cleaning. Register kept of above Risk Assessment carried out Batch Plant to be inspected weekly by a competent person. Inspections register kept


Explosive actuated fastening device

Competent person appointed to control the issue of the Explosive Powered Tools & cartridges and the service, maintenance and cleaning. Register kept. Empty cartridge cases/nails/fixing bolts returns recorded Cleaned daily after use Work areas are demarcated!

Construction. Regulation 22/ Driven Machinery Regulations 18 & 19

Cranes & Lifting Machines Equipment

Competent person appointed in writing to inspect Cranes, Lifting Machines & Equipment Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site. Cranes & Lifting tackle identified/numbered Register kept for Lifting Tackle Log Book kept for each individual Crane Inspection:

- All cranes - daily by operator - Tower Crane/s - after erection/6monthly - Other cranes - annually by comp. person - Lifting tackle (slings/ropes/chain slings etc.) - daily or before every new application

Construction.

Regulation

24/Electrical

Machinery

Inspection & Maintenance of Electrical Installation & Equipment (including portable electrical tools)

Competent person appointed in writing to inspect/test the installation and equipment. Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site. Inspections:

- Electrical Installation & equipment inspected after installation, after alterations and quarterly. Inspection Registers kept Portable electric tools, electric lights and

252

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Regulations 9 &

10/

extension leads must be uniquely identified/numbered. Weekly visual inspection by User/Issuer/Storeman. Register kept.

Electrical

Installation

Regulations


Use of temporary storage of flammable liquids on construction site

Flammable liquids must be stored in a way that it does not cause a fire or explosion hazard, and that the workplace is well ventilated. Suitable notices to be posted.

Construction Regulations 26

Water environments

If construction is performed over on in close proximity of water, then provision must be made to prevent persons from falling into water and have a rescue plan in case of such incident happening to prevent drowning.


Housekeeping Suitable housekeeping measures must be implemented to reduce the risk of injuries and damage to the structures, machinery, etc. Debris must be removed with a chute from a high place. Construction area must be fenced off.

Construction. Regulation 28/ General Safety Regulation 8(1)(a)

Designation of Stacking & Storage Supervisor.

Competent Person/s with specific knowledge and experience designated to supervise all Stacking & Storage Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site

Construction. Regulation 29/ Environmental Regulation 9

Designation of a Person to Co- ordinate Emergency Planning and Fire Protection

Person/s with specific knowledge and experience designated to co-ordinate emergency contingency planning and execution and fire prevention measures Emergency Evacuation Plan developed: - Drilled/Practiced - Plan & Records of Drills/Practices available on Site Fire Risk

Assessment carried out All Fire Extinguishing Equipment identified and on register. Inspected weekly. And inspection register kept. Serviced annually


Employees Facilities

The contractor must provide and maintain in hygienic condition facilities for employees that include:

Showers (1 for every 15 employees)

Sanitary facilities for each sex (1 for every 30 employees)

Changing facilities for each sex Sheltered eating areas

253

COTRACT NO.: TBC



General Safety Regulation 3

First Aid Every workplace provided with sufficient number of First Aid boxes. (Required where 5 persons or more are employed) First Aid freely available Equipment as per the list in the OH&S Act. One qualified First Aider appointed for every 50 employees. (Required where more than 10 persons are employed) List of First Aid Officials and Certificates Name of person/s in charge of First Aid box/es displayed. Location of First Aid box/es clearly indicated. Signs instructing employees to report all Injuries/illness including first aid injuries


Personal Safety Equipment (PPE)

PPE Risk Assessment carried out Items of PPE prescribed/use enforced Records of Issue kept Undertaking by Employee to use/wear PPE. PPE remains property of Employer, and is not to be removed from the premises GSR 2(4)


Inspection & Use of Welding/Flame Cutting Equipment

Competent Person/s with specific knowledge and experience designated to Inspect Electric Arc, Gas Welding and Flame Cutting Equipment Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site All new vessels checked for leaks; leaking vessels NOT taken into stock but returned to supplier immediately Equipment identified/numbered and entered into a register Equipment inspected weekly. Inspection Register kept Separate, purpose made storage available for full and empty vessels

Hazardous Chemical Substances (HCS) Regulations Construction Regulation 25

Control of Storage & Usage of HCS and Flammables

Competent Person/s with specific knowledge and experience designated to Control the Storage & Usage of HCS (including Flammables) Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site Risk Assessment carried out Register of HCS kept/used on Site Separate, purpose made storage available for full and empty containers

Pressure Equipment Regulations

Pressure Equipment

Competent Person/s with specific knowledge and experience designated to supervise the use, storage, maintenance, statutory inspections & testing of Pressure Equipment. Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site Risk Assessment carried out

COTRACT NO.: TBC

REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK

SERVICES AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD DESCRIPTION:

254

14.2 Education & Training

Certificates of Manufacture available on Site Register of Pressure Equipment on Site Inspections & Testing by Approved Inspection Authority (AIA):

- after installation/re-erection or repairs - every 36 months. - Register/Log kept of inspections, tests. Modifications & repair


Construction Vehicles and Earth Moving Equipment

Operators/Drivers appointed to: - Carry out a daily inspection prior to use - Drive the vehicle/plant that he/she is competent to

operate/drive Written Proof of Competence of above appointee available on Site. Record of Daily inspections kept

General Safety Regulation 13A

Inspection of Ladders

Competent person appointed in writing to inspect Ladders Ladders inspected at arrival on site and weekly thereafter. Inspections register kept. Application of the types of ladders (wooden, aluminum etc.) regulated by training and inspections and noted in register

General Safety regulation 13B

Ramps Competent person appointed in writing to Supervise the erection & inspection of Ramps. Inspection register kept. Daily inspected and noted in register

Subject

Requirement

Company OH&S Policy Section 7(1)

Policy signed by CEO and published/Circulated to Employees Policy displayed on Employee Notice Boards Management and employees committed.

Company/Site SHE Rules (Section 13(a)

Rules published Rules displayed on Employee Notice Boards Rules issued and employees effectively informed or trained: written proof Follow-up to ensure employees understand/adhere to the policy and rules.

Induction & Task Safety Training (Section 13(a)

All new employees receive SHE Induction Training. Training includes Task Safety Instructions. Employees acknowledge receipt of training. Follow-up to ensure employees understand/adhere to instructions.

General SHE Training (Section 13(a)

All current employees receive specified SHE training: written proof Operators of Plant and Equipment receive specified training Follow-up to ensure employees understand/adhere to instructions.

COTRACT NO.: TBC



255

14.2. PUBLIC SAFETY, SECURITY MEASURES & EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS

Notices &Signs

Site Safeguarding Security Measures

Emergency Preparedness

Emergency

Drill and

Evacuation

Requirement

Notices & Signs at entrances / along perimeters indicating “No Unauthorised Entry”.

Notices & Signs at entrance instructing visitors and non - employees what to do, where to go and where to report on entering the site/yard with directional signs. e.g. “Visitors to report to Office”

Notices & Signs posted to warn of overhead work and other hazardous activities. e.g. General Warning Signs Nets, Canopies, Platforms, Fences etc. to protect members of the public passing / entering the site. Access control measures/register in operation Security patrols after hours during weekends and holidays Sufficient lighting after dark Guard has access to telephone/ mobile/other means of emergency communication Emergency contact numbers displayed and made available to Security & Guard Emergency Evacuation instructions posted up on all notice boards (including employees’ notice boards) Emergency contingency plan available on site/in yard Doors open outwards/unobstructed Emergency alarm audible all over (including in toilets) Adequate No. of employees trained to use Fire Fighting Equipment. Emergency Evacuation Plan available, displayed and practiced.

14.3. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Subject

Requirement

PPE needs analysis

Need for PPE identified and prescribed in writing. PPE remain property of Employer, not to be removed from premises GSR 2(4)

Head Protection

All persons on site wearing Hardhats including Sub-contractors and Visitors (where prescribed)

Foot Protection

All employees on site wearing Safety Footwear including Gumboots for concrete / wet work and non-slip shoes for roof work. Visitors to wear same upon request or where prescribed

256

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Eye and Face Protection

Eye and Face (also Hand and Body) Protection (Goggles, Face Shields, Welding Helmets etc.) used when operating the following:

Jack/ Kango Hammers

Angle / Bench Grinders

Electric Drills (Overhead work into concrete / cement / bricks

Explosive Powered tools

Concrete Vibrators / Pokers

Hammers & Chisels

Cutting / Welding Torches

Cutting Tools and Equipment

Guillotines and Benders

Shears

Sanders and Sanding Machines

CO2 and Arc Welding Equipment

Skill / Bench Saws

Spray Painting Equipment etc.

Hearing Protection

Hearing Protectors (Muffs, plugs etc.) used when operating the following:

Jack / Kango Hammers

Explosive Powered Tools

Wood/Aluminium Working Machines e.g. saws, planers, routers

Hand Protection

Protective Gloves worn by employees handling / using:

Cement / Bricks / Steel / Chemicals

Welding Equipment

Hammers & Chisels

Jack / Kango Hammers etc.

Respiratory

Protection

Suitable/efficient prescribed Respirators worn correctly by employees handling / using:

Dry cement

Dusty areas

Hazardous chemicals

Angle Grinders Spray Painting etc.

Fall Prevention Equipment

Suitable Safety harnesses / Fall Arrest Equipment correctly used by persons working on / in unguarded, elevated positions e.g.:

Scaffolding

Riggers

Lift shafts

Edge work

Ring beam edges etc. Other methods of fall prevention applied e.g. catch nets

*Protective Clothing

All jobs requiring protective clothing (Overalls, Rain Wear, Welding Aprons etc.) Identified and clothing worn.

COTRACT NO.: TBC



257

*PPE Issue & Control

Identified Equipment issued free of charge. All PPE maintained in good condition. (Regular checks). Workers instructed in the proper use & maintenance of PPE. Commitment obtained from wearer accepting conditions and to wear the PPE. Record of PPE issued kept on H&S File. PPE remain property of Employer, not to be removed from premises GSR 2(4)

14.4. HOUSEKEEPING

Subject Requirement

Scrap Removal System All items of Scrap/Unusable Off-cuts/Rubble and redundant material removed from working areas on a regular basis. (Daily)

Scrap/Waste removal from heights by chute/hoist/crane. Nothing

thrown/swept over sides.

Scrap disposed of in designated containers/areas Removal from

site/yard on a regular basis.

Stacking & Storage

(See Section 1 for Designation & Register)

Stacking:

* Stable, on firm level surface/base.

* Prevent leaning/collapsing

* Irregular shapes bonded

* Not exceeding 3x the base

* Stacks accessible

* Removal from top only.

Storage:

* Adequate storage areas provided.

* Functional – e.g. demarcated storage areas/racks/bins etc.

* Special areas identified and demarcated e.g. flammable gas, cement etc.

* Neat, safe, stable and square.

* Store/storage areas clear of superfluous material.

* Storage behind sheds etc. neat/under control.

* Storage areas free from weeds, litter etc.

Waste Control/Reclamation Re-usable off-cuts and other re-usable material removed daily and kept to a minimum in the work areas.

All re-usable materials neatly stacked/stored in designated areas. (Nails removed/bent over in re-usable timber).

COTRACT NO.: TBC



258

14.5. WORKING AT HEIGHTS (INCLUDING ROOF WORK)

Subject

Openings

Requirement

Unprotected openings adequately guarded/fenced/barricaded/catch nets installed

Roof work Roof work discontinued when bad/hazardous weather Fall protection measures (including warning notices) when working close to edges or on fragile roofing material Covers over openings in roof of robust construction/secured against displacement

Issue of hardware/nails/screws/cartridges etc. controlled and return of unused items monitored.

Sub-contractors (Housekeeping)

Sub-contractors required to comply with Housekeeping requirements.

14.6. SCAFFOLDING / FORMWORK / SUPPORT WORK

Subject

Requirement

Access/System Scaffolding

Foundation firm / stable

Sufficient bracing.

Tied to Structure/prevented from side or cross movement

Platform boards in good condition/sufficient/secured.

Handrails and toe boards provided.

Access ladders / stairs provided.

Area/s under scaffolding tidy.

Safe/unsafe for use signs Complying with OH&S Act/SABS 085

Free Standing Scaffolding


Sufficient bracing.



Access ladders / stairs provided.

Area/s under scaffolding tidy.

Safe/unsafe for use signs

Height to base ratio correct

Outriggers used /tied to structure where necessary Complying with OH&S Act/SABS 085

Mobile Scaffolding


Sufficient bracing.



Access ladders / stairs provided. Area/s under scaffolding tidy.

COTRACT NO.: TBC



259

Safe/unsafe for use signs

Mobile Scaffolding

Wheels / swivels in good condition

Brakes working and applied.

Height to base ratio correct.

Outriggers used where necessary Complying with OH&S Act/SABS 085

Suspended Scaffolding

Outriggers securely supported and anchored.

Correct No. of steel wire ropes used.

Platform as close as possible to the structure.

Handrails on all sides

All winches / ropes / cables / brakes inspected regularly and replaced as prescribed

Scaffolding complies with OHS Act (Act 85/93)

Winch(es) maintained by competent person(s)

Formwork / Support Work

All components in good condition.

Foundation firm / stable.

Adequate bracing / stability ensured.

Good workmanship / uprights straight and plumb.

Good cantilever construction.

Safe access provided.

Areas under support work tidy.

Same standards as for system scaffolding.

Special Scaffolding

Special Scaffolding e.g. Cantilever, Jib and Truss-out scaffolds erected to an acceptable standard and inspected by specialists.

Edges & Openings

Edges barricaded to acceptable standards.

Manhole openings covered / barricaded.

Openings in floor / other openings covered, barricaded/fenced.

Stairs provided with handrails.

Lift shafts barricaded / fenced off.

14.7. LADDERS

Subject

Requirement

Physical Condition / Use & Storage

Stepladders - hinges/stays/braces/stiles in order.

Extension ladders - ropes/rungs/stiles/safety latch/hook in order.

Extension / Straight ladders secured or tied at the bottom / top.

No joined ladders used

Wooden ladders are never painted except with varnish

Aluminum ladders NOT to be used with electrical work

All ladders stored on hooks / racks and not on ground. Ladders protrude 900 mm above landings / platforms / roof.

COTRACT NO.: TBC



260

Fixed ladders higher than 5 m have cages/Fall arrest system

14.8. ELECTRICITY (AS PART OF, OR ADDITIONAL TO THE MANUAL “SAFETY & SWITCHING PROCEDURES

FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS”- SEE ATTACHED DOCUMENT)

Subject

Requirement

Electrical Distribution Boards & Earth Leakage

Colour coded / numbered / symbolic sign displayed.

Area in front kept clear and unobstructed.

Fitted with inside cover plate / openings blanked off / no exposed “live” conductors / terminals/Door kept close

Switches / circuit breakers identified.

Earth leakage protection unit fitted and operating.

Tested with instrument: Test results within 15 – 30 milliamps

Aperture/Opening/s provided for the plugging in and removal of extension leads without the need to open the door

Apertures and openings used for extension leads to be protected against the elements and especially rain

Electrical Installations & Wiring

Temporary wiring / extension leads in good condition / no bare or exposed wires. Earthing continuity / polarity correct: Looking at the open connectors to connect the wiring, the word “Brown” has the letter ‘R’ in it, so the b’R’own wire connects to the ‘R’ight hand connector. “Blue” has the letter ‘L’ in it, so the b’L’ue wire connects to the ‘L’eft hand connector. Cables protected from mechanical damage and moisture. Correct loading observed e.g. no heating appliance used from lighting circuit etc. Light fittings/lamps protected from mechanical damage/moisture. Cable arrestors in place and used inside plugs

Physical condition of Electrical Appliances & Tools

Electrical Equipment and Tools: (includes all items plugging in to a 16 Amp supply socket)

Insulation / casing in good condition.

Earth wire connected/intact where not of double insulated design

Double insulation mark indicates that no earth wire is to be connected.

Cord in good condition/no bare wires/secured to machine & plug.

Plug in good condition, connected correctly and correct polarity.

COTRACT NO.: TBC



261

14.9. EMERGENCY AND FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION

Subject

Requirement

Fire Extinguishing Equipment

Fire Risks Identified and on record The correct and adequate Fire Extinguishing Equipment available for:

Offices

General Stores

Flammable Store

Fuel Storage Tank/s and catchment well

Gas Welding / Cutting operations

Where flammable substances are being used / applied.

* Equipment Easily Accessible

Maintenance Fire equipment checked minimum monthly, serviced yearly

Location & Signs

Fire Extinguishing Equipment:

Clearly visible

Unobstructed

Signs posted including “No Smoking” / “No Naked Lights” where required. (Flammable store, Gas store, Fuel tanks etc.)

Storage Issue & Control of Flammables (incl. Gas cylinders

Storage Area provided for flammables with suitable doors, ventilation, bund etc.

Flammable store neat / tidy and no Class A combustibles. Decanting of flammable substances carried out in ignition free and adequately ventilated area. Container bonding principles applied

Only sufficient quantities issued for one task or one day’s usage

Separate, special gas cylinder store/storage area.

Gas Cylinders stored / used / transported upright and secured in trolley/cradle/structure and ventilated.

Types of Gas Cylinders clearly identified as well as the storage area and stored separately.

Full cylinders stored separately from empty cylinders.

All valves, gauges, connections, threads of all vessels to be checked regularly for leaks.

Leaking acetylene vessels to be returned to the supplier IMMEDIATELY.

Storage, Issue & Control of Hazardous Chemical Substances (HCS)

HCS storage principles applied: products segregated

Only approved, non-expired HCS to be used

Only the prescribed PPE shall be used as the minimum protection

Provision made for leakage/spillage containment and ventilation

Emergency showers/eye wash facilities provided

HCS under lock & key controlled by designated person

Decanted/issued in containers as prescribed with information/warning labels

Disposal of unwanted HCS by accredited disposal agent

No dumping or disposal of any HCS on or inside the storage area or anywhere else on the project site

All vessels or containers to be regularly checked for leaks

COTRACT NO.: TBC



262

14.10. EXCAVATIONS

Subject

Requirement

Excavations deeper than 1.5 m.

Shored / Braced to prevent caving / falling in.

Provided with an access ladder.

Excavations guarded/barricaded/lighted after dark in public areas

Soil dumped at least 1 m away from edge of excavation

On sloping ground soil dumped on lower side of excavation

All excavations are subject to daily inspections

14.11. TOOLS

Subject

Requirement

Hand Tools Shovels / Spades / Picks:

Handles free from cracks and splinters

Handles fit securely

Working end sharp and true Hammers:

Good quality handles, no pipe or reinforcing steel handles.

Handles free from cracks and splinters

Handles fit securely Chisels:

No mushroomed heads / heads chamfered

Not hardened

Cutting edge sharp and square Saws:

Teeth sharp and set correctly * Correct saw used for the job

Explosive Powered Tools.

Only used by trained / authorised personnel.

Prescribed warning signs placed / displayed where tool is in use.

Work area must be properly isolated/demarcated during use of tool.

Inspected at least monthly by competent person and results recorded.

Issue and return recorded including cartridges / nails and unused cartridges / nails / empty shells recorded.

Cleaned daily after use.

COTRACT NO.: TBC



263

14.12. CRANES

Subject

Requirement

Tower Crane Only operated by trained authorised operator with valid certificate of training

Structure - no visible defects

Electrical installation good/safe

Crane hook: Throat pop marked/safety latch fitted/functional

SWL/MML displayed

Limit switches with backup switches fitted/operational

Access Ladder fitted with backrests/Fall arrest system installed

Lifting tackle in good condition/inspection colour coding Lifting tackle checked daily

Mobile Crane Only operated by trained authorised operator with valid certificate of training

Rear view mirrors

Windscreen visibility good

Windscreen wipers operating effectively

Indicators operational

Hooter working

Tyres safe/sufficient tread/pressure visibly sufficient

No missing Wheel nuts

Headlights, taillights operational Reverse alarm working and audible and known by all employees

Mobile Crane continued

Grease nipples and grease on all joints

No Oil leaks

Hydraulic pipes visibly sound/no leaks

No corrosion on Battery terminals

Boom visibly in good condition/no apparent damage

Cable/sheaves greased/no visible damage/split wires/corrosion and checked daily

Brakes working properly

Crane hook: Throat pop marked/safety latch fitted/functional

SWL/MML displayed

By-pass valves operational

Deflection chart displayed/visible to operator/driver Outriggers functional used

Gantry Crane Only operated by trained authorised persons

Correct slinging techniques used

Recognised/displayed on chart signals used

Log book kept/up to date

Prescribed inspections conducted on crane &lifting tackle and checked daily

“Crane overhead” signage, where applicable

Crane hook: Throat pop marked/safety latch fitted/functional SWL/MML displayed/load limiting switches fitted/operational

COTRACT NO.: TBC



264

14.13. BUILDER’S HOIST

14.15. SITE PLANT AND MACHINERY

Subject

Requirement

Brick Cutting Machine

Operator Trained.

Only authorised persons use the machine.

Emergency stop switch clearly marked and accessible.

Area around the machine dry and slip/trip free/clear of off-cuts

All moving drive parts guarded/electrical supply cable protected

Operator using correct PPE - eye/face/hearing/foot/hands/body.

Electric Arc Welder

Welder Trained.

Only authorised / trained persons use welder. Earth cable adequately earthed to work.

Subject

Builder’s Hoist

Requirement

“Hoist in Operation” - sign displayed. General construction strong and free from patent defects. Tower: * Adequately secured / braced. * At least 900 mm available for over travel. * Barricaded at least 2 100 mm high at ground level and floors. * Landing place provided with gate at least 1 800 high. Platform: * No persons conveyed on platform * Steel wire ropes with breaking strength of six times max. load. * Signal systems used which may include two-way radio connection. * Goods prevented from moving / falling off. * Effective brake capable of stopping and holding max. load.

14.14. TRANSPORT & MATERIALS HANDLING EQUIPMENT

b) Subject

Site Vehicles

c) Requirement

All Site Vehicles, Dumpers, Bobcats, Loaders etc; checked daily before use by driver / operator.

Inventory of vehicles used/operated on site

Inspection by means of a checklist / results recorded.

No persons riding on equipment not designed or designated for passengers.

Site speed limit posted, enforced and not exceeded.

Drivers / Operators trained / licensed and carrying proof.

No unauthorised persons allowed to drive / operate equipment.

Conveyors Conveyor belt nip points and drive gear guarded. Emergency stop/lever/brake fitted, clearly marked & accessible and tested to be functional under full load.

265

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Electrode holder in good condition/safe

Cables, clamps & lugs/connectors in good condition.

Area in which welding machine is used is dry/protected from wet.

Welder using correct PPE - eye/ face/foot/body/respirator.

Correct transparent screens & warning signs placed

Woodworking Machines

Operators Trained.

Only authorised persons use machines.

Provided with guards.

Guards used.

Operators using correct PPE - eye/face/feet/hearing

Circular saws strictly operated according to prescribed methods and settings

Only prescribed saw blades (cross-cut, ripping blade, smooth cut, aluminium) shall be used for various applications

Compressors Relief valves correctly set and locked / sealed.

Maximum Safe Working Pressure (MSWP) indicated on face of pressure gauge: not on glass cover.

All drives adequately guarded.

Receiver/lines drained daily

Hoses good condition/clamped, not wired

Compressed air NEITHER used to dust off clothing/PPE/ and work areas NOR on bare skin

Concrete Mixer / Batch Plant

Top platform provided with guardrails.

Dust abatement methods in use.

Operators using correct PPE - eye / hands / respirators.

All moving drive parts guarded.

Emergency stops identified / indicated and accessible.

Area kept clean/dry/and free from tripping and slipping hazards.

Operators overseer identified and crane signals displayed and used.

Gas Welding / Flame Cutting Equipment

Only authorised/trained persons use the equipment.

Torches and gauges in good condition.

Flashback arrestors fitted at cylinders and gauges.

Hoses in good condition/correct type/all connections with clamps

Cylinders stored, used and transported in upright position, secured in trolley / cradle / to structure.

All cylinders regularly checked for leaks; leaking cylinders returned immediately

Fire prevention/control methods applied/hot work permits




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

266

14.16. WORKPLACE ENVIRONMENT, HEALTH AND HYGIENE

d) Subject

e) Requirement

Lighting Adequate lighting in places where work is being executed e.g. stairwells and basements. Light fittings placed / installed causing no irritating/blinding glare. Stroboscopic effect eliminated (not only reduced) where moving objects or machinery is used

Ventilation Adequate ventilation / extraction / exhausting in hazardous areas e.g. chemicals / adhesives / welding / petrol or diesel/ motors running and in confined spaces / basements.

Noise Tasks identified where noise levels exceeds 85 dB at any one time. All reasonable steps taken to reduce noise levels at the source. Hearing protection used where noise levels could not be reduced to below 85 dB.

Heat Stress Measures in place to prevent heat exhaustion in heat stress problem areas e.g. steel decks, when the WBGT index reaches 30. (See Environmental Regulation 4) Cold drinking water readily available at all times.

Ablutions Sufficient hygiene facilities provided - 1 toilet per 30 employees (National Building Regulations prescribe chemical toilets for Construction sites)

Toilet paper available.

Sufficient showers provided.

Facilities for washing hands provided

Soap/cleaning agent available for washing hands

Means of drying hands available

Lock-up changing facilities / area provided.

Ablution facilities kept hygienic and clean.

Eating / Cooking Facilities

Adequate storage facilities provided. Weather protected eating area provided, separate from changing area Refuse bins with lids provided. Facilities kept clean and hygienic.

Pollution of Environment

Measures in place to minimize dust generation. Accumulation or littering of empty cement pockets, plastic wrapping / bags, packing materials etc. prevented. Spillage / discarding of oil, chemicals and dieseline into storm water and other drains or into existing or newly dug holes/cavities on site expressly prohibited.

Hazardous Chemical Substances

All substances identified and list available e.g. acids, flammables, poisons etc. Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) indicating hazardous properties and emergency procedures in case of incident on file and readily available. Substances stored safely. Expiry dates meticulously checked where applicable




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

267

15. THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR’S GENERAL DUTIES

The Principal Contractor shall at all times ensure his status of an “employer” as referred to in the Act, and will abide by his/her responsibilities, duties and functions as per the requirements of the Act and Regulations with specific reference to Section 8 of the Act.

The Principal Contractor shall keep, and on demand make available, a copy of the Act on site at all times and in addition to that he/she will introduce and maintain a file titled “Health and Safety File”, or other record in permanent form, which shall contain all relevant aspects and information as contemplated in the Construction Regulations. He/she will make this file available to the client or his representative whenever necessary or on request to an interested party.

16. THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR’S SPECIFIC DUTIES

The Principal Contractor’s specific duties in terms of these specifications are detailed in the Construction Regulations as published under government notice No. 84 dated 7 February 2014.

The Principal Contractor is specifically referred to the following elements of the Construction Regulations:

Regulation No. 1 - Definitions Regulation No. 2 - Scope of application Regulation No. 3 - Application for construction work permit Regulation No. 4 - Notification of construction work Regulation No. 5 - Duties of client Regulation No. 6 - Duties of designer Regulation No. 7 - Principal Contractor and Contractor Regulation No. 8 - Management and supervision of construction work Regulation No. 9 - Risk Assessment for construction work Regulation No. 10 - Fall protection Regulation No. 11 - Structures Regulation No. 12 - Temporary works Regulation No. 13 - Excavation Regulation No. 14 - Demolition work Regulation No. 15 - Tunneling Regulation No. 16 - Scaffolding Regulation No. 17 - Suspended platforms Regulation No. 18 - Rope access work Regulation No. 19 - Material hoists Regulation No. 21 - Explosive actuated fastening device Regulation No. 22 - Cranes Regulation No. 23 - Construction vehicles and mobile plant Regulation No. 24 - Electrical installations and machinery on construction sites Regulation No. 25 - Use and temporary storage of flammable liquids on construction sites Regulation No. 26 - Water environments Regulation No. 27 - Housekeeping and general safeguarding on construction sites Regulation No. 28 - Stacking & Storage on construction sites Regulation No. 29 - Fire precautions on construction sites Regulation No. 32 - Approved Inspection authorities




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

268

Regulation No. 33 - Offences and penalties

The Principal Contractor shall ensure compliance to the Act and its Regulations and specifically to the above regulations, and document each record in the Health and Safety File.

17. THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR’S SPECIFIC RESPONSIBILITIES WITH REGARDS TO HAZARDOUS

ACTIVITIES

The following activities are identifiable as hazardous in terms of the Construction Regulations.

The contractor shall execute the activities in accordance with the following Construction Regulations and other applicable regulations of the Act:

Regulation No. 10 - Fall protection Regulation No. 11 - Structures Regulation No. 13 - Excavation work Regulation No. 14 - Demolition work Regulation No. 15 - Tunneling Regulation No. 16 - Scaffolding Regulation No. 17 - Suspended platforms Regulation No. 18 - Rope access work Regulation No. 19 - Material hoists Regulation No. 20 - Bulk mixing plant Regulation No. 21 - Explosive actuated fastening device Regulation No. 22 - Cranes Regulation No. 23 - Construction vehicles and mobile plant.

Regulation No. 24 - Electrical installations and machinery on construction sites Regulation No. 25 - Use and temporary storage of flammable liquids on construction sites Regulation No. 26 - Water environments Regulation No. 27 - Housekeeping on construction sites Regulation No. 29 - Fire precautions on construction sites.

All of the above requirements will be read in conjunction with the relevant regulations and health and safety standards as required by the Act. All documents and records required by the Construction Regulations will be kept in the Health and Safety File and will be made available at any time when required by the client or his representative, or on request to an interested party.

18. GENERAL NOTES TO THE PRINCIPAL CONTRACTOR Legal

Framework and obligations

The more important Acts and relevant subordinate/secondary legislation as well as other (inter alia Local Government) legislation that also apply to the State as well as to State owned buildings and premises: -

(i) The latest issue of SABS 0142: "Code of Practice for the Wiring of Premises" (ii) The Local Government Ordinance 1939 (Ordinance 17 of 1939) as amended and the municipal by-laws

and any special requirements of the local supply authority

(iii) The Fire Brigade Services Act 1987, Act 99 of 1987 as amended




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

269

(iv) The National Building Regulations and Building Standards Act 1977 (Act 103 of 1977) as amended and relevant proclaimed Regulations (SABS 0400)

(v) The Post Office Act 1958 (Act 44 of 1958) as amended

(vi) The Electricity Act 1984, Act 41 of 1984

(vii) The Regulations of Local Gas Board(s), including Publications of the SABS Standards and Codes of Practice, with specific reference to GNR 17468 dated 4th October 1997

(viii) Legislation pertaining to water usage and the environment

(ix) Legislation governing the use of equipment, which may emit radiation (e.g. X-Rays etc.)

(x) Common Law

Legal Liabilities

Common Law and Legislation Based on two main criteria:

Would the reasonable person have foreseen the hazard?

That is a reasonable person in that specific position, taking experience, qualifications, authority, position in the organization etc. into consideration

Would the reasonable person have taken precautionary measures (action) to prevent or limit the hazard?

Negligence can be proven on failure on any or both of the above criteria (There may not necessarily be a relationship between criminal and civil liability!)

19. HOUSE KEEPING

Good housekeeping will be maintained at all times as per Construction Regulation No. 27. Poor housekeeping contributes to three major problems, namely, costly or increased accidents, fire or fire hazards and reduction in production. Good housekeeping will enhance production time.

Particular emphasis is to be placed on the following crucial elements of a construction site:

Phase priorities and production/plant layout

Enclosures

Pits, openings and shoring

Storage facilities

Effective, sufficient and maintained lighting or illumination

Principal sources of injuries e.g. stairways, runways, ramps, loose building material

Oil, grease, water, waste, rubble, glass, storm water

Colour coding

Demarcations

Pollution

Waste disposal

Ablution and hygiene facilities

First aid




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

270

This list must not be taken to be exclusive or exhaustive!

In promotion of environmental control all waste, rubble, scrap etc, will be disposed of at a registered dump site and records will be maintained. Where it is found to be impractical to use a registered dump site or it is not available, the Principal Contractor will ensure that the matter is brought to record with the client or his representative, after which suitable, acceptable alternatives will be sought and applied.

Dross and refuse from metals, and waste matters or by-products whose nature is such that they are poisonous or capable of fermentation, putrefaction or constituting a nuisance shall be treated or disposed of by methods approved of by an inspector.

NOTE: No employer (Principal Contractor) shall require or permit any person to work at night or after hours unless there is adequate, suitable artificial lighting including support services in respect of Health and Safety.

20. LOCKOUT SYSTEMS - ELECTRICAL!

A system of control shall be established in order that no unauthorized person can energize a circuit, open a valve, or activate a machine on which people are working or doing maintenance, even if equipment, plant or machinery is out of commission for any period, thus eliminating injuries and damage to people and equipment as far as is reasonably practicable. Physical/mechanical lock-out systems shall be part of the safety system and included in training. Lockouts shall be tagged and the system tested before commencing with any work or repairs.

21. INCIDENT INVESTIGATION

Inspection and reporting are the best way in which a responsible contractor can control his area of responsibility. All incidents therefore, irrespective of whether it gave rise to loss, injury, damage or not, shall be investigated and the results recorded in the Health and Safety File.

22. COVID-19 SPECIFICATION

22.1. INTRODUCTION

Coronavirus Disease 2019 (COVID-19) is a respiratory disease caused by the SARS- CoV-2 virus. It has spread from China to many other countries around the world, including South Africa.

To reduce the impact of COVID-19 outbreak conditions on the organisation, SERVICE PROVIDERS is preparing its employees as far in advance as possible of potentially worsening outbreak conditions.

22.2. APPLICATION

This policy applies to all employees of the service provider




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

271

22.3. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

Although engineering and administrative controls are considered more effective in minimizing exposure to SARS-CoV-2, PPE may also be needed to prevent certain exposures. While correctly using PPE can help prevent some exposures, it will not take the place of other prevention strategies.

Examples of PPE include: gloves, goggles, face shields, face masks, and respiratory protection, when appropriate. During an outbreak of an infectious disease, such as COVID-19, recommendations for PPE specific to occupations or job tasks may change depending on geographic location, updated risk assessments for workers, and information on PPE effectiveness in preventing the spread of COVID-19.

All types of PPE are:

● Selected based upon the hazard to the worker. ● Properly fitted and periodically refitted, as applicable (e.g., respirators).

22.4. CLASSIFYING WORKER EXPOSURE TO SARS- COV-2

Worker risk of occupational exposure to SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19, during an outbreak may vary from very high to high, medium, or lower (caution) risk. The level of risk depends in part on the industry type, need for contact within 2 metres of people known to be, or suspected of being, infected with SARS-CoV-2, or requirement for repeated or extended contact with persons known to be, or suspected of being, infected with SARS-CoV-2.

Job tasks can be divided into four risk exposure levels: very high, high, medium, and lower risk. The Occupational Risk Pyramid shows the four exposure risk levels in the shape of a pyramid to represent probable distribution of risk. Most employees will likely fall in the lower exposure risk (caution) or medium exposure risk levels.

Figure 1: Occupational Risk Pyramid for COVID-19

22.4.1. VERY HIGH EXPOSURE RISK

Very high exposure risk jobs are those with high potential for exposure to known or suspected sources of COVID-19 during specific medical, post-mortem, or laboratory procedures. Workers in this category include:




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

272

● Healthcare workers (e.g., doctors, nurses, dentists, paramedics, emergency medical technicians) performing aerosol-generating procedures (e.g., intubation, cough induction procedures, bronchoscopies, some dental procedures and exams, or invasive specimen collection) on known or suspected COVID-19 patients.

● Healthcare or laboratory personnel collecting or handling specimens from known or suspected

COVID-19 patients (e.g., manipulating cultures from known or suspected COVID-19 patients).

● Morgue workers performing autopsies, which generally involve aerosol- generating procedures, on the bodies of people who are known to have, or suspected of having, COVID-19 at the time of their death.

22.4.2. HIGH EXPOSURE RISK

High exposure risk jobs are those with high potential for exposure to known or suspected sources of COVID-19. Workers in this category include:

● Healthcare delivery and support staff (e.g., doctors, nurses, and other hospital staff who must

enter patients’ rooms) exposed to known or suspected COVID- 19 patients. (Note: when such workers perform aerosol-generating procedures, their exposure risk level becomes very high.)

● Medical transport workers (e.g., ambulance vehicle operators) moving known or suspected COVID-19 patients in enclosed vehicles.

● Mortuary workers involved in preparing (e.g., for burial or cremation) the bodies of people who are known to have, or suspected of having, COVID-19 at the time of their death.

22.4.3. MEDIUM EXPOSURE RISK

Medium exposure risk jobs include those that require frequent and/or close contact with (i.e., within 2 metres of) people who may be infected with SARS-CoV-2, but who are not known or suspected COVID-19 patients. In areas without ongoing community transmission, workers in this risk group may have frequent contact with travellers who may return from international locations with widespread COVID-19 transmission. In areas where there is ongoing community transmission, workers in this category may have contact with the general public (e.g., schools, high-population-density work environments, some high-volume retail settings).

22.4.4. LOWER EXPOSURE RISK (CAUTION)

Lower exposure risk (caution) jobs are those that do not require contact with people known to be, or suspected of being, infected with SARS-CoV-2 nor frequent close contact with (i.e., within 2 metres of) the general public. Workers in this category have minimal occupational contact with the public and other co-workers.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

273

22.5. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

22.5.1. LOWER EXPOSURE RISK GROUP

Additional PPE is not recommended for workers in the lower exposure risk group. Workers should continue to use the PPE, if any, that they would ordinarily use for other job tasks.

22.5.2. MEDIUM EXPOSURE RISK GROUP

When selecting PPE, consider factors such as function, fit, decontamination ability, disposal, and cost. Sometimes, when PPE will have to be used repeatedly for a long period of time, a more expensive and durable type of PPE may be less expensive overall than disposable PPE. Each employer should select the combination of PPE that protects workers specific to their workplace.

Workers with medium exposure risk may need to wear some combination of gloves, a gown, a face mask, and/or a face shield or goggles. PPE ensembles for workers in the medium exposure risk category will vary by work task, the results of the employer’s hazard assessment, and the types of exposures workers have on the job.

22.5.3. HIGH EXPOSURE RISK GROUP

Most workers at high or very high exposure risk likely need to wear gloves, a gown, a face shield or goggles, and either a face mask or a respirator, depending on their job tasks and exposure risks.

Those who work closely with (either in contact with or within 2 metres of) patients known to be, or suspected of being, infected with SARS-CoV-2, the virus that causes COVID-19, should wear respirators.

PPE ensembles may vary, especially for workers in laboratories or morgue/mortuary facilities who may need additional protection against blood, body fluids, chemicals, and other materials to which they may be exposed. Additional PPE may include medical/surgical gowns, fluid-resistant coveralls, aprons, or other disposable or reusable protective clothing. Gowns should be large enough to cover the areas requiring protection.

Workers who dispose of PPE and other infectious waste will also be trained and provided with appropriate PPE.

22.6. GENERAL MEASURES TO PROTECT AGAINST INFECTION

Social distancing (1,5 – 2 square metre) distancing from any other person in any circumstance. This includes any bodily contact such as handshakes. Greet people without making any physical contact.

● Wash hands with soap and water for 20 seconds, or use alcohol-based hand sanitiser after contact with any person or after contact with frequently touched surfaces (e.g. keyboards, screens, phones, door handles, work surfaces).




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

274

● Cough/sneeze etiquette (cough in the fold of the elbow or in a tissue which you discard and wash your hands) remain the mainstay of protecting yourself and others.

● Avoid touching your eyes, nose and mouth with unwashed hands.

● Surfaces that are frequently touched, e.g. toilet door handles, etc, should be cleaned with diluted bleach disinfectant (20 ml bleach per litre water) hourly, or less frequently depending on the circumstance.

● General housekeeping e.g. the cleaning of keyboards, telephones, handbag bottoms.

● People who feel ill should stay at home. Create 1,5m distance from others and be extra vigilant about environmental hygiene.

● Avoid any place where there is a form of crowding as far as possible.

● Support others to comply with the golden rules.

22.7. THE VARIOUS FORMS OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

PPE is classified into categories:

● Eye and face protection (plastic shields).

● Hand protection (various types of gloves).

● Body protection (coats).

● Respiratory protection (depending on risk – masks).

22.7.1. MASKS

Masks are in general more recommended for health workers.

● The World Health Organisation (WHO) recommends that for public-level control of COVID-19 only symptomatic people wear a face mask.

● When masks are worn, they recommend that users follow correct safety procedures.

● If you are healthy and apply the golden rules, and are not caring for someone with COVID infection, you do not need a mask.

● Wash hands with soap and water for 20 seconds, or use alcohol-based hand sanitiser after contact with any person or after contact with frequently touched surfaces (e.g. keyboards, screens, phones, door handles, work surfaces).




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

275

● Cough/sneeze etiquette (cough in the fold of the elbow or in a tissue which you discard and wash your hands) remain the mainstay of protecting yourself and others.

● Avoid touching your eyes, nose and mouth with unwashed hands.

● Surfaces that are frequently touched, e.g. toilet door handles, etc, should be cleaned with diluted bleach disinfectant (20 ml bleach per liter water) hourly, or less frequently depending on the circumstance.

● General housekeeping e.g. the cleaning of keyboards, telephones, handbag bottoms.

● People who feel ill should stay at home. Create 1,5m distance from others and be extra vigilant about environmental hygiene.

● Avoid any place where there is a form of crowding as far as possible.

● Support others to comply with the golden rules.

22.8. THE VARIOUS FORMS OF PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE)

PPE is classified into categories:

● Eye and face protection (plastic shields).

● Hand protection (various types of gloves).

● Body protection (coats).

● Respiratory protection (depending on risk – masks).

22.8.1. MASKS

Masks are in general more recommended for health workers.

● The World Health Organisation (WHO) recommends that for public-level control of COVID-19 only symptomatic people wear a face mask.

● When masks are worn, they recommend that users follow correct safety procedures.

● If you are healthy and apply the golden rules, and are not caring for someone with COVID infection, you do not need a mask.

● When travelling alone in a private vehicle no PPE (no mask or gloves) is required.

● Masks are only effective when used in combination with the other prevention methods.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

276

● Surgical masks do provide sufficient protection against the distribution of droplets that are created by coughing, sneezing, speaking loudly/shouting. As the epidemic unfolds, the use of face masks by all people who are at risk of exposure, even if not sick is recommended.

● Cloth masks provide less protection than surgical masks. They should only be considered when surgical masks are not available.

● To improve cloth mask filtration, use of a water-resistant membrane cloth on the inside of the mask is advised in order to prevent transmission of droplets. Cloth masks must be washed with warm soapy water and dried in the sunlight.

22.8.1.1. HANDLING MASKS

● Before putting on a mask, clean hands and fit mask tightly on the face, covering the nose and mouth.

● Do not fiddle with the mask.

● Avoid letting the mask get wet.

● To remove the mask, remove it from behind (do not touch the front of the mask), and discard immediately in a closed bin and clean hands.

22.8.2. GLOVES

There is little evidence that gloves are useful as a method of protection. Wearing gloves and touching infected surfaces and then touching your face is the same as touching with a bare hand. It provides a false sense of security, does not prevent the transmission of the virus, leads to sweating of the hands and may cause allergy.

I, , (employee number/ ID number)

hereby agree that I have read and understood the contents of this policy and agree to comply with the

provisions of this policy.

Employee signature as receipt hereof Date




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

277

22.9. TESTING/SCREENING OF EMPLOYEES FOR COVID 19

22.9.1. BACKGROUND

This policy is applicable to all service providers deemed to be essential services workers as covered by regulation GN R.398 of Government Gazette 43148 under section 3 of the Disaster Management Act, 1957 (Act 57 of 2002) as amended on 25 March 2020 wherein essential services are defined as follows:

● Medical, Health (including Mental Health), Laboratory and Medical services;

● Disaster Management, Fire Prevention, Fire Fighting and Emergency services;

● Financial services and Insurance services;

● Production and sale of essential goods (food, cleaning and hygiene products,

medical, fuel, basic goods (e.g. airtime, electricity);

● Grocery stores, including spaza shops;

● Electricity, water, gas and fuel production, supply and maintenance;

● Critical government services including social grant payments, Birth and death

certificates, and replacement identification documents;

● Essential municipal services;

● Care services and social relief of distress;

● Funeral services, including mortuaries;

● Wildlife Management, Anti-poaching, Animal Care and Veterinary services;

● Newspaper, broadcasting and telecommunication infrastructure and services;

● Production and sale of any supplies for the medical or retail sector;

● Cleaning, sanitation, sewerage, waste and refuse removal services;

● Courts and legal services;

● Essential SARS services defined by the Commissioner of SARS;

● Police, peace officers, traffic officers, military medical personnel and soldiers,

correctional services officials and traffic management services;

● Postal services and courier services related to transport of medical products;

Private security services;




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

278

● Air-traffic Navigation, Civil Aviation Authority, Cargo Shipping and dockyard services;

● Gold, gold refinery, coal and essential mining;

● Accommodation used for persons rendering essential services;

● Production, manufacturing, supply, logistics, transport, delivery, critical maintenance

and repair in relation to the rendering of essential services including components and

equipment;

● Transport services for persons rendering essential services;

● Services rendered by politicians in local, provincial and national government;

● Commissioners of Section 9 structures;

● Transport and logistics in respect of essential goods to neighboring countries.

22.9.2. PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to enable:

● Early and timeouts identification and diagnosis of workers at risk of COVID- 19 infection. ● Early referral for appropriate treatment, care and timeouts return to work of affected

workers. ● The protection of other unaffected workers, consumers, visitors and clients of these groups

of workers.

22.9.3. PROCEDURE

● Employees will be screened for COVID-19 related symptoms and report such symptoms to a designated person and/or occupational health practitioner prior to entry into the workplace or work area in order for a decision to be made as to the staff member’s continued attendance at work.

● At the start of a shift and prior to ending the shift, designated persons and/or occupational

health practitioner must check with employees whether they have experienced sudden onset of any of the following symptoms: cough, sore throat, shortness of breath or fever/chills (or ≥ 38°C measured temperature if this is available at the worksite), in the past 24 hours as outlined in the symptom monitoring sheet. These are the current criteria for the identification of persons under investigation (PUI).

● Should an employee report any of the abovementioned symptoms, s/he should immediately be provided with a surgical mask and referred to the




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

279

designated staff at the SERVICE PROVIDERS workplace so that arrangements can be made for COVID-19 testing at the closest testing Centre.

● Should an employee report any additional symptoms as outlined in the symptom

monitoring sheet, s/he will be provided with a surgical mask and referred to the occupational health clinic, family practitioner or primary care clinic for further clinical evaluation and requirement for COVID-19 testing if indicated.

● On receiving their results, the employee and/or health professional supporting the employee should notify the company so that the employee is managed accordingly.

● The service provider will proactively take steps to obtain this information to avoid any

delays in reporting.

● The employee will be managed according to either scenario 1 or 2 in the algorithm outlined in SCENARIO MANAGEMENT ALGORITHMS on page.

● A positive COVID-19 test in an employee will require all potential contacts in the SERVICE PROVIDERS workplace to be assessed using scenarios 3 or 4 in the SCENARIO MANAGEMENT ALGORITHMS on page.

● All employees, on returning to work after isolation or quarantine period, should follow

general work restrictions that include:

o Undergoing medical evaluation to confirm that they are fit to work. o Wearing of surgical masks at all times while at work for a period of 21 days from the

initial test. o Implementing social distancing measures as appropriate (in the case of health workers

avoiding contact with severely immuno-compromised patients). o Adherence to hand hygiene, respiratory hygiene, and cough etiquette.

● Continued self-monitoring for symptoms, and seek medical re-evaluation if respiratory symptoms recur or worsen.

22.9.4. COVID-19: SERVICE PROVIDERSEMPLOYEE POSITIVE TEST PROTOCOL

This protocol is applicable in all instances where a currently employed employee of the service provider is tested positive for the Covid – 19 viruses.

In all such instances this must be reported immediately as follows to all of the channels:

● The relevant RD must be informed and the incident logged.

● The relevant RD must immediately inform the Head office.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

280

It may not be apparent at the time of the positive test whether the employee contracted the virus outside the workplace or as a result of work activities and/or during the performance of work activities. An investigation into this will be required and it may become apparent where the employee contracted the virus in consultation with Government tracing agents or through our own investigation. In both instances, it will be the responsibility of the relevant RD to ensure that the employee that was tested positive does not come into contact with other employees of the Company and/or our client or the client’s employees or other individuals that may visit the client premises and/or in general to ensure that the immediate risk of the spread of the virus is minimised.

For the avoidance of doubt, upon being tested positive for having contracted Covid – 19, the employee may not report to work. Such employees will only be allowed to return to work if he or she is in possession of a valid medical certificate stipulating when the employee may return to work and/or having undergone a mandatory required quarantine or isolation period as may be prescribed in a Government Regulation of Act or by a medical practitioner as required.

The focus in dealing with an employee that has tested positive for Covid – 19 will be on the following:

● Ensuring that the possibility of an immediate spread of the virus is minimized - ensure that the Company is in possession of the latest contact details of the employee and that alternative contact details are obtained.

● That the employee is isolated and/or placed in quarantine as may be the requirement in

terms of relevant Government Regulations.

● That the necessary reporting has been done in terms of a relevant Government Regulation (if appropriate or required).

● That a thorough investigation is conducted to identify other employees, client

employees or individuals visiting a client site that came within a 2 metres (radius) 2 metres with the positively tested employee.

● If the employee that tested positive worked at a client site, that the client be informed about the positive test so as to ensure that appropriate action can be taken in consultation with the client. In such instances, the relevant RD will co-ordinate interaction with the client.

● To assist in any Government required tracing process, within 24 hours.

● That, if it is found that the employee contracted the virus as a result of work activities and/or during the performance of his or her work activities then the necessary Injury on Duty (IOD) forms must be completed and such instance must be reflected on WCA as IOD – Covid – 19 (as guided by the WCA coordinators/specialists), where applicable - that if the employee contracted the virus outside of the workplace then ensuring that the




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

281

employee is booked off sick and that such sick leave is reflected as Covid – 19 on WCA (as guided by the WCA coordinators/ specialists), where applicable - that other benefits that may apply in terms of special directives or regulations in terms of the Disaster Management Act be explored and applied for, if appropriate and applicable, which may be applicable instead of or in addition to sick leave or IOD.

● That the employee receives support in terms of physical and/or mental health or other

more basic needs where appropriate and practical.

I, , (employee number/ ID number) hereby

agree that I have read and understood the contents of this policy and agree to comply with the provisions of

this policy.





HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

282

22.9.5. CHECK SHEETS




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

283

22.9.6. SCENARIO MANAGEMENT ALGORITHMS




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

284

22.9.7. WORKING FROM HOME POLICY

22.9.7.1. POLICY BRIEF AND PURPOSE

The purpose of this policy is to govern employee work from home in such a way that it is beneficial to service provider. Please note the following in terms of this policy:

● It caters for the health and safety of employees deemed eligible to perform work from home during times that work is carried out from home.

● Acceptance of this ‘Working from Home Policy’ does not alter the employee’s duties,

obligations, responsibilities and/or conditions of employment with the service provider, unless specifically agreed upon in writing.

● This ‘Working from Home Policy’ is available only to those employees deemed eligible to

work from home at companies’ sole discretion and based on an analysis conducted in line with its COVID-19 POLICY.

● Both the employer and the employee may end the remote work assignment at any time with or without cause, should it be deemed safe to do so, within the scope and ambit of the service providers COVID-19 POLICY.

● This permission to work from home may be withdrawn at any time as the service providers

business needs are require.

22.9.7.2. SCOPE

This policy applies to all employees that have been designated the responsibility to carry out their duties from their place of residence.

Employees are allowed to work from home only if an analysis conducted by company identifies the employee’s work duties as duties that can be performed from home.

Based on the analysis conducted, the following positions/persons are not eligible for the application of Home-Based Work Activities.

22.9.7.3. POLICY ELEMENTS

● Home-Based working timeframes.

● Reasons that may demand Home-Based working circumstances.

● Health and Safety when working from home.

● Confidentiality and security.

● Compensation and benefits.

● Discipline and other HR related matters.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

285

● Ad hoc Arrangements.

● Communication.

● Tips for Employees working from home.

● Tools and Equipment.

● Acknowledgement and receipt.

22.9.7.4. HOME-BASED WORKING TIMEFRAMES

Employees that qualify for and are permitted to work from home may do so:

● Full time (If agreed to by the management representative).

● On specified days (As stipulated in the agreement with the management representative.

● Occasional, temporary or permanently, depending on the employee’s nature of work and the circumstances that demand such undertaking be considered.

● Employees working from a designated workspace will be expected to attend all essential meetings via video conference or by phone.

● Employees are reminded that this ‘Working from Home Policy’ is not to be used in lieu of sick leave, FMLA leave, and so forth. The client is not responsible for any expenses related to remote work during this period. Employees must follow their regular assigned work schedule, unless otherwise discussed with and approved by the employee’s manager. All arrangements for childcare, elder care, repair persons, and so forth, must be arranged so as not to interfere with the employee’s regular work schedule.

● All employees are responsible for their time keeping and recording of hours worked.

Employees subject to this policy must record their working hours as set in their employment contracts from to , on all working days. Employees may be asked to work on holidays and weekends as stipulated in their employment contracts.

● Core times that an employee has to be available as required in terms of this policy are as follows:

o Mornings: to .

o Afternoons: to .

22.9.7.5. REASONS THAT MAY DEMAND HOME-BASED WORKING CIRCUMSTANCES




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

286

This policy may be enforced with employees that do qualify for home-based working activities to be performed under the following conditions/circumstances:

● Control measure to combat the spreading of the COVID-19 virus.

● Parenting.

● Severe weather conditions and acts of nature.

● Family responsibility emergencies.

● Medical reasons, prohibiting the employee from travelling to work.

● Work-life balance.

● Overlong commute.

● Government actions and standards prohibiting travel on public roads.

● Civil unrest.

Other justifications for the Working from Home Policy to be enforced will depend on the judgment and reasoning as decided by the service provider.

22.9.7.6. HEALTH AND SAFETY WHEN WORKING FROM HOME

As per the Occupational Health and Safety Act of South Africa (85 of 1993), every employee is responsible for their own health and safety and that of others who may be affected by their actions and/or omissions (Section 14).

With the enforcement of this policy, the company therefore enacts the employer responsibilities towards the employee through the rules and guidelines needed to ensure a safe working environment at home as per the Health and Safety Act.

All employees that fall under the control of this policy therefore have the following responsibilities:

● Conducting their actions in such a manner that promotes their Health and Safety at

home.

● To abide by all rules, stipulations and guidelines in the control of risk whilst

performing Home-based work activities.

● To report to their management representatives any matter that may affect their health

and safety at home.

● To maintain the required documents as required by the risk assessment conducted for

the Home-based work activities to be carried out.

● To perform the duties in terms of health and safety necessary for the maintenance

and upkeep of safe working conditions at home.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

287

It is important to note that the employee will be expected to designate a specific area where work activities will be performed at home. Such area needs to be specified towards the management representative for the control and monitoring of health and safety.

No work should be performed outside of this designated workspace. The designated workspace must be kept in a safe condition, free from hazards to both the employee and the equipment. Should the employee sustain any injuries in their designated workspace and in conjunction with his or her regular work duties, the employee is responsible for notifying his or her manager of such injuries as soon as is practicable.

The Company will not be responsible for any injuries to the employee or any third parties outside of the designated workspace or during the employee’s non-working time.

If, while working from a designated workspace, the employee experiences technical issues with his or her computer or internet access that prevent the employee from working remotely, the employee must notify his or her manager immediately.

Interruptions to work caused by internet outages may require the employee to work from their regular office space for the remainder of the day, or until the outage is fixed.

Employees working from a designated workspace may, from time to time, be required to come to their usual work site as required by the needs of the Company.

The employee remains ultimately responsible and liable for any other area at home which does not fall within the scope of the designated area communicated to the management representative.

The employee will be provided with a health and safety file for the specific area they have designated as their workplace, at home. The file will contain the following elements that need to be maintained for the monitoring and control of health and safety related matters:

● Hazardous Chemicals.

● Construction.

● Contractor Control.

● Emergency Evacuation.

● Inspections.

● Machinery and Equipment.

● Management System.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

288

● Personal Protective Equipment.

● Risk Assessment.

● Training.

● Working at Heights.

● Buildings and Structures.

● Health and Safety Organization and communication.

● Surveys and Surveillance.

● Health and Safety Administration.

22.9.7.7. CONFIDENTIALITY AND SECURITY

Employees working remotely are reminded that even if they are working from a designated workspace, they are bound by any confidentiality and/or security agreements they signed in connection with their employment with the Company, and any confidentiality and/or security policies contained in the Company policies.

Thus, consistent with the Company’s expectations of information security for employees working in the office, remote employees will be expected to ensure the protection of proprietary company and customer information accessible from their home office.

Steps include regular password maintenance, locked file cabinets and desks to store sensitive information, and any other measures appropriate for the job and the environment of the designated workspace.

Any questions regarding this Working from Home Policy may be directed to your Management representative or the Human Resources Department.

22.9.7.8. COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

The compensation and benefits of the employee will be discussed with the employee prior to the enforcement of this policy.

22.9.7.9. DISCIPLINE AND OTHER HR RELATED MATTERS

The company’s policies and procedures remain intact and are not affected by the enforcement of this policy. Employees have the responsibility of adhering to the rules and procedures enacted by any other policy whilst working from home. The employees who are working from will be measured on the outcomes they have achieved for the purpose of Key Performance Indicating and evaluation.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

289

22.9.7.10. AD HOC ARRANGEMENTS

Temporary Home-based work arrangements may be approved for circumstances such as inclement weather, special projects or business travel. These arrangements are approved on an as-needed basis only, with no expectation of ongoing continuance.

Other informal, short-term arrangements may be made for employees on family or medical leave to the extent practical for the employee and the company and with the consent of the employee’s health care provider, if appropriate. All informal Home-based work arrangements are made on a case-by-case basis, focusing first on the business needs of the company.

22.9.7.11. COMMUNICATION

The company will communicate with the employee on a frequency agreed on to determine and confirm the employee’s wellbeing and conformance to company policies and procedures.

Employees who fall under this policy have to respond to Company and client communications within the agreed specific timeframe as required by Company standards.

Any questions regarding this Working from Home Policy may be directed to your Management representative or the Human Resources Department.

22.9.7.12. COMPENSATION AND OTHER BENEFITS

The compensation and benefits of the employee will be discussed with the employee prior to the enforcement of this policy.

22.9.7.13. DISCIPLINE AND OTHER HR RELATED MATTERS

The company’s policies and procedures remain intact and are not affected by the enforcement of this policy. Employees have the responsibility of adhering to the rules and procedures enacted by any other policy whilst working from home. The employees who are working from will be measured on the outcomes they have achieved for the purpose of Key Performance Indicating and evaluation.

22.9.7.14. AD HOC ARRANGEMENTS

Temporary Home-based work arrangements may be approved for circumstances such as inclement weather, special projects or business travel. These arrangements are approved on an as-needed basis only, with no expectation of ongoing continuance.

Other informal, short-term arrangements may be made for employees on family or medical leave to the extent practical for the employee and the




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

290

company and with the consent of the employee’s health care provider, if appropriate. All informal Home-based work arrangements are made on a case-by-case basis, focusing first on the business needs of the company.

22.9.7.15. COMMUNICATION

The company will communicate with the employee on a frequency agreed on to determine and confirm the employee’s wellbeing and conformance to company policies and procedures.

Employees who fall under this policy have to respond to Company and client communications within the agreed specific timeframe as required by Company standards.

22.9.7.16. TIPS FOR EMPLOYEES WORKING FROM HOME

Maintain your morning and daily routine. Wake at the same time, and continue the routine that works for you.

● Repurpose commute time for self-care. The average South African commute is

almost 31 minutes each way. Don’t let this reclaimed time go to waste.

● Dress for success.

● Focus on nutrition. Maintain focus and energy by avoiding foods with sugars, artificial ingredients, or empty calories.

● Designate a dedicated workspace. Find an environment that fosters productivity. It should be quiet, comfortable, and free of distractions - and different from where you usually eat or relax.

● Take time to go outside. Taking breaks is great for your focus and wellbeing.

Recharge by walking around the block or stepping outside on a patio or balcony.

22.9.7.17. TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Employees are expected to use the equipment and tools provided by the Company for the successful application of the Working from Home Policy. Other resources as may be required need to be discussed with the relevant management representative.

All employees will receive remote support from their specific departments and management representatives to enable successful Home-Based work activities. Employees are required to discuss these supporting structures with their management representatives.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

291

22.9.7.18. ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT

I acknowledge that I have received a copy of the Work from Home Policy and that I agree to abide by it at all times. I understand that the Working from Home Policy represents the current policy regarding Home-based work activities and that it does not affect my status as an employee, and that the Company retains the right to change or rescind the Working from Home Policy at any time as the company deems necessary.

Signature

Management representative Signature

22.9.7.19. HOME-BASED WORK CONTROLLER APPOINTMENT LETTER (LEGAL REFERENCE)

22.9.7.19.1. EXPLANATION

With the current expanding need for employers to designate the completion of responsibilities from home, the necessity for the appointment of a responsible person to manage and control the risks that such employees may be exposed to is justified.

The responsible person may have to liaise between operational and human resource departments to ensure that the employees in question are adhering to company and legislative requirements.

The exercising of the appointment responsibilities and duties will fall under the direct control of the 16.2 of the Company.

Signature

Management representative Signature




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

292

22.9.7.20. HOME-BASED WORK CONTROLLER APPOINTMENT LETTER (LEGAL REFERENCE)

22.9.7. EXPLANATION

With the current expanding need for employers to designate the completion of responsibilities from home, the necessity for the appointment of a responsible person to manage and control the risks that such employees may be exposed to is justified.

The responsible person may have to liaise between operational and human resource departments to ensure that the employees in question are adhering to company and legislative requirements.

The exercising of the appointment responsibilities and duties will fall under the direct control of the 16.2 of the Company.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

293

Home-Based Work Controller

(Legal reference) Name:

Surname:

I, the 16.2 appointee of , hereby appoint you, as the Home-Based Work Controller.

In terms of this appointment, the following functions must be performed:

1. Ensure that all employees adhere to the health and safety requirements for performing their duties from home. 2. Conduct regular checks with regard to the maintenance of the required health and safety documentation needed for

safe work from home with the employees. 3. Liaise with the 16.2 on matters relating to the health and safety of employees performing Home- Based Work duties. 4. To provide to the employees the needed documentation required for safe work from home. 5. To investigate with the 16.2 appointee any occurrence of incidents of any nature that may have an impact on the

health and safety of the employee whilst performing duties related to the company, from home. 6. To communicate to the employees any changes or improvements to the Home-Based Work Policy and other

elements as deemed necessary.

You will be required to review the Act as well as company standards and procedures for the effective execution of this appointment.

You will be required to undergo training on Legal Liability as well as other aspects which may influence this appointment and its execution.

This appointment is valid from to

/ / Signature: 16.2 Date

Kindly confirm your acceptance to this appointment by completing the following:

I, , understand the implications of this appointment as detailed above and confirm my acceptance thereof.

/ /

Signature Date




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

294

Home-Based Work

Letter of permission and designation of responsibilities:

Dear ,

This letter serves to inform you that you have qualified for Home-Based Work to be conducted. The following

responsibilities need to be carried out by you in this regard: 1. You are responsible for your own health and safety and that of others who reside with you. 2. You are responsible for reporting any incident that may affect your health and safety to the Home-Based Work

Controller or the 16.2 immediately after occurrence. 3. You are responsible for conducting the activities pertaining to your health and safety on the frequency stipulated for

the completion of such activities including that of conducting regular inspections of your work area at home. 4. You are responsible for maintaining and keeping up to date all the necessary documentation required for your

safety whilst working from home. 5. You may be required to provide evidence of your workplace safety in the form of photos or video recordings on

request.

Please complete the declaration below as proof that you have read and understood the responsibilities delegated to you in this regard.

I, , have read and understood the responsibilities stipulated above and understand that non-conformance in this regard may result in disciplinary action against me.

/ /

Signature Date

/ / 16.2 Signature Date




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

295

22.9.8. WORKING FROM HOME: RISK ASSESSMENT

22.9.8.1. DESCRIPTION OF HAZARDS AND RISKS

HAZARD/RISK DESCRIPTION

Slip Trip and Fall: Loose carpets in home office area

Tripping and falling over an object in control access point resulting in minor strains, sprains and fractures

Slip Trip and Fall: Loose tiles Tripping and falling over an object leading to a neck/back/pelvic injury

Slip Trip and Fall: Lubricated/wet surface in home office area

Slipping and falling over lubricated/slippery surfaces resulting in head, neck, back and pelvic injuries

Slip Trip and Fall: uneven floor surfaces in home office area

Tripping and falling over an object leading to a neck/back/pelvic injury

Slip Trip and Fall: Furnishing Items in walkways


Slip Trip and Fall: Cracked tiles and floor surfaces in home office area


Slip Trip and Fall: Stairs/Steps leading into home office area


Slip Trip and Fall: Protruding carpet edging Strips in home office area


Slip Trip and Fall: Electric cables running over carpets in home office area


Slip Trip and Fall: Cleaning appliances (Brooms, Mops, Buckets, Vacuum Cleaner, Cleaning cloths) left unattended in front of and in-home office area


Physical Hazard: Pinch points between door and door frames

Contact between hard surfaces at control access point resulting in minor injuries, sprains and strains

Physical Hazard: Pinch points between two sliding doors

Contact between hard surfaces at control access point resulting in minor bumps and bruises

Electrical Hazard: Loose connections and wiring on electrical devices

Contact between loose and live electrical wires in control access point resulting in uncontrolled fire, property damage, serious bodily harm, fatality

Slip, Trip and Fall Hazard: Wet/lubricated floors in home office area

Slipping and falling over lubricated/slippery surfaces resulting in head, neck, back and pelvic injuries

Criminal Activity: Robberies Exposure to Criminal Activity resulting in trauma, physical injury, fatality

Criminal Activity: Hostage Taking Exposure to Criminal Activity resulting in trauma, physical injury, death.

Eronomical Hazard: Limited room for moving through and in the office area

Moving in a confined area resulting in contact with hard surfaces, minor bumps and bruises.

Physical Hazard: Nip points between protruding door latch in home office area

Contact with sharp points resulting in minor perforations, lacerations to body.

Physical Hazard: Nip points between protruding sharp point by home office area


Physical Hazards: Nip points between protruding sharp edge from furnishings in home office area.





HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

296

Agronomical Hazard: Incorrect body position/workplace lay-out

Person exposed to ergonomically incorrect body position resulting in injury.

Agronomical Hazard: Incorrect body position/workplace lay-out

Person exposed to ergonomic stress due to the repetitive nature of the work resulting in musculoskeletal disorders

Slip, Trip and Fall Hazard: Obstacles due to poor housekeeping

Person trip and fall due to poor housekeeping/loose wires resulting in injury

Physical Hazard: Heavy object by dislodging of fixed monitors

Person struck by dislodging monitor resulting in injury.

Fire Hazard - Short circuit on electrical components

Short circuit on electrical components causing a fire resulting in injury and damage

Environmental Hazard: Incorrect illumination due to poorly lit home office

Person exposed to poorly lit control room resulting in eye strain, headaches and illness

Psycho-social Hazard - social disturbances

Person exposed to social disturbances, conflict, violence

resulting in possible bruises, cuts, permanent disability, death

Thermal Hazard: Hot surfaces on boiled kettle surfaces

Person makes contact with the hot kettle resulting in first and or second-degree burns

Chemical Hazard: Cleaning chemicals Person makes contact with the cleaning chemicals resulting in skin irritation

Fire Hazard: Metal objects in microwave Person places metal objects in microwave causing a fire resulting in equipment loss

Environmental Hazard: Adverse weather conditions in lightning

Person gets struck by lightning while in the garden during a overcast day resulting in unconsciousness, loss of limb, fatality

Environmental Hazard: Adverse weather conditions in floods

Person area of work gets flooded due to heavy rain resulting in property loss, damaged equipment, injury or fatality

22.9.8.2. CONTROL MEASURES

CONTROL CATEGORY DESCRIPTION

ADMINISTRATIVE CONTROLS ● Home office inspection checklist ● Good housekeeping ● SOP for working from home ● Electrical safety awareness ● Mental health Awareness ● Working from Home policy ● Annual Occupational Therapist home/work place Review

EQUIPMENT ● Fire extinguisher ● First aid bag ● Adequate Lighting ● Hand Sanitizer

TRAINING ● Task Analysis & SOP's ● COVID-19 Awareness Training ● COVID-19 Task Analysis and Risk Assessment ● Ergonomics

CERTIFICATES ● Electrical certificate of compliance

HYGIENE SURVEY ● Ergonomic Assessment (Internal assessment)




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

297

WORKPLACE READINESS AFTER LOCK-DOWN

22.9.8. COVID-19: INTRODUCTION

When someone who has COVID-19 coughs or exhales, they release droplets of infected fluid. Most of these droplets fall on nearby surfaces and objects - such as desks, tables or telephones. People could become infected by COVID-19 simply by touching contaminated surfaces or objects – and then touching their eyes, nose or mouth. If they are standing within one meter of a person with COVID-19 they can become infected by breathing in droplets coughed out or exhaled by them.

COVID-19 spreads in a similar way to the flu. Most persons infected with COVID- 19 experience mild symptoms and recover. However, some go on to experience more serious illness and may require hospital care. Risk of serious illness rises with age: people over 40 seem to be more vulnerable than those under 40. People with weakened immune systems and people with conditions such as diabetes, heart and lung disease are also more vulnerable to serious illness.

22.9.9. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

This purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on:

Getting the workplace ready for the arrival of COVID-19.

Preventing the spread of COVID-19 in the contractor’s workplace.

Managing COVID-19 risks when organizing meetings and events.

contractor’s employee travelling considerations.

22.9.10. APPLICATION

This policy applies to all employees of all service providers.

22.9.11. GETTING THE WORKPLACE READY FOR THE ARRIVAL OF COVID-19

Service providers to sets out to do the following:

Develop a plan of what to do if someone becomes ill with suspected COVID- 19 at one of its workplaces. The plan will cover the following aspects:

o Putting the ill person in a room or area where they are isolated from others in the

workplace.

22.9.12. COVID-19: INTRODUCTION

When someone who has COVID-19 coughs or exhales, they release droplets of infected fluid. Most of these droplets fall on nearby surfaces and objects - such as desks, tables or telephones. People could become infected by COVID-19 simply by touching contaminated surfaces or objects – and then touching their eyes, nose or mouth. If they are standing within one meter of a person with




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

298

COVID-19 they can become infected by breathing in droplets coughed out or exhaled by them.

COVID-19 spreads in a similar way to the flu. Most persons infected with COVID- 19 experience mild symptoms and recover. However, some go on to experience more serious illness and may require hospital care. Risk of serious illness rises with age: people over 40 seem to be more vulnerable than those under 40. People with weakened immune systems and people with conditions such as diabetes, heart and lung disease are also more vulnerable to serious illness.

22.9.13. PURPOSE AND SCOPE

This purpose of this policy is to provide guidance on:

Getting the workplace ready for the arrival of COVID-19.

Preventing the spread of COVID-19 in the contractor’s workplace.

Managing COVID-19 risks when organizing meetings and events.

contractor’s employee travelling considerations.

22.9.14. APPLICATION

This policy applies to all employees of all service providers.

22.9.15. GETTING THE WORKPLACE READY FOR THE ARRIVAL OF COVID-19

Service providers to sets out to do the following:

Develop a plan of what to do if someone becomes ill with suspected COVID- 19 at one of its workplaces. The plan will cover the following aspects:

o Putting the ill person in a room or area where they are isolated from others in the

workplace.

o Limiting the number of people who have contact with the sick person.

o Contacting the local health authorities.

o Considering how to identify persons who may be at risk.

o Supporting people who may be at risk, without inviting stigma and discrimination into the workplace. This could include persons who have recently travelled to an area reporting cases, or other personnel who have conditions that put them at higher risk of serious illness (e.g. diabetes, heart and lung disease, older age).

o SERVICE PROVIDERS will inform the local public health authority that it is developing the

plan and seek their input and guidance.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

299

Promote regular tele-working across the organization. Tele-working will help SERVICE PROVIDERS to keep operating while its employees stay safe.

Develop a contingency and business continuity plan for an outbreak in the communities where SERVICE PROVIDERS operate. o The plan will help prepare SERVICE PROVIDERS for the possibility of an outbreak of

COVID-19 in its workplaces or community. It may also be valid for other health emergencies.

o The plan will address how to keep SERVICE PROVIDERS running even if a significant

number of employees, contractors and suppliers cannot come to its place of business - either due to local restrictions on travel or because they are ill.

o The plan will be communicated to SERVICE PROVIDERS employees and contractors and

it will ensure that they are aware of what they need to do – or not do – in terms of the plan. Key points will include the importance of staying away from work even if they have only mild symptoms or have had to take simple medications (for example Paracetamol or Ibuprofen) which may mask the symptoms of COVID-19.

The plan will address the mental health and social consequences of a case of COVID-19 in the workplace or in the community and will offer information and support.

o Where applicable, SERVICE PROVIDERS will develop partnerships and plans with the

local health and social service providers in advance of any emergency.

Sources of information to include:

● The latest information from WHO on where COVID-19 is spreading: https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus- 2019/situation-reports/

● Advice and guidance from WHO on COVID-19: https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019

22.9.16. PREVENTING THE SPREAD OF COVID-19 IN THE SERVICE

PROVIDERSWORKPLACE

In order to pro-actively help prevent the spread of infections in the workplace, SERVICE PROVIDERS will do the following:

● Ensure that the workplace is clean and hygienic by:

o Wiping surfaces (e.g. desks and tables) and objects (e.g. telephones, keyboards)

with disinfectant at pre-determined regular intervals.

https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019/situation-reports/



https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus-2019




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

300

● Promote regular and thorough hand-washing by employees, contractors and customers by:

o Placing sanitizing hand rub dispensers in prominent places around the workplace and

ensuring maintenance thereof.

o Prominently displaying posters with information relating to the prevention of COVID-19

throughout the workplace. o Using a combination of communication measures such as offering guidance from

occupational health and safety officers, briefings at meetings and information on the intranet to promote hand-washing.

o Ensuring that staff, contractors and customers have access to places where they

can wash their hands with soap and water.

● Promote good respiratory hygiene in the workplace by:

o Displaying posters that promote respiratory hygiene, coupled with a combination

of other communication measures.

o Ensuring that face masks and/or paper tissues are available at the workplace, for

those who develop a runny nose or cough at work, along with closed bins for hygienically disposing of them.

● Advise employees and contractors to consult national travel advice before going on

business trips.

● Brief SERVICE PROVIDERS employees, contractors and customers on the importance of staying at home/work from home when:

o They experience a mild cough or low-grade fever (37.3 C or more).

o COVID-19 starts spreading in the community.

22.9.17. MANAGING COVID-19 RISKS WHEN ORGANISING MEETINGS AND EVENTS

Organisers of meetings and events need to consider the potential risk from COVID-19 because:

● There is a risk that people attending SERVICE PROVIDERS meetings or events might be unwittingly bringing the COVID-19 virus to the meeting. Others might be unknowingly exposed to COVID-19.

● While COVID-19 is a mild disease for most people, it can make some very ill. Around 1 in

every 5 people who becomes infected by COVID-19 needs hospital treatment.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

301

22.9.18. KEY CONSIDERATIONS TO PREVENT OR REDUCE COVID-19 RISKS

22.9.18.1. BEFORE THE MEETING OR EVENT

● Check the advice from the authorities in the community where you plan to hold the meeting or event. Follow their advice.

● Develop and agree a preparedness plan to prevent infection at your meeting or event.

o Consider whether a face-to-face meeting or event is needed. Could it be replaced by a teleconference or online event?

o Could the meeting or event be scaled down so that fewer people attend?

o Ensure and verify information and communication channels in advance with key

partners such as public health and health care authorities.

o Pre-order sufficient supplies and materials, including tissues and hand sanitiser for all

participants. Have surgical masks available to offer anyone who develops respiratory symptoms.

o Actively monitor where COVID-19 is circulating. Advise participants in advance that if

they have any symptoms or feel unwell, they should not attend.

o Ensure that all organizers, participants, caterers and visitors at the event provide

contact details: mobile telephone number, email and address where they are staying. State clearly that their details will be shared with local public health authorities if any participant becomes ill with a suspected infectious disease. If they will not agree to this, they cannot attend the event or meeting.

● Develop and agree a response plan in case someone at the meeting becomes ill with

symptoms of COVID-19 (dry cough, fever, malaise). This plan should include at least:

o Identify a room or area where someone who is feeling unwell or has symptoms

can be safely isolated.

o Have a plan for how they can be safely transferred from there to a health facility.

o Know what to do if a meeting participant, staff member or service provider tests positive

for COVID-19 during or just after the meeting.

o Agree the plan in advance with the SERVICE PROVIDERS healthcare provider.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

302

22.9.18.2. DURING THE MEETING OR EVENT

● Provide information or a briefing, preferably both orally and in writing, on COVID-19 and the measures that organizers are taking to make this event safe for participants.

o Build trust. For example, as an icebreaker, practice ways to say hello without

touching.

o Encourage regular hand-washing or use of an alcohol rub by all participants

at the meeting or event.

o Encourage participants to cover their face with the bend of their elbow or a tissue if they

cough or sneeze. Supply tissues and closed bins to dispose of them in.

o Provide contact details or a health hotline number that participants can call for advice

or to give information.

● Display dispensers of alcohol-based hand rub prominently around the venue.

● If there is space, arrange seats so that participants are at least one meter apart.

● Open windows and doors whenever possible to make sure the venue is well ventilated.

● If anyone who starts to feel unwell, follow your preparedness plan or call your hotline.

o Depending on the situation in your area, or recent travel of the participant, place the person in the isolation room. Offer the person a mask so they can get home safely, if appropriate, or to a designated assessment facility.

● Thank all participants for their cooperation with the provisions in place.

22.9.18.3. AFTER THE MEETING

● Retain the names and contact details of all participants for at least one month. This will help public health authorities trace people who may have been exposed to COVID-19 if one or more participants become ill shortly after the event.

● If someone at the meeting or event was isolated as a suspected COVID-19 case, the organiser should let all participants know this. They should be advised to monitor themselves for symptoms for 14 days and take their temperature twice a day.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

303

● If they develop even a mild cough or low-grade fever (i.e. a temperature of 37.3 C or more) they should stay at home and self-isolate. This means avoiding close contact (1 meter or nearer) with other people, including family members. They should also telephone their healthcare provider or the local public health department, giving them details of their recent travel and symptoms.

● Thank all the participants for their cooperation with the provisions in place.

22.9.18.4. SERVICE PROVIDERS EMPLOYEE TRAVELLING CONSIDERATIONS 22.9.18.4.1.

BEFORE TRAVELING

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will ensure that its employees have the latest information on areas where COVID-19 is spreading. This information can be found at https://www.who.int/emergencies/diseases/novel-coronavirus- 2019/situation-reports/.

o Based on the latest information, SERVICE PROVIDERS will assess the benefits and risks related to upcoming travel plans.

o SERVICE PROVIDERS will avoid sending employees who may be at higher

risk of serious illness (e.g. older employees and those with medical conditions such as diabetes, heart and lung disease) to areas where COVID-19 is spreading.

o SERVICE PROVIDERS will ensure that all persons travelling to locations

reporting COVID-19 are briefed by a qualified professional (e.g. staff health services, health care provider or local public health partner).

o SERVICE PROVIDERS will issue employees who are about to travel with

small bottles (50 - 100 ml) of alcohol-based hand rub. This can facilitate regular hand-washing.

22.9.18.4.2. WHILE TRAVELING

● Employees will be encouraged to wash their hands regularly and stay at least 1.5 metres away from people who are coughing or sneezing.

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will ensure employees know what to do and who to

contact if they feel ill while travelling.

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will ensure that its employees comply with instructions from local authorities where they are travelling. If, for example, they are told by local authorities not to go somewhere, they must comply with this. Employees will comply with all local restrictions on travel, movement or large gatherings.







HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

304

22.9.18.4.3. WHEN EMPLOYEES RETURN FROM TRAVELING:

SERVICE PROVIDERS employees who have returned from an area where COVID-19 is spreading should monitor themselves for symptoms for 14 days and take their temperature twice a day.

22.9.18.4.4. OFFICE WORKERS: MINIMISING THE RISK OF EXPOSURE TO

COVID-19

● The Occupational Health and Safety Act 85 of 1993 (Section 8) prescribes that all employers have to take care of the health and safety of its workers (staff, contractors, volunteers) and others (clients, customers and visitors) at the workplace. This includes:

o Providing and maintaining a work environment that is without risk to health and safety.

o Providing adequate facilities for staff to carry out their work.

SERVICE PROVIDERS will identify risks at the workplace, and where possible eliminate or minimize those risks.

If the workplace has been determined to be an essential service by the government and SERVICE PROVIDERS is permitted to continue operating, it will ensure any risks to its workers are eliminated or minimized as much as is reasonably practicable.

Where possible, to eliminate the risk of exposure to the COVID-19 virus in the workplace, SERVICE PROVIDERS may allow its employees to work from home in complete isolation from others. If it is not feasible for employees to perform their jobs from home, SERVICE PROVIDERS will do all it can to minimize the risk of exposure to COVID-19 so far as reasonably practicable.

22.9.18.5. MANAGING THE RISKS OF EXPOSURE TO THE COVID-19 VIRUS 22.9.18.5.1.

PHYSICAL DISTANCING

One of the most effective ways to minimize the spread of the COVID- 19 virus is to limit physical proximity between staff to at least 1.5 metres apart. Practical measures to encourage physical distancing include:

● Allowing staff to work from home, if practicable, creating additional floor space in

the usual office environment.

● Calculating the area of each workspace or floor and directing those workers remaining in the office environment to at least 1.5 metres apart to continue performing their duties.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

305

● Rotating shifts (early morning, afternoon/evening), compressing hours, changing start and finish times, so that there are less staff in the office at one time or having staff doing one day on, one day off rotations.

● Not allowing use of meeting rooms or other spaces that would not allow for the required spacing.

● Discouraging use of public transport if possible, or if not feasible, recommending that workers:

o Travel at off peak times

o Wash hands with soap and water for at least 20 seconds, or sanitise

hands with alcohol-based hand sanitiser before and after travelling on

public transport, and

o Maintain physical distancing measures during any trip.

o Encouraging workers to travel to meetings separately (e.g. Don’t share

a taxi)

o For customer facing workers, creating floor markings that provide minimum

1.5 metre guide between clients queuing for service and using physical

barriers where possible, and

o Encouraging workers to physically distance themselves in break

rooms and when using lifts.

If physical distancing measures introduce new health and safety risks (for example because they impact communication), SERVICE PROVIDERS manage those risks too.

● That surface wipes to clean workstations, and workstation equipment such as

monitors, phones, keyboards and mouses are provided.

● That frequently touched surfaces such as doors, hand rails, windows and vending machines are cleaned and disinfected frequently using appropriate detergent and disinfectant solutions.

● That people cleaning the workplace wear gloves and use alcohol- based hand

sanitiser before and after wearing gloves.

22.9.9. WORKER HYGIENE

SERVICE PROVIDERS employees are required to practice good hygiene, including:




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

306

● Frequent hand washing. ● Washing body, hair (including facial hair) and clothes thoroughly every day. ● Limiting contact with others, including through shaking hands. ● Covering their mouths while coughing or sneezing.

Washroom facilities for workers will have adequate facilities for good hygiene such as adequate supply of soap, water and toilet paper. These will be kept clean, properly stocked and in good working order. Supplies of alcohol-based hand sanitizers will be provided around the office space, where possible. Staff will also be informed about the risk of exposure and good hygiene through increased signage and information.

22.9.10. OFFICE SANITATION

At an office, or other facility:

● Close off areas visited by the ill persons. Open outside doors and windows and use ventilating fans to increase air circulation in the area. Wait 24 hours or as long as practical before beginning cleaning and disinfection.

Cleaning staff should clean and disinfect all areas such as offices, bathrooms, common areas, shared electronic equipment like tablets, touch screens, keyboards and remote controls used by the ill persons, focusing especially on frequently touched surfaces.

If it has been more than 7 days since the person with suspected/confirmed COVID-19 visited or used the facility, additional cleaning and disinfection is not necessary.

22.9.11. HOW TO CLEAN AND DISINFECT

22.9.11.1. HARD (NON-POROUS) SURFACES

● If surfaces are dirty, they should be cleaned using a detergent or soap and water prior to disinfection.

● For disinfection, most common EPA-registered household disinfectants should be effective.

o Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for all cleaning and disinfection

products for concentration, application method and contact time, etc.

o Additionally, diluted household bleach solutions (at least 1000ppm sodium

hypochlorite) can be used if appropriate for the surface. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for application, ensuring a contact time of at least 1 minute, and allowing




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

307

proper ventilation during and after application. Check to ensure the product is not past its expiration date. Never mix household bleach with ammonia or any other cleanser. Unexpired household bleach will be effective against Corona viruses when properly diluted.

o Prepare a bleach solution by mixing:

- 5 tablespoons (1/3 cup) bleach per gallon of water (3.8 litre) or - 4 teaspoons bleach per quart of water (1 litre)

22.9.11.2. SOFT (POROUS) SURFACES

For soft (porous) surfaces such as carpeted floor, rugs, and drapes, remove visible contamination if present and clean with appropriate cleaners indicated for use on these surfaces. After cleaning:

● If the items can be laundered, launder items in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions using the warmest appropriate water setting for the items and then dry items completely.

22.9.11.3. ELECTRONICS

For electronics such as tablets, touch screens, keyboards and remote controls, remove visible contamination if present.

If it has been more than 7 days since the person with suspected/confirmed COVID-19 visited or used the facility, additional cleaning and disinfection is not necessary.

22.9.12. HOW TO CLEAN AND DISINFECT

22.9.12.1. HARD (NON-POROUS) SURFACES

● If surfaces are dirty, they should be cleaned using a detergent or soap and water prior to disinfection.

● For disinfection, most common EPA-registered household disinfectants should be effective.

o Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for all cleaning and disinfection

products for concentration, application method and contact time, etc.

o Additionally, diluted household bleach solutions (at least 1000ppm sodium

hypochlorite) can be used if appropriate for the surface. Follow manufacturer’s instructions for application, ensuring a




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

308

contact time of at least 1 minute, and allowing proper ventilation during and after application. Check to ensure the product is not past its expiration date. Never mix household bleach with ammonia or any other cleanser. Unexpired household bleach will be effective against Corona viruses when properly diluted.

o Prepare a bleach solution by mixing:

- 5 tablespoons (1/3 cup) bleach per gallon of water (3.8 litre) or - 4 teaspoons bleach per quart of water (1 litre)

22.9.12.2. SOFT (POROUS) SURFACES

For soft (porous) surfaces such as carpeted floor, rugs, and drapes, remove visible contamination if present and clean with appropriate cleaners indicated for use on these surfaces. After cleaning:

● If the items can be laundered, launder items in accordance with the

manufacturer’s instructions using the warmest appropriate water setting for the items and then dry items completely.

22.9.12.3. ELECTRONICS

For electronics such as tablets, touch screens, keyboards and remote controls, remove visible contamination if present.

● Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for all cleaning and disinfection products.

● Consider the use of wipeable covers for electronics. ● If no manufacturer guidance is available, consider the use of alcohol-based wipes

or sprays containing at least 70% alcohol to disinfect touch screens. Dry surfaces thoroughly to avoid pooling of liquids.

22.9.12.4. LINEN, CLOTHING, AND OTHER ITEMS THAT GO IN THE LAUNDRY

● In order to minimise the possibility of dispersing virus through the air, do not shake dirty laundry.

● Wash items as appropriate in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions. If possible, launder items using the warmest appropriate water setting for the items and dry items completely. Dirty laundry that has been in contact with an ill person can be washed with other people’s items.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

309

● Clean and disinfect hampers or other carts for transporting laundry according to guidance above for hard or soft surfaces.

22.9.12.5. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT (PPE) AND HAND HYGIENE

● The risk of exposure to cleaning staff is inherently low. Cleaning staff should wear disposable gloves and gowns for all tasks in the cleaning process, including handling trash.

● Gloves and gowns should be compatible with the disinfectant products being used.

● Additional PPE might be required based on the cleaning/disinfectant products being used and whether there is a risk of splash.

● Gloves and gowns should be removed carefully to avoid contamination of the wearer and the surrounding area. Be sure to clean hands after removing gloves.

● If gowns are not available, coveralls, aprons or work uniforms can be worn during cleaning and disinfecting. Reusable (washable) clothing should be laundered afterwards. Clean hands after handling dirty laundry.

Gloves should be removed after cleaning a room or area occupied by ill persons. Clean hands immediately after gloves are removed.

● Cleaning staff should immediately report breaches in PPE such as a

tear in gloves or any other potential exposures to their supervisor.

● Cleaning staff and others should clean hands often, including immediately after removing gloves and after contact with an ill person, by washing hands with soap and water for 20 seconds. If soap and water are not available and hands are not visibly dirty, an alcohol-based hand sanitiser that contains at least 60% alcohol may be used. However, if hands are visibly dirty, always wash hands with soap and water.

● Follow normal preventive actions while at work and home, including

cleaning hands and avoiding touching eyes, nose, or mouth with unwashed hands.

● Additional key times to clean hands include:

o After blowing one’s nose, coughing, or sneezing. o After using the restroom. o Before eating or preparing food.

o After contact with animals or pets.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

310

o Before and after providing routine care for another person who needs assistance such as a child.

22.9.12.6. ADDITIONAL CONSIDERATIONS

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will work with its local government health departments to ensure appropriate local protocols and guidelines, such as updated/additional guidance for cleaning and disinfection, are followed, including for identification of new potential cases of COVID-19.

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will educate staff and workers performing

cleaning, laundry, and trash pick-up activities to recognise the symptoms of COVID-19 and provide instructions on what to do if they develop symptoms within 14 days after their last possible exposure to the virus. At a minimum, any staff should immediately notify their supervisor and the local health department if they develop symptoms of COVID-19.

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will develop and implement policies for worker protection and provide training to all cleaning staff on site prior to providing cleaning tasks. Training should include when to use PPE, what PPE is necessary, how to properly don (put on), use, and doff (take off) PPE, and how to properly dispose of PPE.

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will ensure workers are trained on the hazards of the cleaning chemicals used in the workplace in accordance with Hazardous Chemical Substances Regulations.

22.9.12.7. GENERAL ADVICE FOR WORKERS, SERVICE PROVIDERS AND OTHERS

● Avoid touching your mouth, eyes, and nose with unwashed (or gloved) hands.

● Clean your hands thoroughly for at least 20 seconds using soap and water, or alcohol-based hand rub.

● Cover your nose and mouth when coughing and sneezing with a

tissue or a flexed elbow. Put tissues in the bin.

● Avoid close contact with anyone with cold or flu-like symptoms.

● Physical distancing - maintain a 1.5-meter distance to others (two arm’s length).

● Stay home if you are sick.




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

311

● Seek medical advice if you have a fever, cough, sore throat or shortness of breath.

22.9.12.8. CONSULTATION AND COMMUNICATING WITH WORKERS

SERVICE PROVIDERS will consult with its employees on health and safety matters relating to COVID-19. Employees will be allowed to express their views before any decisions are made. Employees are most likely to know about the risks of their work. Involving them will help build commitment to this process and any changes.

SERVICE PROVIDERS will communicate clearly with workers about control measures and will provide clear direction and guidance about what is expected of workers.

Employees should know:

● When to stay away from the workplace. ● What action to take if they become unwell. ● What symptoms to be concerned about.

Employees have a duty to take reasonable care for their own health and safety and to not adversely affect the health and safety of others.

● SERVICE PROVIDERS will ensure workers are trained on the hazards of

the cleaning chemicals used in the workplace in accordance with Hazardous Chemical Substances Regulations.

22.9.12.9. GENERAL ADVICE FOR WORKERS, SERVICE PROVIDERS AND OTHERS

● Avoid touching your mouth, eyes, and nose with unwashed (or gloved) hands.

● Clean your hands thoroughly for at least 20 seconds using soap and water, or alcohol-based hand rub.

● Cover your nose and mouth when coughing and sneezing with a tissue or a flexed elbow. Put tissues in the bin.

● Avoid close contact with anyone with cold or flu-like symptoms.

● Physical distancing - maintain a 1.5-meter distance to others (two arm’s length).




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

312

● Stay home if you are sick.

● Seek medical advice if you have a fever, cough, sore throat or shortness of breath.

22.9.13. CONSULTATION AND COMMUNICATING WITH WORKERS

SERVICE PROVIDERS will consult with its employees on health and safety matters relating to COVID-19. Employees will be allowed to express their views before any decisions are made.

Employees are most likely to know about the risks of their work. Involving them will help build commitment to this process and any changes.

SERVICE PROVIDERS will communicate clearly with workers about control measures and will provide clear direction and guidance about what is expected of workers.

Employees should know:

● When to stay away from the workplace. ● What action to take if they become unwell. ● What symptoms to be concerned about.

Employees have a duty to take reasonable care for their own health and safety and to not adversely affect the health and safety of others.

SERVICE PROVIDERS will provide workers with a point of contact to discuss their concerns, and

access to support services, including employee assistance programs. I, , (employee number/ ID

number) hereby agree that I have read and understood the contents of this policy and agree to comply

with the provisions of this policy.





HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

313

22.9.14. HAZARD AND RISK ASSESSMENT: EXPOSURE TO INFECTIOUS DISEASES (COVID-19)

22.9.14.1. DESCRIPTION OF HAZARDS AND RISKS

HAZARD/RISK DESCRIPTION

Biological Hazard: Person exposed to COVID-19 infected mucus and respiratory droplets from persons with COVID-19 virus

Person makes contact with COVID-19 infected mucus or respiratory droplets from persons with COVID-19 virus, causing person to contract the COVID-19 virus, resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible fatality

Biological Hazard: Multiple persons exposed to COVID-19 infected droplets when person with COVID-19 virus sneezes or coughs

Multiple persons make contact with COVID-19 infected droplets when person sneezes or coughs, causing multiple persons to become infected with COVID-19 virus, resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible multiple fatalities

Biological Hazard: Person exposed to surfaces contaminated with COVID-19 virus

Person makes contact with exposed surfaces infected with COVID-19 virus, causing person to contract the COVID-19 virus, resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible fatality

Biological Hazard: Person exposed to unintentional contact with unaware or undiagnosed COVID-19 positive carrier

Person makes contact with unidentified or unaware exposed COVID-19 persons mucus or respiratory droplets, causing person to contract the COVID-19 virus, resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible fatality

Biological Hazard: Person exposed to intentional contact with person aware of or diagnosed with COVID-19 virus (malicious intent or intent to harm others)

Person makes contact with mucus, respiratory droplets or other bodily fluids from person who is intentionally aware of their positive COVID-19 status and deliberately withholds status from employer, causing uncontrolled exposure of COVID-19 virus, resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible fatality

Biological Hazard: Poor housekeeping and cleaning of workplace allows COVID-19 virus to spread

Person makes contact with COVID-19 contaminated surfaces, improperly cleaned and disinfected to prevent the COVID-19 virus spread, causing person to contract the COVID-19 virus,

314

COTRACT NO.: TBC



resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible fatality

Psychosocial Hazard: Person undergoes medium-term isolation due to testing positive for COVID-19 virus

Person is placed in required isolation for 2 weeks or more after testing positive for COVID-19 virus, resulting in psychosocial stress, financial impact to the company in sick leave

Physical Hazard: Person undergoes physical abuse for suspected infection with COVID- 19 virus

Person is physically attacked by fellow workers due to suspected COVID-19 infection, resulting in bumps, bruises, possible fractures

Psychosocial Hazard: Person verbally abused for suspected infection of COVID-19

Person is attacked verbally by fellow workers due to suspected COVID-19 infection, resulting in psychosocial stress

Chemical Hazard: Person exposed to prolonged exposure to hand soap and hand sanitiser

Person undertakes frequent washing of hands with soap and hand sanitizer, as part of COVID-19 countermeasures, resulting in skin dryness, irritation, possible light chemical burns

Psychosocial Hazard: Person does not take COVID-19 virus threat seriously and ignores instructions and advice countermeasures

Person does not take COVID-19 virus threat seriously and ignores any instructions or advice provided to counter potential COVID-19 virus exposure, causing person to contract the COVID- 19 virus, resulting in symptomatic effects, possible runny nose, possible sore throat, possible cough, possible fever, possible pneumonia, possible respiratory distress, possible fatality

COTRACT NO.: TBC



315

22.9.14.2. CONTROL MEASURES

CONTROL CATEGORY DESCRIPTION

Engineering Controls ● Self-Isolation ● Social Isolation ● High Frequency Air Filters ● Increased Ventilation ● Workplace Sanitising ● Social Distancing

Administrative Controls ● Thermal Screening ● Covid 19 Questionnaire ● Covid 19 Awareness Training ● Covid 19 Awareness Posters ● Hygiene Awareness Training ● Hygiene Schedule for Cleaning ● Emergency Evaluation Planning

Procedure ● Covid 19 Reporting Procedure ● Daily Temperature Monitoring ● Daily Symptom Sheet Checklist

Personal Protective Equipment Controls

● Barrier Mask (FFP1, FFP2, FFP3, NP95, STERILE SURGICAL, BARRIER MASK) Dependent on exposure

● Latex Gloves ● Face Shield ● EN 95 Respirator

22.10. GENERAL

The project under control of the Principal Contractor shall be subject to periodic health and safety audits that will be conducted by the client at intervals agreed upon between the Principal Contractor and the client, provided such intervals will not exceed periods of one month. The Principal Contractor is to ensure that he/she and all persons under his control on the construction site shall adhere to the above specifications, as non- conformance will lead to the client taking action as directed by Construction Regulation 5.1(q). The Principal Contractor should note that he/she shall be held liable for any anomalies including costs and resulting deficiencies due to delays caused by non- conformance and/or non-compliance to the above Health and Safety Specifications and the Health and Safety Plan based on these specifications.

22.11. IMPORTANT LISTS AND RECORDS TO BE KEPT

The following are lists of several records that are to be kept in terms of the Construction Regulations. The lists are:

List of appointments

COTRACT NO.: TBC



316

List of record keeping responsibilities

Inspection checklist

These lists and documents are to be used as a point of reference to determine which components of the Act would be applicable to a particular site or task or project, as was intended under paragraph 1 (“Preamble”) above.

22.11.1. LIST OF APPOINTMENTS

See point 5.1 of appointment needed

22.11.2. 25.12.2. LIST OF RECORD KEEPING RESPONSIBILITIES

RECORD TO BE KEPT RESPONSIBLE PERSON

1. 3(2) Application for construction work permit to Provincial Director – Annexure 1, where applicable Available on site

Client

2. 4(2) Notification to the Provincial Director – Annexure 2, where applicable Available on site

Client

3. 5(1)(m) Copy of Principal Contractor’s Health & Safety Plan Available on request

Client

4. 7(d) Copy of Principal Contractor’s Health & Safety Plan As well as each Contractor’s Health & Safety Plan Available on request

Principal Contractor

5. 7(b) Health and Safety File opened and kept on site (including all documentation required i.t.o. OHSA & Regulations Available on request

Every Contractor

6. 7(e) Consolidated Health and Safety File handed to Client on completion of Construction work. To include all documentation required i.t.o. OHSA & Regulations and records of all drawings, designs, materials used and similar information on the structure


7. 7(f) Comprehensive and Updated List of all Contractors on site, the agreements between the parties and the work being done Included in Health and Safety file and available on request


8. 8(6) Keep record on the Health and Safety File of the input by Construction Safety Officer [CR 6 (7)] at design stage or on the Health and Safety Plan

Contractor

9. 9(1) Risk Assessment - Available on site for inspection Contractor

10. 7 (5) Proof of Health and Safety Induction Training Every Employee on site

11. 10(3) Construction Manager [CR 8(1)] has latest updated version of Fall Protection Plan [CR 10(1)]

Contractor

12. 11(2)(b )

Record of inspections of the structure [First 2 years – once every 6 months, thereafter yearly] - Available on request

Owner of Structure

COTRACT NO.: TBC



317

13. 11(2)(c) Maintenance records - safety of structure - Available on request Owner of Structure

14. 13(2)(h )

Record of excavation inspection - On site available on request

Contractor

15. 17(11) Suspended Platform inspection and performance test records Kept on site available, on request

Contractor

16. 19(8)(c) Material Hoist daily inspection entered and signed in record book kept on the premises

Contractor

17. 19(8)(d )

Maintenance records for Material Hoist - Available on site Contractor

18. 20(8) Records of Batch Plant maintenance and repairs On site available for inspection

Contractor

19. 21(2)(g )(ii)

Issuing and collection of cartridges and nails or studs (Explosive Powered Tools) recorded in register – recipient signed for receipt as well as return

Contractor

22. 23(1)(k) Findings of daily inspections (prior to use) of Construction Vehicles and Mobile Plant

Contractor

23. 24(d) Record of temporary electrical installation inspections [once a week] and electrical machinery [daily before use] in a register and kept on site

Contractor

24. 29(l) Fire Evacuation Plan Contractor

22.11.3. INSPECTION CHECKLIST

EMPLOYER DETAILS

Employer:

Registered Name of Enterprise:

Trade Name of Enterprise:

Company Registration No.:

SARS Registration No.:

UIF Registration No.:

COIDA Registration No.:

Relevant SETA for EEA purposes:

Industry Sector:

Bargaining Council:

Contact Person:

Address of Premises:

Postal Address:

Telephone Number:

Fax Number:

E-mail Address:

Chief Executive Officer:

Chief Executive Officer Address:

Competent Person:

Maximum power demand: in KW

318

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Health and Safety Representatives:

Activities, products manufactured and/ services rendered:

Raw materials, materials and chemical/ biological substances:

Total Number of Employees:

Male: Female:

CONTRACTOR INFORMATION

Contractors:

Site Address:

Contracts Manager:

Managing Director:

Competent Persons:

CR16: SCAFFOLDING:

CR17: SUSPENDED SCAFFOLDING:

CR19(6): MATERIAL HOIST (S):

CR20(1): BULK MIXING PLANT:

CR10(1)(a): FALL PROTECTION:

CR13(1)(a): EXCAVATION WORK:

CR14: DEMOLITION WORK:

CR21(2)(b): EXPLOSIVE ACTUATED

FASTENING DEVICES:

CR28(a): STACKING

INSPECTION SHEET

SECTION/REGS ITEM CHECKED N/A YES NO

APPOINTMENTS

CR8(1) Supervisor:

CR8(2) Assistant Supervisor:

S17(1) Health & Safety Representative: (ratio)

S19(1) Health & Safety Committees

CR 14(1) Demolition Supervisor

DOCUMENTS

GAR 9(1) Records of Incidents

319

COTRACT NO.: TBC



GAR 4 Copy of the Act

GAR 7 Safety Reps Report

GAR 8 Safety Committee Minutes

DMR 18(7) Lifting Machinery Log (Crane)

CR 3(3) Application for construction work permit

CR 4 Notification of Construction Work

CR 9(2) Risk Assessment

CR 9(9)(e) Proof of the Health & Safety Induction Training

CR 13(13)(h) Inspection of Excavation (Records)

CR 22(g) Crane Operator Medical Certificate

CR 23(11) Mobile Plant Operator Medical Certificate

CR 20(9) Batch Plant Repairs & Maintenance Records

CR24(d) Temporary Electrical Installation Record

CR 7(1)(b) Health & Safety File

CR 17(11) Suspended Platforms' Performance Records

CR 19(b)& (c ) Material Hoists Record Book

Scaffolding Log Book

CR 7(8) Medical Certificate of Fitness

CR 23(1)(I) Construction Vehicle & Mobile Plant Register

CR 24(d) Electrical Installation & Machinery Register

INCIDENTS

GAR 8(1) S24 Reported

GAR 9(1) Recorded, Investigated and action taken

PUBLIC SITE

FR 2(1) Sanitary Facilities

CR 30(1) (c) Changing Facilities for each sex

NB Notice Pedestrian warning

PERSONAL SAFETY EQUIPMENT

GSR 2(3) Items Issued:

GSR 2(3) Items Required:

S23 (What is the payment on each item?)

SAFETY PLANS

FIRST AID

GSR 3(6) Name(s) of First Aider(s):

CR 5(1)(b) Client's Health & Safety Specification

CR7(1)(b) Principal's contractor H&S Plan

FIRE HAZARD & PRECAUTIONS

GSR 4 Flammables used, waste, hot work, diesel, fuel, gas

ER 9(1) Portable Extinguishers

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS & MACHINERY

CR24 Guarding & PPE to Electrical Installations

320

COTRACT NO.: TBC



ILLUMINATION

ER 3(6) Dangerous Places and signage as well

ER 3 Housekeeping

ER6(2)(b),(c),(d) Clear space storage

ER6(3) Disposal of waste

EXCAVATIONS

CR 13(3)(l) Barricades (plus illumination!)

CR 13(3)(c) Safe Depth Shoring/Bracing

CR 13(1)(a) Monitored

CR 13(3)(h) Excavation Inspection Record

GUARDING

ER 6(2)(f) Floor Openings (plus illumination!)

Floor slab sides, Shafts (plus illumination!)

SITE EQUIPMENT

GSR 13A(a) Ladders condition, secured

SANS 10085 Scaffold condition, secured

SANS 10085

Platforms no. of boards condition Support 1.25. Toe Boards

SANS 10085 Hand Rails

SITE MACHINES

DMR 3(2)(3) Circulars, guards, riving knives

DMR 2(a) Mixers guarded

ELECTRIC POWER

EMR 6(1) Supply Board, condition E.L Relay Test

GMR 3(1) Condition of Tools, Leads, Plugs, etc

LIFTING MACHINE/TACKLE

DMR 18(8) Lifting of persons

DMR 18(8) Condition, Securing of Load

EXPLOSIVE ACTUATED FASTENING DEVICE

CR 23(1) Safe Use and Storage

IMPROV Warning Notice

ROOF WORK

CR 10(1) Safety equipment & precautions

CR 10(2) Fall protection plan

CR 10(3) Updated fall protection plan

CEMENT

AR 10(a) Suitable Tools

321

COTRACT NO.: TBC



ANNEXURE A

ADDITIONAL PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS

PROJECT TITLE: [Project Name]

THE FOLLOWING SHOULD BE CONSIDERED FOR THE SPECIFIC OF THE PROJECT SCOPE OF WORK NAMELY:

ITEM POSSIBLE HAZARDS

DELIVERY OF PRODUCT Delivery vehicle colliding with structures Driver not seeing pedestrians or workers Falling material. Employees standing under suspended loads Heavy objects

STACKING AND STORAGE Unsafe stacking Collapsing stacks Tripping over equipment product due to storage and housekeeping and practices

EXCAVATIONS Collapse; Employees buried; Rain or flooding Failure to shore or follow safety procedure Utilities – gas, electrical water, other pipelines, underground storage tanks; vessels, Geological profile.

MIXING OF MORTAR AND CEMENT

Exposure to dust. Manual handling. Unsafe Tools Dust Dermatitis Stagnant water.

BRICK LAYING Manual handling injuries Falling of bricks to lower levels. Falling from a height. Falling objects to lower levels Lightning, wind, rain

SCABBLING OF CONCRETE

Airborne particles- dust Foreign objects in eyes. Injuries

DEMOLITION WORK Structural collapse.

322

COTRACT NO.: TBC



Employee buried beneath collapsed structure. Falling and flying objects Failure to isolate utilities. Injuries Falling from a height

LIFTING LOADS Employees, visitors standing under suspended loads Equipment failure Falling objects Manual handling

ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS AND EQUIPMENT

Unsafe wiring Electrocution Equipment out of control Fractured equipment Electrical Arcs, flashes and fires

HOT WORK Fire, Explosions, failure to implement fire controls. Burns; Flash backs, Exposure to sparks; gases Burrs on work piece; Failing to secure work piece. Flying objects; Fumes; Slag Unsafe equipment; Ultraviolet and infrared radiation. Working in confined spaces or near flammable materials Poor stacking of combustibles; Failure to protect eyes causing blindness.

PAINTING Solvents; Resins; Pigments; Additives; Dust; Foreign particles; Dermatitis

ELEVATED WORK Falling from a height. Medically unfit; Scaffold collapse; Falling Objects etc.


REFURBISHMENT AND UPGRADE OF WATER AND SEWER BULK SERVICES

AT SANDVELD NATURE RESERVE NEAR HOOPSTAD DESCRIPTION:

323

C3.5.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIFICATIONS

This part of C3.5 Management contains specifications for Environmental matters not covered by C3.4 Construction Specifications.

The number of each clause in this specification is prefixed with an F to differentiate these clauses and items.

SECTION F1000: ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

CONTENTS

SECTION DESCRIPTION PAGE

F1001 SCOPE F1002 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN F1003 REHABILITATION F1004 EMERGENCY PLANS F1005 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING AND PENALTIES

F1001 SCOPE

The Contractor is required to comply with the requirements of the detailed EMP throughout construction.

The following are standardised additional specifications applicable. They are intended to assist the appointed Contractors to fulfil the environmental requirements of the project. The objective of the EMP is to ensure that the potential impacts upon the environment are minimised, and that upon completion of each section of work the area is left in a clean and sustainable condition.

Overall, the environmental impacts of the project are considered to be low as long as the listed procedures are followed. These are given in the EMP.

The Contractor is advised that there are cost implications to the EMP and these must be factored into the tendered price.

F1002 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

F2.1 Objectives

The prime objective of the EMP is to minimise or avoid significant environmental impacts by using a pro-active approach and planning procedures. The second objective is to have a plan in place to rehabilitate areas that have been impacted upon and, thirdly,

To have a plan in place for emergency situations that arise and are detrimental to the environment e.g. fuel or bitumen spills.




324

The Contractor will be responsible for the day-to-day implementation of the EMP, by himself and all other sub-contractors. During the course of construction regular compliance audits will be undertaken. This environmental auditing will be conducted by qualified environmental practitioners.

F2.2 Environmental Control

The Contractor will oversee the environmental aspects of the construction phase of the project in consultation with the Engineer.

The Contractor will report back to the bi-weekly site meetings with regards to compliance to the environmental specifications.

F2.3 Environmental Awareness Programme

The Engineer will implement an Environmental Awareness Programme for the Contractor, his staff, sub-contractors and all people working on the project. The initial session will be immediately prior to construction commencing.

F2.4 Method Statements

The Contractor shall submit written method statements for activities that are identified by the Engineer, as being potentially harmful to the environment, or for work that is to be undertaken in areas identified as being environmentally sensitive.

Such activities include dewatering of excavations, pumping, working with cement, erection of construction camps and fuel stores, etc.

The Method Statement shall cover applicable details with regard to:

construction procedures,

materials and equipment to be used,

getting the equipment to and from site,

how the equipment/ material will be moved while on site,

how and where material will be stored,

the containment (or action to be taken if containment is not possible) of leaks or spills of any liquid or material that may occur,

timing and location of activities,

compliance/ non-compliance with the Specifications, and

any other information deemed necessary by the Engineer.

Method statements shall be submitted at least 7 days prior to commencing work on the activity to give the Engineer time to study the method statement and consult with contractor and specialists and to obtain written approval of the method statements. The Contractor shall not commence on that activity until such time as the method statement has been agreed to in writing by the Engineer. This will be done within this 10-day period.

Any changes required to the method statements once construction has commenced must be agreed upon in writing with the Engineer before being instituted.




325

F2.5 Working Areas

Regardless of the extent of the work, the following applies to all of these areas:

All materials must be stockpiled or stored in a designated area (at each site) avoiding sensitive areas.

No materials must be left on site once work is completed neither may they be dumped at any other place on site.

Litter bins and containers for waste materials must be provided by the Contractor at each site. Bins should be weatherproof and scavenger proof.

All waste must be placed in the bins and containers. No waste may be left lying on the site.

Visible anti-litter signs must be displayed around the waste collection points and all employees must be encouraged to observe site rules pertaining to solid waste management practices. A concerted effort should be made to collect and dispose of materials suitable for recycling, separately from the other solid waste.

No burning or burial of waste is permitted.

Any soils contaminated by the contractor must be removed or rehabilitated. If a significant amount of soil has to be removed fresh soil must be imported and the site rehabilitated by grading and planting vegetation

All waste must be removed to an authorised landfill site, or taken to a facility for recycling.

Any excess road building materials must either be:

o taken to a site for stockpiling and future re-use, o used for localised rehabilitation, or

o removed from site by the contractor for disposal.

The contractor shall provide waste bins for solid waste collection and storage. Such bins should be placed at designated areas within the site. The refuse collected from the site must be removed for landfill disposal at least once a week.

Vehicles may not park in the road reserve except with the prior permission of the Engineer.

Every care should be taken to avoid damaging vegetation or land when vehicles are in use.

Fuel tanks, pumps, and all equipment using oil, diesel, etc. must have drip trays. The drip trays must have sufficient capacity to contain liquids that will spill in the case of failure of the tanks, etc. The waste liquids taken from the trays must be disposed of at a landfill which permits disposing of liquid wastes.




326

Only emergency repairs to vehicles and equipment may take place on site. Where emergency repairs take place, it is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure that all waste (e.g. spare parts and oils) are removed from site as soon as possible. All other repairs must take place at a yard off-site, where facilities are suitable and waste facilities are appropriate.

Whenever practical a tarpaulin should be laid down, prior to emergency repairs taking place, to protect the environment from contamination.

No natural vegetation may be gathered, removed or destroyed in the course of the project, except where agreed to by the landowner.

No hunting is permitted.

Fires are prohibited.

Erosion control measures must be implemented if the need arises

Pollution of water courses by any means must be avoided.

No defacement of any natural or other features will be allowed; this includes markings for road works, unless markings are restricted to the road surface.

Dust suppression measures should be implemented if and when required.

Chemical toilets must be provided at all sites and must be within walking distance of the workers. They must be serviced on a regular basis in order to be kept clean and hygienic. The toilets must be placed in a sheltered place and should be locked after working hours if they are outside a camp area. Alternative arrangements to use existing toilets with owners’ written consent may be allowed when submitted in writing.

All waste from toilets must be disposed of at a permitted landfill or waste treatment works.

F2.6 On-site Workers Camp

F2.6.1 Site Camp

The campsite selection should be carried out in consultation with the landowner or relevant authority.

The site must be selected with due regard to the environment. Due care should be taken to avoid areas where sensitive vegetation and habitats occur.

When the site selection process has been completed, the contractor will define the boundaries of the site and erect a fence with a controlled access around it if practical.

All activities associated with the camp must be restricted to the demarcated area.




327

It is the responsibility of the contractor to ensure the safety of all personnel within the boundaries of the site. The contractor should have an on-site contingency plan detailing measures to be observed in the case of a health, safety or environmental emergency.

The contractor should ensure that all employees, employed by him and/or employed by subcontractors, have a clear understanding of safety regulations and procedures.

F2.6.2 Water, wastewater, and stormwater

Site occupants must have access to safe drinking water.

If water is stored on site a clear distinction should be made between drinking water and multi-purpose water storage facilities.

All water used on site must be taken from a legal source and comply with recognised standards for potable and other uses.

Wastewater that is contaminated with soaps, detergents and other undesirable materials, such as grease and oils, should be collected in conservancy tanks and disposed of safely in a wastewater treatment facility.

It is illegal to discharge water into a public stream if the quality does not conform with required health standards.

In all camps stormwater must be managed to prevent erosion.

Run-off will be diverted to control ponds so that silt may settle and any pollutants are trapped.

Subsequently, any pollutants must be treated, or removed and disposed of at a permitted landfill site or recycling facility.

All materials should be protected from the rain to prevent them being washed into stormwater channels.

F2.6.3 Ablution Facilities

The contractor shall provide proper and adequate sanitary facilities for all site employees.

These facilities shall be maintained in good and working condition at all times. Odours emanating from these facilities should be controlled within acceptable levels.

F2.6.4 Fires and Cooking Facilities

Fires will not be allowed.




328

The contractor must supply cooking facilities that are suitable for the environment and are not liable to cause the outbreak of fires. Fire-fighting equipment must be supplied by the Contractor at suitable locations.

F2.7 Plant and Equipment Storage Facility F2.7.1

Plant

At the end of the shift all plant should be driven or transported back to the campsite for proper and safe overnight storage.

The contractor should ensure that equipment left elsewhere is stored in a manner that will not impact negatively upon the environment.

The plant should be regularly inspected for fuel and oil leaks that may be harmful to the environment, and/or aquatic life if washed into a stream or river.

F2.7.2 Hazardous Materials

Hazardous materials should be stored under lock and key in designated areas with properly displayed and visible warning signs.

All storage of hazardous materials must comply with legislation and regulations.

F1003 REHABILITATION

Upon completion of each section of work the site must be cleared of all equipment, waste and any rehabilitation work must be undertaken. This may include local grading of soils and re-vegetation where sites have been disturbed.

Immediately after the demolition of the campsite, the contractor shall restore the site to its original state, paying particular attention to its appearance relative to the general landscape.

It is imperative that any potential erosion problems are addressed. This may require subsequent site visits to monitor the efficacy of erosion control measures.

F1004 EMERGENCY PLANS

The onus is on the contractor to assess the potential risks to the environment as a result of the project. For example, accidental spillage of materials may pollute the soil or any water body.

The contractor must draw up a suitable emergency plan to contain such pollution. The emergency plans and procedures must be taught to all the workers on site, so that everyone is prepared to cope with an emergency.

Appropriate equipment must be available to carry out the emergency plans.




329

F1005 ENVIRONMENTAL AUDITING AND PENALTIES

On a regular basis, a qualified auditor will carry out a site audit to ascertain and verify the contractor’s level of compliance with the requirements of the EMP.

Transgression will be treated as a contravention of the contractual agreement.

Deviation from these prescribed requirements will be met with penalties that are intended to enforce compliance. It is a requirement that the contractor keep concise records of mitigatory measures undertaken at each site to minimise environmental impacts.

Any emergency situations that impact upon the environment should be recorded by the contractor together with the action that was taken to rehabilitate and remediate the site. A copy of all completed environmental audits will be given to the contractor and the employer by the auditor.

Any public complaints regarding the environment must be recorded and discussed with the Engineer to determine an appropriate course of action.

The contractor will be responsible for all costs incurred in the rehabilitation of sites. The contractor will be responsible for all costs incurred where emergency procedures are implemented to deal with accidents that impact upon the environment.

The contractor will be responsible for ensuring that all procedures required to rehabilitate all sites are implemented.

If third parties are called to the site to perform clean up and rehabilitation procedures, the contractor will be responsible for all costs.

Penalties will be imposed for contravention of the EMP, as specified in the EMP.




330

PART C4: SITE INFORMATION




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

331

C4: SITE INFORMATION

Sandveld Nature Reserve is located in Hoopstad at the banks of the Vaal river bordering the North West province and the Free State province.

The site coordinates are: 27°44′S 25°38′E Sandveld Nature Reserve




HOOPSTAD

DESCRIPTION:

332

PART C5: DRAWINGS:

CONTRACT NUMBER APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED ...

Documents

Transcript of CONTRACT NUMBER APPOINTMENT OF SUITABLY QUALIFIED ...